Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

idhc · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker idhc
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Integrated Diagnostics Holdings
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
F O S T E R I N G 
SUSTAINABLE GROWTH

23

ANNUAL REPORT

20 Table of
Contents

04

Strategic Report

IDH at a Glance

Chairman’s Message

06 
12  Highlights of 2023
14 
18  Chief Executive’s Report
24      A Note from Our Vice President and Group CFO
26  Our Markets
42  Our Brands
48  Our Services
52 
56 

Competitive Strengths & Growth Strategy
Principal Risks, Uncertainties, & Their Mitigation

64

Performance

Financial & Operational Review
TCFD Report

66 
80 
88  Corporate Social Responsibility

92

Corporate Governance

94  Board of Directors
98  Corporate Governance Report
104  Audit Committee Report
108  Remuneration Committee Report
110  Nomination Committee Report
114  Directors’ Report

118

Financial Statements

120 
Independent Auditors’ Report
129  Consolidated Financial Statements
134  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2023

Annual Report

01

STRATEGIC
REPORT

4    IDH    2023 Annual Report

EGP 4.1 BN Revenue in 2023EGP 468 MNNet profit in 2023Strategic Report

Who We Are

Integrated  Diagnostics  Holdings  (“IDH”,  the  “Group”,  or  the 

in its fifth geography, Saudi Arabia, with the roll-out of two 

“Company”)  is  a  leading  consumer  clinical  laboratory,  and 

branches in the capital city, Riyadh. Throughout its network, 

one of the largest diagnostic players in the Middle East and 

IDH continues to employ a Hub, Spoke, and Spike model to 

Africa,  with  operations  in  Egypt,  Jordan,  Nigeria,  Sudan, 

ensure scalability and operational efficiency.

and Saudi Arabia. Boasting a track record stretching over 40 

years  and  multiple  international  accreditations,  the  Com-

Alongside  its  organic  growth,  IDH  remains  on  the  lookout 

pany stands as a premier and trusted provider of pathology 

for strategic acquisition opportunities in new markets where 

and  radiology  services  across  its  growing  footprint.  Today, 

the Company’s brand name and business model enable it to 

IDH offers its patients an extensive and continually growing 

effectively capitalise on healthcare and consumer trends to 

portfolio of approximately 3,000 high-quality diagnostic tests 

expand its operations. IDH has been a Jersey-registered entity 

as well as a broad radiology offering ranging from MRI to PET-

with a Standard Listing on the Main Market of the London 

CT scans. As at year-end 2023, the Group’s branch network 

Stock Exchange since May 2015. Meanwhile, the Company’s 

stood at 6011 branches spread across four geographies. Addi-

EGP-denominated  and  dual-listed  ordinary  shares  have 

tionally, in January 2024, the Company launched operations 

been listed on the Egyptian Exchange since May 2021.

Our Markets
IDH  currently  boasts  operations  in  Egypt,  Jordan, 
Nigeria,  Sudan,  and  Saudi  Arabia.  The  Company’s 
chosen  markets  present  similar  characteristics, 
including  fragmented  and  underpenetrated  diag-
nostic sectors, favourable demographic profiles, and 
increasingly  attractive  regulatory  and  investment 
environments. Together, these factors ensure ample 
room for development and provide robust drivers for 
the Company’s future growth. 

IDH launched operations in its fifth and latest mar-
ket of Saudi Arabia in January 2024. The launch of its 
first two locations in the Kingdom see the Company 
enter  one  of  the  region’s  most  attractive  markets, 
with  supportive  macroeconomic  fundamentals  and 
appealing  demographic  factors.  The  venture  was 
launched in partnership with Fawaz Alhokair Group 
and  in  the  coming  period  aims  to  establish  a  fully 
fledged pathology diagnostic services brand offering 
a wide array of services across Saudi Arabia.

Egypt

Jordan

8

40+

key brands with strong awareness 
in underserved markets

track record at the subsidiary levels

4.1 EGP/BN

in revenue in 2023, +14% versus 
2022

EGX

listed since May 2021

LSE

listed since May 2015

601

branches as of 31 December 2023 
(of which 17 in Sudan are currently closed)

5

Saudi

countries across the Middle East  
& Africa

Nigeria

Sudan

1  IDH’s branch network includes 17 branches in Sudan that have been closed due to ongoing conflict in the country.

6    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     7

Strategic Report  |  Who We Are

Our Services

Clinical Pathology Offering 
IDH offers approximately 3,000 internationally accredited pathology tests through its brands, ranging from 
basic blood glucose tests for diabetes to advanced molecular testing for genetic disorders. IDH’s Mega Lab 
is a CAP-accredited facility, a testament to IDH’s patient care and confidence in its laboratory’s practices.

Immunology

Microbiology

Haematology

Endocrinology

Clinical Chemistry

Molecular Biology

Cytogenetics

Histopathology

Genetics

Radiology Offering
In addition to its pathology offering, IDH also offers 
a host of radiology services through its Al Borg Scan 
brand  in  Egypt,  as  well  as  its  Echo-Lab  brand  in 
Nigeria. The Group’s new radiology venture, Al Borg 
Scan, was launched in 2018 with the aim of expand-
ing the Company’s service offering, complementing 
its  pathology  portfolio,  and  becoming  a  one-stop-
shop  provider  of  diagnostic  services  in  its  home 
and  largest  market,  Egypt.  To  date,  Al  Borg  Scan  is 
the  only  radiology  provider  in  Africa  to  enjoy  the 

prestigious  American  College  of  Radiology  (ACR) 
accreditation, testament to the quality offered across 
its branches. Today, IDH’s radiology services include 
PET-CT, CT scans, MRI, Mammography, Ultrasound, 
X-Ray,  EMG,  EEG,  ECG,  and  Gamma  Camera.  Dur-
ing  2023,  the  Company  continued  to  expand  its 
radiology  network  with  the  addition  of  a  seventh 
Al  Borg  Scan  location.  From  its  growing  network, 
its  radiology  subsidiary  has  served  over  399,000 
patients since inception.

Diagnostic Radiology

Interventional Radiology

Nuclear Radiology

PET-CT

CT

Mammography 

Ultrasound

EMG

EEG

MRI

X-Ray 

ECG

Our Brands 
IDH’s core operational brands include Al Borg, Al Borg Scan, and Al Mokhtabar in Egypt; Biolab in Jordan; 
Ultralab and Al Mokhtabar in Sudan; Echo-Lab in Nigeria; and Biolab KSA in Saudi Arabia.

8    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     9

Strategic Report  |  Who We Are

Our Patients
Through  its  operations,  the  Company  serves  two 
principal  client  types:  contract  (corporate)  and 
walk-in  (individuals).  The  Company  also  provides 
house  call  services  to  each  of  these  client  types,  in 
addition  to  a  lab-to-lab  service  for  the  corporate 
segment.

IDH’s  walk-in  clients,  also  known  as  “self-payers”, 
include  individuals  paying  out  of  pocket  for  diag-
nostics  services.  This  category  made  up  36%  of  the 
Group’s total revenues in 2023. 

IDH’s contract clients, which constituted the remaining 
64% of consolidated revenues for the year, encompass 
institutions  that  include  syndicates,  unions,  private 
and public insurance companies, banks, and corpora-
tions  who  enter  into  one-year  renewable  contracts  at 
set rates per test and per-client.

An Asset-Light Business Model
IDH  is  able  to  grow  in  a  capital-efficient  manner, 
utilising  an  asset-light  business  model  for  its  lab-
oratory  offering.  This  model  is  comprised  of  two 
integral  components;  first,  the  Company’s  scalable 
“Hub, Spoke and Spike” network of branch laborato-
ries.  Second,  the  Group’s  dynamic  and  long-lasting 
relationships  with  major  suppliers,  enabling  rapid 
expansion  opportunities  without  the  need  to  pur-
chase expensive medical diagnostic equipment.

Hub, Spoke, and Spike
IDH’s  CAP-accredited  Mega  Lab  functions  as  the 
"Hub". The centre is equipped with the latest in diag-
nostic  equipment  and  provides  the  necessary  tools 
and capacity to effectively process tests and services 
for  samples  collected  by  the  B-Labs  (Spokes)  and 
C-Labs  (Spikes).  Meanwhile,  the  Group  uses  its 
B-Labs  to  process  routine  tests,  while  leveraging 
their  capacities  to  manage  traffic  to  the  Mega  Lab 
as  necessary.  In  parallel,  C-Labs  serve  primarily 
increasing 
as  collection  centres, 

significantly 

the  Company’s  reach  and  allowing  it  to  serve  a 
wider  patient  base  nationwide.  The  Company  also 
launched  an  encompassing  radiology  venture  to 
complement  its  lab  and  pathology  offering.  This 
venture  diversifies  the  Group’s  revenue  streams 
while boosting further growth at IDH’s conventional 
pathology  segment.  This  “plug  and  play”  business 
model  is  the  operational  backbone  of  the  Group, 
providing  considerable  leverage  in  extracting  rev-
enue  while  forming  long-lasting  supplier  relation-
ships to create substantial cost synergies at all levels 

to  be  used  for  testing,  as  well  as  ongoing  mainte-
nance and support services. As a direct consequence 
of  its  scale  and  expanding  volumes,  IDH  comforta-
bly covers minimum annual payments. Meanwhile, 
the  Company  achieves  economies  of  scale  through 
significant  operating  volumes  and  strategic  pricing 
power,  reducing  costs  per  test  and  avoiding  the 
initial  outlay  usually  required  for  the  purchase  of 
additional medical diagnostic equipment.

IDH’s agreements with its key suppliers have a typical 
tenure  of  five  to  seven  years,  with  equipment  substi-
tution  following  the  renewal  of  contracts.  Extended 
tenures  effectively  shield  the  Company  from  price 
fluctuations  resulting  from  a  turbulent  macroeco-
nomic environment, providing a significant advantage, 
specifically  considering  the  continued  inflationary 
pressures faced by the Company over the past couple 
of years. In line with its commitment to stellar service 
quality,  the  Group  primarily  partners  with  top  inter-
national  suppliers,  including  Siemens,  Roche,  Abbott 
Laboratories, Sysmex, General Electric, and Philips.

Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

Suppliers

of operation.

Supplier Relationships
As one of the forefront providers of diagnostics ser-
vices in the MENA region, in both scale and service, 
the Group enjoys significant bargaining power with 
suppliers, allowing it to secure favourable terms for 
both medical equipment and test kits. IDH’s supplier 
contracts, which also include the provision of equip-
ment  to  analyse  laboratory  test  results,  have  min-
imum  annual  commitment  payments  to  cover  the 
medical  diagnostic  equipment,  kits,  and  chemicals 

10    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     11

Strategic Report

2023 Highlights

Financial Highlights

Operational Highlights

  Consolidated Revenue 

  Conventional revenue2 

of EGP 4,123 million was recorded in 2023, 
representing a 14% year-on-year increase.

Excluding Covid-19-related contributions from last 
year’s figure (which amounted to EGP 702 million, 
or 19% of consolidated revenues in 2022), IDH 
booked an impressive 42% year-on-year increase 
in conventional revenue during 2023.

  Gross Profit 

  Adjusted EBITDA3

of EGP 1,524 million was recorded in 2023, up 
4% from EGP 1,462 million in 2022. Gross profit 
margin (GPM) stood at 37% in 2023, down from 
41% one year prior.

of EGP 1,192 million was recorded in 2023, up 2% 
year-on-year and with an EBITDA margin of 29% 
(versus 33% in 2022).

  Net Profit 

  Earnings per Share

of EGP 468 million was recorded in 2023, down 
11% from EGP 527 million in 2022. IDH’s net 
profit margin (NPM) stood at 11% for the year, 
down from 15% in 2022.

stood at EGP 0.85 in 2023 compared to EGP 
0.90 in 2022.

2  Conventional (non-Covid-19) tests include IDH’s full service offering excluding Covid-19 related tests.
3 

 Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as operating profit plus depreciation and amortization, excluding non-recurring expenses, specifically an EGP 11.9 million 
one-off expense owed to the Egyptian government for vocational training, EGP 18.2 million in pre-operating expenses in Saudi Arabia, EGP 5.0 million 
impairment expense in Sudan due to the ongoing situation in the country, and an EGP 18.0 million impairment expense in goodwill and assets in Nigeria.

As of year-end 2023, IDH 
operated a total branch network 
of 6014 branches, spread across 
four markets. This represents 
a 49-branch increase over the 
previous year.

Consolidated test volumes for 
the year reached a record-high 
36.1 million test in 2023, up a 
solid 10% year-on-year on the 
back of strong growth in Egypt. 
Conventional test volumes were 
up 17% versus 2022, testament 
to the strong underlying demand 
enjoyed by IDH.

Consolidated average revenue 
per test recorded EGP 114 
in 2023, a 4% increase from 
last year’s figure. Meanwhile, 
conventional revenue per test 
expanded 22% year-on-year.

During 2023, IDH served a 
total of 8.5 million patients, a 
marginal 2% decline compared 
to 2022, primarily reflecting last 
year’s Covid-19-related high 
base. In parallel, the Company 
booked a record-high 4.2 
average tests per patient during 
the year, up significantly from 
3.7 tests in 2022.

In Egypt, IDH continued 
to post strong results, 
with consolidated revenue 
reaching EGP 3,411 million, 
an impressive 18% year-
on-year rise on the back of 
increasing test volumes and 
average revenues per test.

In Jordan, IDH reported 
lower consolidated revenues, 
reflecting the large contribution 
made by Covid-19-related 
testing in the previous year. 
Meanwhile, conventional 
revenue in local currency 
terms for the year recorded a 
solid 8% rise versus last year’s 
figure, supported by rising 
test volumes and showcasing 
the underlying health of IDH's 
Jordanian operations.

In Nigeria, Echo-Lab recorded 
a 15% year-on-year increase 
in revenues in local currency 
terms (up 22% in EGP terms), 
reaching NGN 2.0 billion in 
2023. Meanwhile, inflationary 
pressures and an expanded 
cost base in Nigeria weighed 
down on EBITDA profitability, 
expanding adjusted EBITDA 
losses to NGN 498 million in 
2023, down from NGN 337 
million one year prior.

IDH’s Sudanese operations 
booked total revenues for 
the year of SDG 220 million, 
down 60% year-on-year (in 
EGP terms, revenue declined 
44% versus 2022) as the 
country’s operations continue 
to be heavily affected by the 
ongoing conflict, which has 
led to the closure of 17 of the 
country’s 18 branches since 
April 2023.

IDH launched its first two 
Saudi Arabian branches in 
2024, one in January and 
another in March. In the 
long run, the venture aims 
to establish itself as a fully 
fledged clinical pathology 
diagnostic services provider 
boasting a branch network 
covering the entire Kingdom. 
The new venture will be 
fully consolidated on IDH’s 
accounts starting in 2024.

4  IDH's branch network includes 17 branches in Sudan that have been closed due to the ongoing conflict in the country.

12    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     13

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Chairman’s Message

Despite a challenging year for the healthcare sector, I am 
pleased to report that 2023 was a year of sustained growth 
and  solid  progress  for  your  Company.  IDH’s  manage-
ment  team  was  effective  in  delivering  on  the  Board’s 
agreed  strategic  objectives  and  remains  committed  to 
diversifying  into  other  jurisdictions  to  deliver  and  drive 
further growth.

Navigating Challenges
We continued to face a challenging operating environ-
ment  across  both  Egypt  and  Nigeria,  where  currency 
devaluations, persistent inflation, and foreign exchange 
restrictions were a major impediment to our operational 
successes.

In  Sudan,  we  decided,  following  the  continued  civil 
war,  to  halt  our  operations  in  the  country,  cutting  all 
operating expenditure while retaining the business.

Despite  these  ongoing  challenges  we  are  proud  to 
have recorded strong, double-digit revenue growth in 
2023 supported by record-high test volumes.

We  also  achieved  42%  year-on-year  growth  in  our 
conventional  revenue,  which  counter  balances  the 
contribution  of  Covid-19-related  testing  in  the  pre-
vious  year’s  results  and  reflects  the  resilience  of  the 
business.

Our core focus remains delivering excellence of care to 
our loyal patients and communities. We are cognisant 
of the socio-economic challenges of our patients and 
ensured that our tests remained accessible to as many 
people as possible.

In  response  to  the  ongoing  economic  challenges, 
management  took  proactive  measures  to  shield  the 
business  as  much  as  possible  from  exchange-rate 

fluctuations  and  ongoing  uncertainty.  Our  manage-
ment  team  leveraged  the  Company’s  solid  and  long-
established  relationships  with  our  strategic  suppliers 
to secure long-term contracts with semi-fixed rates.

Heading into 2024, the recent developments in Egypt 
leave us cautiously optimistic that the country’s econ-
omy is in recovery mode with increasing foreign direct 
investment and a floating exchange rate policy.

New Beginnings
We are also pleased to report that the Group expanded 
its operations in Saudi Arabia, with the inauguration of 
two branches in Riyadh, one in January and another in 
March 2024. 

The  Kingdom  has  an  impressive  record  of  rapid 
economic  growth,  a  growing  population,  and  a  frag-
mented diagnostic market that is complimentary with 
your Company’s integrated and value-added business 
model.

Driving Change
We  are  exploring  the  opportunities  to  embrace  gen-
erative artificial intelligence (AI) and drive additional 
revenue, leveraging the vast data base that we control 
with stringent security and privacy.

We are enthusiastic about the potential enhancements 
in the diagnostics field as AI solutions are being incor-
porated in to traditional testing protocols. 

Management is also exploring cost reduction measures 
and  economies  of  scale,  embracing  new  disruptive 
technologies.

2023 was a year 
of sustained 
growth and solid 
progress for your 
Company, with IDH's 
management team 
remaining effective 
in delivering on the 
Board's strategic 
objectives.

Environmental, Social, and  
Governance (ESG)
We are committed to maintaining transparent and sus-
tainable operations across our markets. Accordingly, we 
published  our  second  Sustainability  Report  in  January 
2024,  addressing  our  ESG  practices  and  the  initiatives 
we take to increase our stakeholder impact.

Risk Matrix
Our  Audit  Committee  consistently  monitors  our  risk 
matrix,  ensuring  that  we  have  the  right  policies  in 
place to ensure business continuity, while promoting a 
productive work environment for our team.

Lord St John of Bletso
Chairman

14    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     15

Strategic Report  |  Chairman’s Message

We are enormously grateful and proud of our dedicated 
and  loyal  workforce,  led  by  our  highly  experienced 
management  team.  Having  most  of  the  staff  based 
out  of  our  Smart  Village  headquarters  in  Cairo  has 
enhanced staff morale and team building.

Over the past year, we continued to attract and retain 
the highest calibre of medical and non-medical talent.

In January 2024, we welcomed aboard Sherif El Zeiny 
as  Vice  President,  Group  Chief  Financial  Officer,  and 
Board Member. Sherif brings a wealth of experience in 
financial management and corporate strategy and will 
play a pivotal role in ensuring our future success.

Our Thanks to Our Shareholders
Finally,  we  would  like  to  extend  our  thanks  to  our 
shareholders  and  reiterate  our  commitment  that  we 
shall do everything possible to drive maximum value. 
Despite the challenges we continue to face across our 
markets,  we  are  confident  that  our  resilient  business 
model  and  value-creation  strategies  will  assist  in  this 
aspiration going forward.

Since  our  initial  public  offering  back  in  2015,  your 
Company has been committed to paying a regular divi-
dend. Foreign exchange restrictions in Egypt meant we 
were unable to distribute dividends for the year ended 
31 December 2022 and have also been unable to dis-
tribute dividends for the year that just ended.

We enter 2024 
eager to build on 
the foundation laid 
in 2023 so that we 
may continue to 
deliver sustainable 
value for our 
shareholders.

to  support  operations,  capital  expenditure  plans,  and 
potential acquisitions. 

We enter 2024 eager to build on the foundation laid in 
2023  so  that  we  may  continue  to  deliver  sustainable 
value for our shareholders while offering our patients 
world-class quality and superior experience.

Despite  this  decision,  our  dividend  policy  has  not 
changed. As part of our asset-light strategy, our dividend 
policy is to return to shareholders the maximum amount 
of excess cash after taking into account the capital needed 

Lord St John of Bletso
Chairman

16    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     17

Strategic Report

Chief Executive’s Report 

Dr. Hend El-Sherbini
Chief Executive Officer

2023  was  a  year  characterised  by  growth  and  execu-
tion, as the Company delivered robust revenue growth 
despite a challenging operating environment and took 
important steps forward on our long-term growth and 
value creation strategy. After months of preparation, in 
January 2024, we added a fifth market to our portfolio 
with the official launch of Biolab KSA in Saudi Arabia. 
At  the  same  time,  we  continued  to  capitalise  on  the 
important  growth  opportunities  offered  by  our  exist-
ing markets to drive strong year-on-year consolidated 
revenue growth and continue expanding our reach in 
the process. We ended the year on very solid footing, 
having once more demonstrated the resilience of our 
business model,  the potential of our chosen markets, 
and the effectiveness of our growth strategies.

A Year of Macroeconomic Turbulence
As  a  business  operating  in  this  part  of  the  world,  we 
are  no  strangers  to  macroeconomic  volatility.  2023 
was  no  different,  as  our  markets  of  operation  were 
confronted  with  devaluation,  record-high  inflation, 
tightening  monetary  policies,  and  fluctuating  energy 
prices.  Over  the  last  two  years,  our  home  and  largest 
market  of  Egypt  has  been  particularly  impacted  by 
global economic headwinds stemming from the post-
Covid-19  recovery,  the  Russia-Ukraine  conflict,  and 
the  most  recent  escalation  in  the  Israeli-Palestinian 
conflict. Meanwhile, inflation has remained at record-
highs  throughout  2023,  continuing  to  put  increasing 
pressure  on  consumers  and  businesses  alike.  On  a 
similar  note,  following  a  devaluation  of  the  Nigerian 
Naira (NGN) in early 2023, Nigerians have been con-
fronted with rising inflation and soaring diesel prices. 
Finally, the eruption of a civil war in one of our oldest 
geographies, Sudan, resulted in the near complete halt 
of IDH’s operations in the country, with the majority of 
our branches indefinitely shut down.

Despite all this, our two largest markets, Egypt and Jor-
dan,  remained  resilient,  supported  by  attractive  fun-
damentals that are set to drive their long-term growth 
over  the  coming  decade.  Leveraging  our  established 
brand  name  and  strong  market  positioning,  we  are 
ideally positioned to capitalise on these fundamentals, 
drive future growth, and generate sustainable value for 
all stakeholders.

A Year of Sustainable Growth and Value 
Creation
Throughout  2023,  IDH  continued  delivering  on  its 
promise  of  caring  for  its  patients,  providing  unparal-
leled quality and accuracy in its testing, and building 
long-term relationships across its communities. At the 
same time, in line with our commitment to sharehold-
ers,  we  continued  to  drive  growth  and  profitability 
across  the  business,  recording  remarkable  results 
throughout the year.

Looking at our results in more detail, in the 12 months 
ended  31  December  2023,  we  recorded  total  revenues 
in excess of EGP 4,100 million, up a solid 14% from last 
year’s  figure  that  had  included  significant  contribu-
tions  from  Covid-19-related  testing.  Excluding  Covid-
19-related  contributions  from  the  comparable  period, 
revenue growth at our conventional business was even 
more notable, coming in at 42% for the year and sitting 
89% above pre-pandemic revenues of EGP 2,1795 million 
in  2019.  Conventional  revenue  growth  was  supported 
by steady rises in test volumes; increased contributions 
from  our  house  call  services,  which  sit  comfortably 
above  pre-pandemic  averages  at  14%;  and  increased 
growth  momentum  from  our  fast-growing  radiology 
venture, Al Borg Scan, which saw the launch of a seventh 
branch in 2023. More specifically, in 2023, we performed 
17% more conventional tests compared to the previous 

5  Excluding contributions from the 100 million lives campaign in 2019

Throughout 2023, 
IDH continued 
delivering on 
its promise of 
caring for its 
patients, providing 
unparalleled quality, 
and building long-
term relationships 
across its 
communities.

12 months. Conventional revenue growth was also sup-
ported by our strategic price increases, which saw aver-
age revenue per conventional test increase to EGP 114 
versus EGP 94 last year. These increases, which remain 
below  market  averages,  not  only  ensured  that  our 
tests continued to be affordable for as many people as 
possible but also enabled us to build stronger relation-
ships  with  our  patients,  boosting  long-term  retention. 
As  a  result  of  these  efforts,  one  of  our  most  important 
operational metrics, average tests per patient, reported 
its highest figure on record, coming in at 4.2 tests in 2023 
up from 3.7 in 2022.

18    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     19

On a geographic basis, we recently launched operations 
in  our  fifth  geography,  Saudi  Arabia,  expanding  our 
geographic reach in one of the region’s fastest-growing 
economies  characterised  by  favourable  demograph-
ics.  Meanwhile,  Egypt,  our  largest  market,  continued 
to  represent  the  lion  share  of  consolidated  revenues, 
contributing 82.7% in 2023. Total revenues in our home 
market rose by 18% for the year to record EGP 3.4 bil-
lion, supported by higher volumes and prices. Similar 
to trends seen at the consolidated level, conventional 
revenues  in  Egypt  rose  by  an  impressive  40%  versus 
2022. Throughout the year, we performed 33.4 million 
tests,  a  robust  13%  year-on-year  increase,  testament 
to  the  growing  attractiveness  of  our  offering.  We  also 
recorded the highest ever number of tests per patient 
at 4.2, as the revamped loyalty programmes introduced 
as  part  of  our  post-Covid-19  strategy  delivered  the 
desired results. Higher test and patient volumes were 
also supported by an expanded branch network, which 
saw  the  addition  of  44  new  branches  in  2023,  as  well 
as by our house call services, which remain a preferred 
method to access our services for a significant segment 
of our patient base. Meanwhile, the Company booked 
an 18% increase in average revenue per conventional 
test on the back of strategic price hikes introduced at 
the  start  of  the  year.  Revenues  in  Egypt  were  further 
boosted  by  an  increasing  contribution  from  our  fast-
growing radiology venture, Al Borg Scan. The venture 
recorded  revenues  of  EGP  155  million  for  the  year, 
up  82%  from  2022.  To  build  on  this  momentum,  in 
September 2023, we rolled out a seventh Al Borg Scan 
location with our radiology network now spanning the 
entire Greater Cairo area and ensuring that we rapidly 
capture  a  growing  share  of  this  high-fragmented  and 
quickly expanding market segment.

Meanwhile,  in  Jordan  we  recorded  similar  trends, 
with conventional revenues reporting a year-on-year 
increase  of  68%.  Conventional  growth  was  also  evi-
dent in local currency terms, reaching JOD 14 million, 
and representing an 8% rise compared to 2022. Con-
ventional revenue growth in Jordan was wholly driven 
by higher test volumes, which grew to 2.4 million tests 
during  the  year,  as  the  Company  continued  to  focus 
on  driving  volumes  in  the  highly  price-regulated 

geography.  Meanwhile,  consolidated  revenues  in 
Jordan  were  down  34%  compared  to  2022,  due  to 
significant contributions from Covid-19 testing in the 
previous year (constituting 41% of Jordan's revenues). 
Due  to  its  material  insignificance  in  2023,  we  have 
opted  not  to  report  on  Covid-19-related  revenues 
since the start of the year. In Nigeria, our operations 
posted  a  15% rise  in revenues in  NGN  terms, on the 
back  of  higher  test  prices  as  Echo-Lab  continued  to 
adjust its mix in favour of its higher-priced offerings. 
Top-line  growth  in  Nigeria  was  achieved  despite  a 
12%  year-on-year  decline  in  test  volumes.  It  is  also 
important  to  mention  that  the  devaluations  of  the 
Naira seen between February 2023 and February 2024, 
along with an expanding cost base, has led to widened 
EBITDA losses, reaching NGN 498 million during the 
year. Finally, in Sudan, our operations remain highly 
affected  by  the  ongoing  conflict,  which  has  seen  the 
temporary closure of 17 out of 18 branches starting in 
April 2023. Since the start of the conflict, we have con-
tinued to closely monitor the situation, prioritising as 
always the health and safety of our staff and patients.

Throughout  the  year,  we  continued  to  employ  a 
proactive cost management strategy to mitigate the 
impacts  on  our  cost  base  of  rising  inflation  and  a 
weakening  EGP.  As  part  of  our  staff  retention  strat-
egy,  during  the  year,  we  introduced  higher-than-
usual salary hikes to support our people during the 
ongoing  period  of  high  inflation.  Meanwhile,  we 
were  once  again  happy  to  note  that  our  long-term 
supplier  relationship  and  the  sheer  scale  of  our 
operations  enabled  us  to  negotiate  and  secure  very 
competitive  prices  for  test  kits,  helping  to  limit  the 
rise  of  our  raw  materials  bill  over  the  12-month 
period. Moreover, as the year progressed, the antici-
pated seasonal slowdowns during the first half of the 
year  began  to  fade,  and  the  effects  of  our  strategic 
price  hikes  across  Egypt  and  Nigeria  began  to  take 
effect, we saw a steady normalisation of our margins 
during the second half of the year, compared to 1H 
2023.  As  a  result,  we  ended  the  full  year  with  an 
adjusted  EBITDA  margin  of  29%,  in  line  with  the 
guidance  communicated  to  investors  at  the  start  of 
the year. 

Expanded Footprint
We  started  2024  on  an  exciting  note,  with  the  launch 
of the first two branches of Biolab KSA in partnership 
with  our  Jordanian  subsidiary,  Biolab,  and  Izhoor,  a 
company  owned  by  Fawaz  Alhokair,  chairman  of  the 
renowned  Saudi  retail  group,  Fawaz  Alhokair  Group. 
The  two  branches  are  located  in  the  Kingdom’s  capi-
tal  city  of  Riyadh,  with  their  day-to-day  management 
under  the  supervision  of  Biolab’s  founder  and  CEO, 
Dr.  Amid  Abdelnour,  and  his  team.  The  inauguration 
of Biolab KSA’s first two locations marked our entrance 
into the Saudi Arabian market, one of the fastest grow-
ing  and  most  attractive  markets  in  the  region.  Once 
fully  ramped  up,  Biolab  KSA  aims  to  become  a  fully 
fledged  diagnostic  services  provider  capable  of  cap-
turing  the  vast  opportunities  offered  by  the  currently 
underserved  and  highly  fragmented  Saudi  market. 
Over  the  coming  years,  the  Saudi  Arabian  market  is 
expected to witness rapid growth supported by a grow-
ing  and  increasingly  health-conscious  population,  as 
well  as  a  large  elderly  population  afflicted  by  a  high 
prevalence of non-communicable diseases.

This  latest  expansion  falls  perfectly  in  line  with  our 
long-term  growth  strategy,  which  sees  us  target 
potential  opportunities  for  greenfield  and  brownfield 
investment  in  markets  where  our  business  model  is 
best fit to capitalise on prevailing demographic factors 
and industry dynamics. In the coming years, we expect 
our  current  and  potential  expansions  in  the  GCC  to 
contribute an increasing share to the Group’s top line, 
helping  us  to  further  diversify  our  revenue  base  and 
guarantee the business’ long-term sustainability.

Our Sustainability Journey
As our footprint, operations, and patient base continue 
to grow, we remain as committed as ever to developing 
our  sustainability  frameworks  and  adhering  to  global 
environmental, social, and governance (ESG) best prac-
tices.  Across  all  our  operations,  ESG  monitoring  and 
compliance play a pivotal role, ensuring we give back to 
the communities we serve and leave a lasting impact on 
our people beyond our traditional diagnostics services. 
This  commitment  has  been  largely  reflected  in  the 
ambitious  steps  taken  over  the  past  three  years  to  set 

defined goals and strategies for our ESG initiatives and 
increase our accountability towards investors and stake-
holders. In 2022, we worked closely with a leading ESG 
consultant to design and implement an encompassing 
strategy  for  our  business,  setting  clear  long-term  goals 
and guiding our efforts for the coming years. In 2023, we 
remained  on  track,  delivering  the  desired  progress  set 
forth by our defined sustainability strategy and targets, 
under  the  guidance  and  supervision  of  a  specialised 
ESG committee on our Board of Directors. To this end, 
in January 2024, we published our second Sustainability 
Report,  with  an  enhanced  focus  on  sustainability  data 
management, delivering on our commitment to main-
tain transparent and sustainable operations across our 
geographies. Moreover, starting last year, we have been 
including  the  Task  Force  on  Climate-related  Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) in the Company’s annual report in 
line with listing requirements. We have remained com-
mitted to increasing our transparency in sustainability 
disclosures. Our updated TCFD can be found on page 
80 of this report.

Our  experienced  and  highly  competent  Board  of 
Directors  continues  to  provide  the  support  and 
guidance  necessary  for  the  uninterrupted  growth 
of  our  business.  Our  Board  brings  together  a  host 
of  established  professionals  boasting  varied  and 
extensive experience in their respective fields. IDH’s 
Board  of  Directors  comprises  mainly  non-executive 
directors  and  is  further  strengthened  by  robust  and 
constantly  refined  governance  framework.  On  this 
note,  I  am  happy  to  announce  that  in  January  2024, 
we welcomed Sherif El Zeiny on board, filling the role 
of Group Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, and 
Executive Director on IDH’s Board of Directors. Sher-
if’s  extensive  experience  in  financial  management 
and corporate strategy is sure to prove invaluable to 
the  Company  as  we  continue  to  identify  new  areas 
through  which  to  expand  our  presence  and  cement 
our foothold across the region. In the period prior to 
Sherif  joining  the  Company,  our  finance  team,  rely-
ing  on  their  specialised  training  and  knowledge  of 
both  LSE  and  EGX  reporting  requirements,  worked 
tirelessly to ensure the Company's efficient operation 
during  this  transitional  phase.  I  want  to  extend  my 

20    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     21

Strategic Report  |  Chief Executive’s Report

gratitude to all the members of our staff and manage-
ment team who contributed to our success during the 
second half of the year and ensured a smooth hando-
ver to Sherif when he officially joined in January.

Our Outlook for 2024
Despite  the  significant  macroeconomic  hurdles  we 
have  had  to  overcome  over  the  past  two-year  period, 
IDH  has  continued  to  prove  its  resilience,  relying  on 
its  proven  strategies  and  expertise  to  achieve  notable 
operational  and  financial  success  throughout  the 
entire  period.  Our  impressive  results  in  2023,  specifi-
cally,  have  underscored  the  success  of  our  long-term 
growth strategies to expand our conventional business 
and usher in a new era of sustained success following 
the end of the Covid-19 pandemic. I remain confident 
in  IDH's  abilities  to  navigate  macroeconomic  pres-
sures and deliver yet another year of sustained growth 
and expansion in 2024.

Across  our  more  established  markets  of  Egypt,  Jor-
dan,  and  Nigeria,  our  priorities  remain  unchanged. 
Throughout  these  markets,  we  will  continue  to  target 
double-digit  revenue  growth  supported  by  a  combi-
nation  of  higher  volumes  and  prices.  Meanwhile,  in 
Egypt, we will continue to grow our branch network to 
widen  our  reach  and  expand  our  patient  base  across 
the country. We will also continue to ramp up our radi-
ology venture in Egypt, Al Borg Scan, growing its con-
tribution  to  the  country’s  revenues  and  providing  an 
all-encompassing test offering for our patients. On the 
pricing front, across both Egypt and Nigeria, regularly 
scheduled price increases were introduced at the start 
of the year. In the coming months, we will evaluate the 
available room to implement further price hikes with 
our primary goal remaining the retention and support 
of our patients during these difficult times. 

In  terms  of  our  profitability,  we  expect  continued 
margin normalisation throughout 2024, as businesses 
and  consumers  adapt  to  the  initial  effects  of  the 

devaluation. Throughout the year, IDH will continue 
to leverage its standing as a leader in the industry to 
negotiate favourable terms with our test kit suppliers 
and ensure we maintain our costs ratios and margins 
in  line  with  historical  averages.  In  parallel,  we  are 
constantly  studying  avenues  for  cost  optimisation 
throughout  our  operations,  maintaining  adequate 
stocks  and  streamlining  our  operations  where  pos-
sible to eliminate all unnecessary expenses. 

In  parallel,  we  are  excited  to  continue  ramping  up 
our  new  Saudi  venture  in  partnership  with  Biolab 
and  Izhoor.  In  the  coming  year,  we  will  look  to 
establish the Biolab KSA brand in the Riyadh market 
through targeted marketing campaigns and through 
the delivery of exceptional quality to patients. Mean-
while, we will also look to rapidly expand our branch 
network  and  operations,  cementing  our  position 
as  a  full-fledged  diagnostics  provider  in  the  Saudi 
Arabian market.

While  our  long-term  dividend  policy  that  sees  us 
return  to  shareholders  the  maximum  amount  of 
excess  cash  after  taking  careful  account  of  the  cash 
needed to support operations and expansions remains 
unchanged,  the  continued  economic  headwinds  and 
foreign currency shortages in Egypt have led the Board 
of  Directors  to  opt  not  to  distribute  dividends  for  the 
year ended 31 December 2023. 

Dr. Hend El-Sherbini
Chief Executive Officer

22    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     23

Strategic Report

A Note from Our Vice President 
and Group CFO

We will remain 
focused on growing 
patient and test 
volumes across 
both existing and 
new markets while 
making tactical 
investments to drive 
future growth.

As I embark on this exciting new journey with IDH, 
I look forward to leveraging my multi-decade expe-
rience  across  a  wide  spectrum  of  industries  and 
markets to deliver incremental value to our patients, 
shareholders,  and  wider  communities.  What  Dr. 
El  Sherbini  and  the  IDH  team  have  been  able  to 
achieve  over  the  past  years  is  inspiring,  and  I  am 
eager to contribute to the Group’s continued growth 
and success.

A Digital Business Optimised for 
Growth
In  a  rapidly  changing  world,  harnessing  the  latest 
technology and digital solutions has become imper-
ative.  Over  the  coming  year,  we  will  be  implement-
ing  a  Group-wide  digitalisation  strategy  aiming  not 
only to roll out world-class solutions across various 
aspects of the business but also to ensure that these 
are integrated to maximise their value-added. 

In similar fashion, we will also work to enhance our 
internal  data  collection  and  processing  capabilities 
to  provide  managers  at  all  levels  of  the  Company 
with  the  information  they  need  to  make  informed 
decisions, optimise the quality we deliver to patients, 
and  drive  growth  across  the  business.  In  particu-
lar,  our  efforts  in  the  near  term  will  pivot  towards 
assessing  and  deploying  new  artificial  intelligence 
(AI) tools and remaining at the forefront of a rapidly 
changing diagnostic industry.

Profitable Growth
As  always,  the  number  one  goal  remains  achieving 
sustainable growth. On the one hand, we will remain 
focused on growing patient and test volumes across 
both  existing  and  new  markets  while  making  tacti-
cal investments to drive future growth. On the other 

hand, we will look to optimise all aspects of the busi-
ness, maintaining lean operations to navigate ongo-
ing cost pressure coming from a weakening EGP and 
rising inflation.

Expanding Our Reach
With  the  roll  out  of  our  first  Saudi  Arabian  branch 
in  early  2024,  the  Company  has  officially  entered 
into  its  fifth  geography.  Having  previously  worked 
in  Saudi  Arabia,  I  look  forward  to  supporting  the 
management team on the ground to ensure a rapid 
and  successful  ramp  up  of  operations.  In  parallel, 
we  will  continue  to  be  on  the  lookout  for  attractive 
opportunities  to  grow  our  footprint  and  penetrate 
new  markets  where  our  business  model  and  supe-
rior know-how are well-placed to succeed.

Accountability and Credibility
Maintaining  sound  financial  policies  and  adhering 
to strong governance frameworks are at the heart of 
any successful business. I am excited to be working 
with  Dr.  Hend  El  Sherbini  and  my  esteemed  col-
leagues  on  IDH's  Board  of  Directors  as  we  start  to 
build  a  future  of  financial  growth  and  operational 
expansion  for  the  Company,  while  ensuring  we 
continue to provide the Company with the guidance, 
accountability,  and  credibility  needed  to  make  this 
new chapter another successful one.

Sherif El Zeiny
Board Member, Vice President, and Group CFO

Sherif El Zeiny
Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive 
Director

24    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     25

Strategic Report  |  Our Markets

Our Markets

Key Market Dynamics

Barriers to Market Entry

5

countries of operation

6016

operational branches,  
+49 versus 2022

Test results are usually received in-person by patients 
(typically accompanied by a specialist report), which 
the  patients  then  return  to  the  original  physician 
who ordered testing for diagnosis. IDH also provides 
same-day electronic delivery of test results to patients 
via SMS, with test results also available via the Com-
pany’s mobile app. IDH’s sales and marketing activi-
ties actively target:
•  Physicians: through direct sales visits to individual 
practitioners,  educational  and  peer  congresses, 
client  information  leaflets,  volume-based  loyalty 
programmes, and the organisation or sponsorship of 
conferences.

•  Walk-in  Patients:  through  social  media  channels, 
mass-market  and  targeted  health  awareness  cam-
paigns,  outdoor  advertising,  television,  radio,  and 
online advertising.

•  Contract Patients: through direct outreach to insur-

ers and employers.

The  emerging  markets  in  which  IDH  operates  boast 
many  similar  characteristics  that  differ  substantially 
from those of many Western markets. In emerging mar-
kets, the healthcare sector is divided between publicly 
and  privately  funded  institutions,  allowing  patients  a 
greater  degree  of  freedom  when  choosing  healthcare 
providers.  Additionally,  general  practitioners  (also 
referred to as family medicine practitioners or primary 
care specialists) are not widely available; as a result, they 
do  not  stand  as  gatekeepers  through  which  patients 
receive primary or specialist medical attention as they 
typically do in more mature Western markets.

Patients requiring medical attention may choose to 
receive  it  through  visiting  an  emergency  room,  an 
outpatient clinic or polyclinic, or seeking the advice 
of a specialised physician directly. In doing so, medi-
cal personnel may order tests while recommending 
a  specific  service  provider,  although  in  most  cases, 
patients  are  free  to  choose  the  service  provider  of 
their liking. The choice of service provider depends 
on  several  factor,  including  perceived  service  qual-
ity,  pricing,  insurance  compatibility,  and  several 
other  factors.  Walk-in  patients  (referred  to  as  “self-
payers”) pay out of pocket in advance of the required 
tests being completed.

6  IDH’s branch network includes 17 branches in Sudan that have been closed due to ongoing conflict in the country.

Brand Equity and Reputation

Patients are loyal to the Company’s leading brands, with a successful track 
record spanning more than four decades.

Accreditation of Facilities

State-of-the-art testing capabilities and facilities are required to attract 
contract clients. IDH currently boasts accreditations from CAP, ACR, ISO, 
JAS, HCAC, and JCI.

Market Reach

The fragmented markets in which IDH operates demand a widespread 
geographic presence for broad customer reach. The Company currently 
operates the largest private labs network in Egypt, with operations in four 
additional geographies.

Relationship with Key Stakeholders

Long-lasting relationships with stakeholders, including physicians and 
suppliers, are required to support a scalable platform.

Economies of Scale

IT-enabled platforms, critical mass (higher margins), decades of 
unparalleled experience, and the latest in medical equipment mitigate 
against new entrants

26    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     27

Strategic Report  |  Our Markets

Egypt

IDH’s  home  and  largest  market  of  Egypt  has  been 
at  the  centre  of  the  Company’s  growth  story  for  over 
four  decades  and,  today,  continues  to  play  a  key  role 
in driving performance and setting new standards for 
the  Group’s  other  markets.  In  Egypt,  the  Company 
operates under two separate segments, pathology and 
radiology, creating a fully fledged service provider and 
enabling the Company to position itself as a one-stop 
shop for its patients’ diagnostic needs. At its pathology 
segment,  the  Group  operates  two  leading  pathology 
labs,  Al  Mokhtabar  and  Al  Borg  Laboratories.  Mean-
while,  in  2018,  in  line  with  its  long-term  growth  and 
value  creation  strategy,  IDH  launched  its  radiology 
venture, Al Borg Scan, capturing the attractive oppor-
tunities offered by the underpenetrated market with an 
expanding branch network across Greater Cairo.

Egypt’s diagnostic market can be split into two distinct 
sectors,  public  and  private  infrastructure,  with  the 
latter  consisting  of  labs  attached  to  private  hospitals 
as  well  as  standalone  labs  (chains  and  single-doctor 
labs).  On  a  geographic  basis,  Egypt’s  most  important 
cities account for the majority of labs nationwide, leav-
ing  ample  opportunity  to  capture  underserved  areas 
of  the  country  and  reach  a  wider  patient  base  across 
Egypt’s  27  governorates.  Moreover,  the  corporate 

2023 Key Highlights

83%

Contribution to 
CONSOLIDATED
REVENUE  
in 2023

market  is  growing  as  the  main  driver  for  diagnostics 
services,  contributing  more  to  the  sector’s  top  line  as 
more companies expand healthcare coverage for their 
employees.

IDH  enjoys  a  strong  competitive  position  in  the 
Egyptian diagnostic industry, expanding its reach and 
cementing its place as a market leader while creating 
significant barriers to entry by leveraging its successful 
40-year  track  record.  Today,  IDH  continues  to  be  the 
number  one  private  provider  by  market  share  in  the 
country, with a leading position in the corporate insur-
ance sector. Although there have been no recent official 

544

branches as at year-end 
2023, +44 versus 2022

3.4 EGP BN

revenues in 2023,  
up 18% y-o-y

8.0 MN

patients served in 2023,  
up 5% y-o-y

Long-standing brands 
with impeccable 
reputations have 
fostered patient loyalty

Solid stakeholder 
relationships, including 
those with physicians, 
patients, corporate 
clients, suppliers, and 
hospitals

A scalable, asset-light 
business model that 
enables expansion in 
fragmented markets

International accreditations, 
most notably the coveted 
College of American 
Pathologists (CAP) 
certification of the Mega 
Lab, as well as the American 
College of Radiology (ACR) 
accreditation 

government statistics released, IDH commissioned the 
Boston Consulting Group (BCG) in 2016 to complete a 
comprehensive study of the Egyptian diagnostic mar-
ket. As a result of this study, BCG estimated IDH’s two 
lab brands accounted for over 50% of revenues in the 
Egyptian private chain market. 

In an effort to expand its service offering and create a 
fully fledged service provider in its home market, IDH 
launched  Al  Borg  Scan,  the  Company’s  newest  and 
fastest-growing  radiology  venture  in  Egypt,  in  2018. 
This venture has since booked notable and consistent 
operational  and  financial  success,  steadily  establish-
ing  itself  as  a  notable  player  in  the  radiology  market. 
Over  the  past  few  years,  to  capitalise  on  the  strong 
momentum enjoyed by the venture, IDH has invested 
significant  resources  to  boost  Al  Borg  Scan’s  branch 
network. As at year-end 2023, the venture was operat-
ing seven branches across Greater Cairo, with its latest 
branch launched in September 2023. Moreover, testa-
ment to the superior quality and service offered by the 
subsidiary, Al Borg Scan is currently the sole radiology 
provider  in  Africa  to  boast  the  prestigious  American 
College of Radiology (ACR) accreditation.

Growth  in  the  Egyptian  diagnostics  industry  is  sup-
ported by robust market fundamentals, including:
•  A large and growing population of over 100 million, 

making Egypt the most populous country in the Mid-
dle  East  and  North  Africa  (MENA)  region;  in  terms 
of demographics, it hosts a significant and growing 
elderly population.

•  An increasing prevalence of diseases, including com-
municable and non-communicable diseases, tropical 
diseases, and lifestyle diseases, such as diabetes.

•  A growing governmental role to increase awareness 
on the importance of diagnostic testing in preventa-
tive healthcare, supporting the growth in laboratory 
diagnostics as a tool in clinical practice.

•  The  roll-out  of  mandatory  health  insurance  and 
the  subsequent  increase  in  demand  for  private 
diagnostic testing.

Macroeconomic Developments
The  Egyptian  economy  has  been  facing  strong  head-
winds  starting  in  2022  and  carrying  on  in  2023.  Over 
the  last  two  years,  Egyptian  people  and  businesses 
have  witnessed  multiple  currency  devaluations,  faced 
record-high  inflation  and  the  subsequent  tightening 
of monetary policy, and had to confront the spill overs 
of  two  conflicts  in  Ukraine  and  Gaza.  In  early  2024, 
the Egyptian government announced a series of initia-
tives and agreements that are expected to significantly 
alleviate the short- and medium-term pressures on the 
Egyptian economy and business community.

28    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     29

Strategic Report  |  Our Markets

2023 in Review
Between March 2022 and January 2023, the Egyptian 
Pound was devalued multiple times, going from trad-
ing  at  EGP  15.7  to  the  US  dollar  to  EGP  30.9  to  the 
US Dollar. While the official exchange rate remained 
fixed  at  30.9  to  the  US  Dollar  for  the  remainder  of 
2023, in the unofficial black market, the exchange rate 
progressively climbed reaching as high as 53.0 to the 
US  Dollar  by  year  end.  Similar  trends  continued  in 
early 2024, with the black market surpassing the 70.0 
to the US Dollar mark in the final week of January.

With  Egypt  being  heavily  dependent  on  USD-
denominated imports, the devaluation of the EGP has 
expectedly led to record-high inflation in the country, 
with the annual urban inflation rate reaching 33.7% in 
December 2023. As a result, the Central Bank of Egypt 
(CBE)  hiked  interest  rates  in  an  attempt  to  tackle 
inflationary pressures. The CBE’s main operation and 
discount  rates  stood  at  19.75%  in  December  2023, 
versus 16.75% at the start of the year and the 9.75% in 
early March 2022. 

2024 Outlook
On 1 February 2024, interest rates were hiked a fur-
ther 200 basis points to 21.75%. Significant improve-
ments  in  the  country’s  economic  situation  and 
outlook were recorded starting in late February and 
early March 2024, following the signing of a historic 
USD  35  billion  agreement  between  the  Egyptian 
government and Abu Dhabi’s sovereign wealth fund, 
ADQ,  granting  the  latter  development  rights  to  Ras 
El  Hekma  on  Egypt’s  North  Coast.  Following  the 
announcement,  the  black-market  rate  decreased 
significantly, settling in the low 50 to the US Dollar 
range. This is expected to be just the first in a series 
of  announcements  and  initiatives  aimed  at  attract-
ing FX and investments back into the country. 

On  6  March  2024,  the  CBE  devalued  the  Egyptian 
Pound, settling at nearly EGP 49.5 to the US Dollar at 
official  bank  rates,  compared  to  the  EGP  30.85  that 
had  remained  nearly  unchanged  for  the  past  year. 
Following  the  decision,  the  CBE  increased  interest 
rates by another 600 basis points, reaching 27.75%.

In  parallel,  and  largely  due  to  external  geopolitical 
factors as well as a decline in domestic production, 
Egypt has been facing an energy crisis starting in the 
summer months of 2023. As a result, the government 
has  introduced  scheduled  blackouts  nationwide 
in  an  effort  to  curb  spiking  demand  on  the  back  of 
a heat wave that began in late July 2023. Significant 
temporary import cuts from Israel due to the ongo-
ing  Israeli-Palestinian  conflict  placed  further  pres-
sures on natural gas supply, forcing extended power 
cuts to continue well into the fall. 

In  the  final  months  of  2023,  all  three  major  rating 
agencies  S&P  Global  Ratings,  Fitch  Ratings,  and 
Moody’s downgraded Egypt’s sovereign debt between 
October and November 2023, owing to increased risks 
to  external  financing,  macroeconomic  stability,  and 
the  trajectory  of  already-high  government  debt,  in 
addition to slow reform progress and FX constraints. 
Several  of  these  concerns  were  significantly  reduced 
by  the  landmark  agreement  signed  by  the  Egyptian 
government in February 2024, which is outlined in the 
following section.

On  the  heels  of  the  devaluation,  Egypt  and  the 
International  Monetary  Fund  (IMF)  finalized  an 
agreement,  securing  an  expanded  loan  package 
of  USD  8  billion.  At  the  same  time,  in  2024,  the 
Egyptian  government  is  looking  to  raise  over  USD 
6  billion  from  its  privatization  programme  through 
the sale of stakes in government and military-owned 
businesses  to  private  local  and  foreign  investors. 
Combined, these are set to cover Egypt’s short-term 
financing needs for the coming three to four years.

While  the  short-term  impacts  of  the  devaluations 
between 2022 and 2024 (both in the official rate and 
unofficial black market) have been severe, these are 
expected to have long-term benefits for the Egyptian 
economy.  From  attracting  greater  foreign  direct 
investment and remittances to boosting exports and 
tourism revenues, an Egyptian Pound that reflects its 
true market value is set to be a cornerstone of Egypt’s 
macroeconomic recovery in the coming years.

Improving  sentiment  is  also  reflected  in  estimates 
and  forecasts  from  major  international  agencies. 

Following the last devaluation of the EGP in March 
2024,  Moody’s  revised  its  outlook  on  the  country 
from  negative  to  positive,  citing  Egypt’s  transition 
to  a  managed  float  system,  the  expanded  package 
from  the  IMF,  and  the  government’s  commitment 
to  a  tightened  fiscal  policy  as  drivers  for  a  healthy 
private sector environment, helping restore investor 
confidence.  In  FY2023-24  the  Egyptian  economy 
is  forecasted  to  grow  3.0%  according  to  estimates 
from  the  International  Monetary  Fund  (IMF),  and 
by  3.5%  according  to  forecasts  by  the  World  Bank 
and  S&P.  Meanwhile,  according  to  BMI,  inflation 
is  expected  to  cool  to  an  average  of  27.4%  year-on-
year  in  2024  from  34.1%  in  2023,  as  a  favourable 
base effect outweighs the inflationary impact of the 
devaluation.  The  Egyptian  government  is  targeting 
average  annual  inflation  of  around  15%  in  FY2024-
25. Finally, it is worth noting that in December 2023, 
President  Abdel  Fattah  El-Sisi  was  re-elected  for  a 
new six-year term.

Financial and Operational Highlights
IDH’s home and largest market, Egypt, recorded a solid 
acceleration starting in May 2023, recording sustained 
top-line  growth  throughout  the  second  half  of  the 
year  and  closing  out  2023  with  consolidated  revenue 
of EGP 3,411 million, up 18% year-on-year. Excluding 
the significant contributions made by Covid-19-related 
testing in 2022, conventional revenue growth was even 
more  impressive  at  40%  for  the  year,  boosted  by  18% 
increases both in test volumes and average revenue per 
conventional test. 

IDH’s fast-growing radiology venture, Al Borg Scan, con-
tinued to post impressive results throughout the second 
half  the  year,  with  revenues  reaching  EGP  155  million 
in  2023,  representing  an  82%  year-on-year  increase. 
Top-line  expansion  during  the  year  was  primarily  due 
to  higher  scan  volumes,  which  rose  43%  year-on-year 
in  2023,  partially  due  to  the  ramp  up  of  operations  at 
the  venture’s  newest  branches.  Additionally,  average 
revenue per scan increased 27% year-on-year, reaching 
EGP 717, further contributing to revenue expansion. In 
September 2023, Al Borg Scan inaugurated its seventh 
branch, located in Cairo’s Nasr City neighbourhood. The 

launch  of  this  latest  branch  is  directly  in  line  with  the 
Company’s long-term strategy of expanding its presence 
in Greater Cairo and cementing its position as a leader 
in the country’s highly fragmented radiology market.

In  the  year  ended  31  December  2023,  IDH’s  house 
call  service  in  Egypt  continued  to  make  a  robust 
contribution  of  16%  to  total  revenues  in  the  country. 
This  remains  significantly  ahead  of  the  service’s  pre-
pandemic  contribution,  highlighting  not  only  the 
segment’s  growth  potential  but  also  the  effectiveness 
of IDH’s investment and ramp up strategy, specifically 
throughout the Covid-19 pandemic.

Finally,  our  Egypt-based  subsidiary,  Wayak,  which 
utilises  IDH’s  vast  patient  database  to  create  elec-
tronic medical records and offer customised services 
for  our  patients,  completed  177,000  orders  in  2023, 
representing  a  33%  year-on-year  increase.  On  the 
profitability  front,  the  venture’s  EBITDA  losses  con-
tinued  to  narrow  steadily,  recording  EGP  28,000  in 
2023  versus  the  EGP  3.8  million  in  EBITDA  losses 
booked in 2022.

Turning  to  profitability,  IDH’s  Egyptian  operations 
recorded  adjusted  EBITDA  of  EGP  1,058  million,  a  1% 
year-on-year  increase  compared  to  FY  2022.  Adjusted 
EBITDA margin recorded 31%, a five-point year-on-year 
decrease.  Lower  EBITDA  profitability  reflects  higher 
SG&A  outlays,  which  increased  18%  year-on-year  and 
weighed down on profitability during the year.

Operationally, IDH rolled out 44 new branches in Egypt 
during  2023,  including  a  new  Al  Borg  Scan  branch. 
Through its expanded branches and house call services, 
IDH served 8.0 million patients in 2023, up 5% year-on-
year,  and  performed  33.4  million  tests,  13%  above  last 
year’s  figure.  Meanwhile,  conventional  test  volumes 
jumped an impressive 18% year-on-year, demonstrating 
the strong demand for the Company’s traditional offering.

30    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     31

Strategic Report  |  Our Markets

Jordan

IDH first began operations in the Jordanian market 
in  2011  when  it  acquired  a  60%  stake  in  Biolab,  a 
market-leading diagnostic testing provider in Jordan 
with  a  track  record  surpassing  two  decades.  Biolab 
is  run  by  Dr.  Abdelnour,  the  venture’s  founder,  and 
currently operates a branch network of 27 branches 
spread across the Kingdom’s major cities.

Boasting  one  of  the  most  developed  healthcare 
infrastructures  in  the  Middle  East,  Jordan  enjoys 
strong  operating  fundamentals,  with  Amman  con-
solidating  a  significant  proportion  of  services  and 
over  70%  of  Jordanians  medically  insured.  More-
over,  as  per  information  in  2021,  the  majority  of 
medically  insured  Jordanians  are  covered  through 
public insurance, with 38.1% covered through Royal 
Medical Services (RMS) under the Jordanian Armed 
Forces,  34.4%  covered  through  the  Civil  Insurance 
Program  (CIP)  provided  by  the  Ministry  of  Health, 
and 12.1% enjoying private insurance schemes. As a 
result, the Jordanian market allows IDH the space to 
continually grow its business despite the placement 
of  strict  pricing  regulations,  which  have  remained 
unchanged  since  their  issuance  by  the  Jordanian 
Ministry  of  Health  in  2008.  Due  to  this  fact,  Biolab 
focuses on driving volume growth in its operations, 

2023 Key Highlights

15%

Contribution to 
CONSOLIDATED
REVENUE  
in 2023

expanding its service offering and portfolio to attract 
more  patients,  increase  loyalty,  and  boost  average 
testing per patient. Today, Biolab proudly stands as 
the single largest lab in the Jordanian private sector 
in terms of profitability.

Unlike operations in Egypt, Biolab does not operate 
the  typical  Hub,  Spoke,  and  Spike  business  model, 
but  rather  operates  a  network  of  27  branches  offer-
ing a scalable platform for continuous and efficient 
expansion.  While  Biolab’s  branches  are  capable  of 
performing many of the 1,365 pathology tests offered 
to patients, certain specialised tests are performed at 

27

branches as at year-end 
2023, +4 versus 2022

604 EGP MN

revenues in 2023,  
down 1% y-o-y

372 K

patients served in 2023,  
down 58% y-o-y

the four core labs, classified as specialty labs, creat-
ing a testing hub in Amman’s forefront medical area. 
Biolab’s  service  offering  encompasses  an  extensive 
suite  of  laboratory  tests  and  customised  wellness 
packages,  provided  with  the  highest  standards  of 
patient-centric  care.  Tests  performed  include,  but 
are  not  limited  to,  haematology,  endocrinology, 
immunochemistry,  parasitology,  oncology,  immu-
nology,  transfusion  medicine,  molecular  genetics 
and  antenatal  diagnostics,  and  gene  sequencing. 
Additionally, Biolab does not share purchasing, sup-
ply  and  logistics,  IT,  marketing,  or  sales  functions 
with its Egyptian parent company.

Biolab  finalized  an  agreement  with  Georgia  Health-
care  Group  PLC  (GHG)  to  establish  a  Mega  Labora-
tory  (Mega  Lab)  in  Tbilisi,  Georgia  in  2020.  The 
multidisciplinary Mega Lab is the largest of its kind in 
Georgia, standing at 7,500 square metres. Since 2019, 
Mega Lab has been collaborating with approximately 
100 medical institutions, including leading hospitals. 
In  accordance  with  the  agreement,  Biolab  holds  an 
8.025% equity stake in the project and receives annual 
IT  support  service  fees  for  10  years,  in  addition  to 
annual  management  fees  for  two  years,  in  exchange 
for the provision of information technology and man-
agement services provided.

Despite significant operating difficulties throughout 
2020  and  2021  due  to  the  Covid-19  pandemic,  the 
planned  integration  of  the  Mega  Lab  with  GHG’s 
network progressed according to schedule, with the 
successful  technology  transfer  of  all  76  locations, 
including  the  installation  of  the  lab’s  Laboratory 
Information  Management  Systems  (LIMS),  in  mid-
2021. The Mega Lab plans to develop and introduce 
a  B2B  network  of  healthcare  providers  outside  the 
Group  to  reach  its  full  operating  potential,  with 
GHG’s network expected to only utilise one-third of 
the facility’s total capacity.

Meanwhile,  in  July  2022,  following  multiple  “Mock 
Audits”,  policy  revisions,  and  rigorous  staff  training 
programmes, Mega Lab was awarded the prestigious 
JCI  accreditation.  With  the  successful  awarding  of 
the  accreditation,  Biolab  had  officially  fulfilled  the 
services stipulated in its management agreement.

Macroeconomic Developments
Despite  growing  economic  hardships  across  the 
wider  MENA  region,  Jordan  has  maintained  its  eco-
nomic  growth  trend,  with  GDP  estimated  to  record 
an  increase  of  2.6%  in  2023.  Moreover,  this  growth 
is  estimated  to  continue  well  into  the  coming  years, 
with  GDP  growth  anticipated  to  come  in  at  2.7%  in 
2024  and  3.0%  between  2025  and  2028  according 
to  the  latest  International  Monetary  Fund  (IMF) 
estimates.  Meanwhile,  prices  remain  under  control 
throughout  the  Kingdom,  with  the  average  inflation 
rate as per IMF estimates expected to narrow to 2.6% 
in  2024,  down  from  2.7%  in  2023,  while  remain-
ing  steady  at  2.5%  for  the  coming  five-year  period. 
Steady macroeconomic fundamentals and a growing 
economy have continued to encourage foreign invest-
ment,  with  foreign  direct  investment  as  reported  by 
the  Central  Bank  of  Jordan  in  the  first  six  months  of 
2023 reaching USD 776 million, a 20.9% year-on-year 
increase.  Supportive  regulatory  frameworks  in  the 
form  of  easing  license  registrations,  streamlining 
services, and visa and investor cards have also been 
integral  in  positioning  the  Kingdom  as  an  attractive 
foreign investment destination.

Financial and Operational Highlights
In  IDH’s  second  largest  market,  Jordan,  IDH  booked 
consolidated  revenue  of  JOD  14  million  in  2023,  42% 
below  last  year’s  figure  (down  1%  year-on-year  in 
EGP  terms).  The  significant  year-on-year  decline  is 
wholly  attributable  to  the  high  base  effect  resulting 
from  Covid-19-related  testing  in  2022,  which  had 
significantly boosted last year’s consolidated top line. 

32    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     33

Despite economic 
downturns in several 
of IDH's geographies, 
its two largest 
markets, Egypt and 
Jordan, remained 
resilient, supported 
by attractive 
fundamentals.

Excluding  this  contribution,  conventional  revenues 
recorded an 8% year-on-year expansion, supported by 
an 8% rise in conventional test volumes. In EGP terms, 
conventional  revenues  grew  68%,  reaching  EGP  604 
million in 2023. Growth in IDH’s Jordanian operations 
when  looked  at  in  EGP  terms  captures,  in  part,  the 
significant  impact  from  the  translation  effect  due  to 
multiple devaluations of the Egyptian Pound between 
comparable periods.

IDH’s Jordanian subsidiary, Biolab, posted an adjusted 
EBITDA of JOD 3.6 million, down 34% year-on-year in 
2023 and yielding an adjusted EBITDA margin of 26% 
(versus 23% in 2022). In EGP terms, adjusted EBITDA 
came  to  EGP  157  million,  up  16%  from  2022.  The 
increase in adjusted EBITDA in EGP terms is due to the 
translation effect following the devaluation of the EGP 
in late 2022 and early 2023.

Operationally,  Biolab  inaugurated  four  new  labs  in 
2023,  taking  its  total  network  to  27  branches  as  at  31 
December  2023.  During  the  past  year,  Biolab  served 
372,000  patients,  performing  2.4  million  tests  on  a 
consolidated  basis.  Meanwhile,  conventional  tests 
performed increased a solid 8% year-on-year in 2023.

34    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     35

Section Flag  |  Section SubtitleStrategic Report  |  Our Markets

Nigeria

IDH  first  began  operations  in  Nigeria  in  February 
2018,  following  the  acquisition  of  Eagle  Eye  Echo-
Scan  Limited  (Echo-Scan)  through  an  alliance  with 
Man  Capital  LLC  (Man  Capital),  the  London-based 
investment arm of the Mansour Group, called Dynasty 
Holding  Group  (Dynasty),  which  is  51%  owned  and 
controlled by IDH. Following the agreement, Dynasty 
partnered  with  the  International  Finance  Corpora-
tion  (IFC)  to  invest  in  Echo-Scan  (since  rebranded 
as Echo-Lab). The acquisition was driven by a strong 
growth opportunity in the country, with the diagnos-
tics industry valued at c. USD 140 million in 2017 and 
with an anticipated value of USD 830 million by 2025, 
based on research conducted at the time of due dili-
gence by the Boston Consulting Group (BCG).

Standing  as  the  largest  population  on  the  African 
continent,  at  over  224  million  in  2023,  and  sharing 
similarities  with  the  Egyptian  market  during  the 
1980s and 1990s in terms of structure, development 
pace,  and  shifting  disease  profiles,  Nigeria’s  demo-
graphic  characteristics  provide  an  attractive  invest-
ment opportunity. Currently, half of the population 
— a staggering 110 million people — is 17 years old 
or  younger.  Moreover,  according  to  estimates  from 
Morgan Stanley, the population is expected to more 

2023 Key Highlights

2%

Contribution to 
CONSOLIDATED
REVENUE  
in 2023

than  double  in  the  next  50  years  to  reach  485  mil-
lion, adding more people than any other country in 
the  world  over  that  time.  Moreover,  the  diagnostics 
market  is  highly  fragmented  and  underpenetrated, 
leaving  ample  room  for  economies  of  scale  and 
significant  market  share  of  a  large  and  renowned 
player.  The  diagnostics  services  industry  can  be 
broadly  divided  into  three  groups,  with  the  largest 
of which being independent labs (chains and single 
labs), followed by public and private hospitals. 

The  Group  has  introduced  a  comprehensive  integra-
tion  and  value-creation  strategy  in  Nigeria  since  its 

12

branches as at year-end 
2023, unchanged versus 
2022

96 EGP/MN

revenues in 2023,  
up 22% y-o-y

132 K

patients served in 2023,  
down 11% y-o-y

acquisition of Echo-Lab, aiming to expand its network 
throughout  the  country,  renovate  existing  branches, 
and expand its service portfolio through the procure-
ment  of  state-of-the-art  equipment.  As  at  year-end 
2023, Nigerian operations had received a total invest-
ment of USD 14.3 million since inception. As a result, 
Nigerian operations have continued their steady ramp 
up, posting 22% year-on-year top-line growth in 2023. 

In  EGP  terms,  Nigerian  operations  booked  top-line 
growth  of  22%  year-on-year,  with  revenues  coming 
in at EGP 96 million. Revenue growth for the period 
was  driven  by  32%  and  39%  year-on-year  increases 
in  average  revenue  per  test  in  NGN  and  EGP  terms, 
respectively,  as  the  Company  continued  to  imple-
ment strategic price hikes in response to inflationary 
pressures in the country. 

Macroeconomic Developments
With new presidential leadership starting in February 
2023, the government took steps to remove oil subsi-
dies and reform the Central Bank’s leadership, lead-
ing to the abolishment of the multiple exchange rate 
system and effectively allowing the Nigerian Naira to 
float.  Following  this  decision,  the  Naira  expectedly 
dropped  in  value,  losing  approximately  29%  versus 
the  US  Dollar.  Following  a  period  of  instability,  the 
Naira is anticipated to settle at around NGN 650–700 
to  the  US  Dollar.  The  floating  of  the  Naira,  coupled 
with  soaring  diesel  prices,  has  placed  significant 
pressure  on  prices  nationwide,  with  inflation  rates 
continuing to increase and reaching 28.9% in Decem-
ber 2023, compared to 21.3% at year-end 2022. 

The government is currently in the process of complet-
ing a USD 10 billion reform plan to stabilize the Nige-
rian Naira, largely based on securitising dividends of 
the  country’s  LNG  company.  In  addition,  other  FX 
inflows that are likely to yield quicker results include 
a USD 1.5 billion facility from the World Bank, as well 
as  potential  inflows  from  foreign  investors  increas-
ingly  attracted  to  the  Nigerian  market  following  the 
floating of the currency. According to the IMF’s latest 
estimates, the Nigerian Economy is forecasted to grow 
by 2.9% and 3.0% in 2023 and 2024, marginally down 
from the 3.3% GDP growth booked in 2022.

Financial and Operational Highlights
Echo-Lab  reported  revenue  growth  of  15%  in  local 
currency terms for 2023, reaching NGN 1,961 million. 

Despite recording top-line growth during 2023, Nige-
rian operations booked a 12% year-on-year decrease 
in test volumes, conducting 266,000 tests during the 
year, compared to 303,000 tests in the previous year. 
It is also worth mentioning that average revenue per 
test  increases  in  EGP  terms  partially  reflected  the 
translation effect due to a weakened EGP. Meanwhile, 
patient volumes recorded 132,000, down 11% versus 
2022.

Meanwhile,  Nigerian  operations  posted  increased 
EBITDA losses, recording an adjusted EBITDA loss of 
NGN 498 million in 2023, compared to NGN 337 mil-
lion in the previous year. Decreased test volumes and 
profitability in the country continue to reflect signifi-
cant  economic  headwinds  in  the  country,  affecting 
consumer  behaviour  and  expanding  the  Company’s 
cost  base.  As  a  result  of  this  economic  uncertainty, 
which  has  included  two  separate  currency  devalua-
tions between early 2023 and 2024, management has 
decided  to  record  an  NGN  18  million  impairment 
expense in goodwill and assets in Nigeria, accounting 
for  rising  diesel  prices  and  inflation  that  are  antici-
pated to continue into the remainder of 2024. Mean-
while, IDH’s management team in Nigeria continues 
to assess the impacts of the economic downturns on 
the Company’s operations, putting in place strategies 
for  further  price  hikes  in  response  to  higher  costs 
while prioritising patient retention.

36    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     37

Strategic Report  |  Our Markets

Sudan 

IDH  currently  operates  under  two  brand  names  in 
Sudan, Ultralab and Al Mokhtabar Sudan. Egypt’s Al 
Borg  acquired  majority  interest  in  Ultralab  in  2011, 
while Al Mokhtabar Sudan was established in 2010, 
before  the  Group’s  acquisition  of  Al  Mokhtabar  in 
Egypt.

Sudan’s economic progress continues to be severely 
affected  by  continued  economic  and  political  tur-
moil,  starting  with  the  secession  of  South  Sudan  in 
2011  and  the  associated  loss  of  the  majority  of  the 
country’s  oil  production.  This  unrest  continued 
throughout  the  remainder  of  the  decade,  culminat-
ing in the removal of the country’s president, Presi-
dent Al-Bashir, in 2019 and resulting in a subsequent 
military coup, seeing the military take effective con-
trol of the government. 

Despite  a  significant  easing  of  tensions  in  2022,  a 
violent  conflict  erupted  in  April  2023  between  two 
rival groups; the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and 
the Rapid Support Forces (RSF). The conflict is cur-
rently ongoing and has resulted in the death of more 
than  13,000  people,  injury  of  an  additional  33,000, 
and  the  displacement  of  10.7  million  as  of  January 
2024.  IDH’s  two  brand  names  in  Sudan  have  been 

2023 Key Highlights

decrease.  IDH  continues  to  closely  monitor  the 
evolving situation, prioritising the health and safety 
of its staff and patients. Operationally, during 2023, 
the company served 14,000 patients and completed 
40,000 tests.

Adjusted EBITDA in Sudan stood at SDG 21 million for 
the year, up from an EBITDA loss of SDG 2 million in 
FY 2022.

0.3%

Contribution to 
CONSOLIDATED
REVENUE  
in 2023

dramatically  affected,  with  17  of  the  Company’s  18 
branches  in  the  country  closed  starting  April  2023. 
The  Company  currently  operates  one  remaining 
facility  and  continues  to  monitor  the  situation  to 
safeguard  its  people  and  operations  in  the  country 
as possible.

Macroeconomic Developments 
Prior to the eruption of fighting in Sudan, the coun-
try had enjoyed a positive economic outlook for the 
coming  years.  In  December  2020,  the  US  govern-
ment  had  officially  removed  Sudan  from  its  States 
Sponsors of Terrorism list, paving the way for access 

to  international  funds  and  investment,  including 
from  the  International  Monetary  Fund  (IMF).  The 
lifting  of  sanctions  also  opened  significant  growth 
opportunities  for  IDH,  with  the  country  open  to 
international  suppliers  and  allowing  the  Company 
to  leverage  its  supplier  relationships  to  import  test 
kits directly and improve efficiency and profitability.

Due  to  the  ongoing  internal  conflict,  the  Sudanese 
economy  has  suffered  significantly,  with  GDP  esti-
mated  to  shrink  by  18%  year-on-year  in  2023.  In 
addition, inflation is estimated at 256% as at year-end 
2023, up notably from 139% one year prior. Concur-
rently, unemployment in the country is expected to 
increase  drastically,  reaching  46%  of  the  workforce 
in  2023  from  32%  in  2022  accordingly  to  the  latest 
IMF estimates.

Financial and Operational Highlights
The ongoing conflict in the country has significantly 
affected  IDH’s  operations,  leading  to  the  closure 
of  17  of  the  Company’s  18  branches  in  the  country 
since April 2023. During 2023, Sudanese operations 
booked  revenues  of  SDG  220  million,  down  60% 
year-on-year  compared  to  2022.  In  EGP  terms,  rev-
enues  stood  at  EGP  11  million,  a  44%  year-on-year 

187

branches as at year-
end 2023, versus 17 in 
2022

11 EGP MN

revenues in 2023,  
down 44% y-o-y

14 K

patients served in 
2023, down 80% y-o-y

7  17 of IDH’s branches in Sudan have been closed due to ongoing conflict in the country.

38    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     39

Strategic Report  |  Our Markets

Saudi Arabia 

In  October  2022,  IDH  and  Biolab,  the  Group’s  Jor-
danian subsidiary, signed a partnership with Izhoor 
Medical,  a  Company  owned  by  Fawaz  Alhokair, 
aimed  at  launching  a  fully  fledged  diagnostic  ser-
vices provider in Saudi Arabia. The venture is owned 
51% by IDH, while the remaining 49% will be owned 
by Izhoor. The venture’s total investments are set to 
reach USD 19.7 million over the coming three years. 
IDH will consolidate the results of the new venture.

The  venture  is  led  by  Dr.  Amid  Abdelnour,  Biolab’s 
founder and CEO, with day-to-day operations over-
seen by the Biolab team, which will look to transfer 
its operational expertise and high-quality standards 
to the Saudi Arabian market. 

In  January  2024,  the  Company  successfully  rolled 
out  operations  in  the  Kingdom,  with  the  launch  of 
two branches in its capital city, Riyadh. The launch 
of  its  Saudi  venture  is  in  line  with  the  Company’s 
long-term  growth  strategy,  penetrating  attractive 
markets  in  the  region  with  solid  macroeconomic 
fundamentals,  robust  demographic  characteristics, 
and  supportive  regulatory  environments.  Ulti-
mately,  the  partners  are  looking  to  develop  a  fully 
fledged  pathology  diagnostic  services  provider, 
offering a wide array of diagnostics services across a 
far-reaching branch network in the Kingdom. 

Market Overview
The strategic partnership with Izhoor Medical marks 
IDH’s  entrance  into  a  fifth  geography,  with  Saudi 
Arabia representing one of the region’s most attrac-
tive markets for healthcare players and businesses as 
a whole. The Kingdom boasts a stable and expanding 
economy, in addition to a growing and increasingly 
health-conscious  population.  In  addition,  the  stra-
tegic government reforms implemented through its 
Vision  2030  programme  continue  to  encourage  the 
entrance  of  foreign  investors,  with  healthcare  spe-
cifically undergoing structural changes to encourage 
private sector participation. On this front, nearly 300 

Once fully ramped 
up, Biolab KSA 
aims to become 
a fully fledged 
diagnostic services 
provider capable 
of capturing vast 
opportunities in the 
highly fragmented 
Saudi market.

hospitals and 2,250 healthcare centres are set to be 
privatised by 2030, creating ample growth potential 
for both new market entrants and existing healthcare 
players.  This  potential  is  further  magnified  by  the 
fact  that  the  government  has  been  investing  heav-
ily  in  the  sector,  with  17%  (USD  50.4  billion)  of  the 
government’s  2023  budget  allocated  for  healthcare 
spending (KSA currently accounts for nearly 60% of 
total  healthcare  spending  in  the  Gulf  Cooperation 
Council (GCC)).

Today,  Saudi  Arabia  boasts  a  young  population  of 
32.2 million, with 63% of Saudis under 30 years old, 
with  robust  growth  coming  from  both  Saudi  and 
non-Saudi nationals as the Kingdom positions itself 
as  a  global  economic  hub  and  continues  to  attract 
more  people.  This  population  increase,  coupled 
with  a  growing  focus  on  healthy  lifestyles,  has 
boosted demand for quality healthcare, including in 

targeted marketing campaigns and through the deliv-
ery  of  exceptional  quality  to  patients.  At  the  same 
time, efforts will also be devoted to rapidly expanding 
the  venture’s  branch  network  and  operations.  Once 
the  venture  is  fully  ramped  up,  it  will  be  operating 
on a similar “Hub, Spoke, and Spike” business model 
as IDH’s Egyptian operations. In the longer term, the 
partners  are  targeting  the  launch  of  the  KSA  Mega 
Lab in 2025, which will support a growing network of 
smaller B, C, and D labs. By 2027, the venture is aim-
ing to operate a network of more than 50 labs, with six 
to come online by year-end 2024.

the diagnostic testing space, and driven the need for 
private players to support public facilities in meeting 
the increased demand.

Looking  at  the  macroeconomic  picture,  while  total 
GDP is set to come in 1.1% lower in 2023 versus the 
previous  year  reflecting  lower  oil  revenues,  non-oil 
GDP  continued  its  steady  expansion,  growing  4.3% 
according  to  World  Bank  estimates  for  2023.  The 
IMF expects both total and non-oil GDP to continue 
growing in the coming years, supported by the coun-
try’s  diversification  efforts.  More  specifically,  GDP 
growth in 2025 is forecasted to come in at 5.5%.

Outlook
In 2024, IDH and its partners will press forward with 
the new venture’s multi-pronged ramp up. In the com-
ing year, one of the primary aims will be to establish 
the  Biolab  KSA  brand  in  the  Riyadh  market  through 

40    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     41

Strategic Report

Our Brands

IDH  operates  several  core  brands  throughout  its 
various  geographies,  including  Al  Mokhtabar,  Al 
Borg,  and  Al  Borg  Scan  in  Egypt;  Biolab  in  Jordan; 
Ultralab  and  Al  Mokhtabar  Sudan  in  Sudan;  Echo-
Lab  in  Nigeria;  and  Biolab  KSA  in  Saudi  Arabia. 

Additionally,  the  Group  introduced  its  Egypt-based 
data analytics venture, Wayak, in 2019, which utilises 
a proprietary data analytics tool to provide patients 
healthcare  management  services  while  compiling 
electronic medical records.

Al Mokhtabar – Egypt

Al Borg Laboratories – Egypt

Al Mokhtabar’s first lab was launched over four 
decades ago in 1979, under the leadership of Dr. 
Moamena Kamel, Professor of Immunology at 
Cairo University. MK Lab was later rebranded 
as  Al  Mokhtabar  and  has  since  established 
itself as a premier provider of world-class care 
boasting a portfolio of over 2,500 clinical analy-
ses in the areas of immunology, haematology/
coagulation,  clinical  chemistry,  parasitology, 
microbiology/infectious  diseases,  toxicology, 
cytology,  surgical  pathology,  flowcytometry, 
molecular biology, and cytogenetics.

The  first  medical  laboratory  to  successfully 
operate  the  Hub,  Spoke,  and  Spike  business 
model,  Al  Borg  Laboratories  was  established 
in  1991.  Today,  Al  Borg  holds  a  holistic  port-
folio  of  over  2,000  tests  covering  all  fields  of 
medical  testing,  both  conventional  and  non-
conventional.  The  company  caters  to  walk-in, 
corporate, insurance, and lab-to-lab clients.

Al Borg Scan – Egypt

Established  by  IDH  to  capitalise  on  the  growing 
opportunities  of  a  high-value,  underserved,  and 
highly  fragmented  radiology  sector,  Al  Borg  Scan 
offers  a  full  range  of  radiology  services  with  an 
expanding  branch  network  across  the  Greater 
Cairo  area.  Al  Borg  Scan  harnesses  the  strong 
brand  equity  and  stellar  reputation  of  Al  Borg 
to  unlock  a  wide  customer  base  and  cement  its 
position as a leading provider of medical imaging. 
The venture has maintained its impressive growth 
momentum since launch, operating a total of seven 

branches and launching its most recent branch in 
September 2023. Al Borg Scan relies on the latest in 
medical technology to offer the highest quality in 
MRI, CT, ultrasound, x-ray, mammogram, and cath 
lab services. Additionally, the venture is run by the 
country’s foremost radiologists, ensuring the high-
est level of service and building a national brand in 
Egypt that enables the Group to deliver its vision of 
becoming  a  one-stop-shop  provider  of  diagnostic 
services to its patients, combining both pathology 
and ACR-accredited radiology.

Al Borg Scan Key Highlights

7

operational branches as at 31 
December 2023

161 K

216 K

patients served in 2023

scans performed in 2023

Al Mokhtabar Key Highlights

Al Borg Laboratories Key Highlights

Wayak – Egypt

312

224

operational branches as at 31 December 2023

operational branches as at 31 December 2023

4.7 MN

3.2 MN

patients served in 2023

patients served in 2023

19.9 MN

tests performed in 2023

13.2 MN

tests performed in 2023

Launched in 2019, Wayak, IDH’s Egypt-based subsid-
iary, harnesses the potential of the Group’s vast and 
growing  patient  database  and  its  wide  geographic 
reach  to  initiate  electronic  medical  records  for  its 
patients  and  offer  customised  patient  services. 
Through  Wayak’s  cutting-edge  operations,  IDH  has 

been  able  to  provide  an  encompassing  offering  to 
its chronic patients, from medication home-delivery 
to  diagnostic  testing  reminders,  referrals  to  service 
providers under IDH’s network at discounted prices, 
and follow-up services. 

Wayak Key Highlights

176.5 K

operational branches as at 31 
December 2023

132.2 K

patients served in 2023

EGP (0.3) MN

EBITDA in 2023 (versus EGP -3.8 MN 
in 2022)

42    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     43

Strategic Report  |  Our Brands

Biolab – Jordan

Biolab  was  originally  launched  in  2001  as  IDH 
sought to realise its vision of becoming a leader in 
Jordan’s  private  medical  laboratory  sector.  Biolab 
currently offers a portfolio of over 1,350 diagnostic 
tests to a customer base of patients, physicians, hos-
pitals, and referring clinical laboratories through a 
nationwide branch network of 27 branches. Biolab 
holds  accreditations  from  the  Jordanian  Ministry 

of  Health  (MoH),  the  Health  Care  Accreditation 
Council  (HCAC),  and  the  Jordanian  Food  and 
Drug  Administration  (JFDA),  with  two  branches 
accredited  with  ISO  15189  and  Joint  Commission 
International  (JCI)  and  one  branch  boasting  CAP 
accreditation  since  2018.  Additionally,  in  2023, 
Biolab was awarded the ISO/IEC 27001 accredita-
tion for information security.

Biolab Key Highlights

27

operational branches as at 31 
December 2023

372 K

2.4 MN

patients served in 2023

tests performed in 2023

Ultralab – Sudan 

Ultralab  was  founded  in  2008  and  quickly 
established  itself  as  Sudan’s  largest  and  most 
reputable laboratory chain. Since the eruption of 
political conflict in Sudan in April 2023, all of the 
company’s branches have been shut down. IDH 
continues  to  monitor  the  evolving  situation  in 

the country, taking necessary steps to safeguard 
its people and operations in Sudan and updating 
the market whenever applicable.

Ultralab Key Highlights

0

operational branches as at 31 
December 2023

9 K

26 K

patients served in 2023

tests performed in 2023

Echo-Lab – Nigeria

IDH  acquired  Nigerian  medical  diagnostics  firm 
in  2018  to 
Echo-Lab  (previously  Echo-Scan) 
continue the Group’s expansion efforts and lever-
age  the  country’s  supportive  demographics  and 
growth  potential.  The  acquisition  enabled  the 
Company  to  expand  its  exposure  and  penetrate 

a  fragmented  market  with  characteristics  similar 
to  those  in  IDH’s  other  geographies.  Echo-Lab 
employs  a  comprehensive  suite  of  pathology  and 
radiology  diagnostic  testing,  combining  different 
test categories under one stellar brand name.

Al Mokhtabar Sudan – Sudan 

Al  Mokhtabar  Sudan  was  established  in  2010, 
prior  to  IDH’s  acquisition  of  Al  Mokhtabar  in 
Egypt.  Al  Mokhtabar  Sudan  provides  a  similar 
diagnostic  service  offering  as  that  of  Ultralab, 

with  both  companies  following  IDH’s  efficient 
Hub,  Spoke,  and  Spike  model,  replicating  the 
approach  employed  by  Al  Borg  and  Al  Mokh-
tabar in Egypt.

Echo-Lab Key Highlights

12

operational branches as at 31 
December 2023

132 K

266 K

patients served in 2023

tests performed in 2023

Al Mokhtabar Sudan Key Highlights

1

operational branch as at 31 
December 2023

5 K

14 K

patients served in 2023

tests performed in 2023

44    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     45

Strategic Report  |  Our Brands

IDH's established 
brand names 
ideally prime 
the Company to 
capture new growth 
opportunities and 
expand its reach 
across its existing 
markets.

Biolab KSA – Saudi Arabia

Starting  in  January  2024,  the  Group  operates 
two  branches  in  Saudi  Arabia’s  capital  city, 
Riyadh,  under  the  brand  name  Biolab  KSA. 
The  Saudi  venture  is  owned  jointly  by  IDH, 
Biolab, and Izhoor Medical, a company owned 
by  Fawaz  Alhokair.  This  newly  launched  ven-
ture  harnesses  the  growth  potential  of  one 
of  the  region’s  fastest  growing  economies, 
characterised  by  a  growing  and  increasingly 
health-conscious  population,  to  provide  an 
encompassing pathology services provider.

46    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     47

Strategic Report 

Our Services

Through  its  market-leading  brands,  IDH  offers  a  full 
spectrum  of  approximately  3,000 
internationally 
accredited  pathology  tests  ranging  from  basic  blood 
glucose  tests  for  diabetes  to  advanced  molecular 
testing  for  genetic  disorders.  To  complement  its  tra-
ditional  pathology  offering,  the  Group  also  offers  a 
full  suite  of  radiology  services  through  its  radiology 

venture,  Al  Borg  Scan,  in  Egypt  and  Echo-Lab  in 
Nigeria.  Moreover,  IDH’s  Egypt-based  subsidiary, 
Wayak,  leverages  the  Company’s  vast  and  growing 
patient database to provide its patients with custom-
ised  services,  including  medication  home-delivery, 
diagnostic testing reminders, and referrals to service 
providers.

Pathology
IDH’s  comprehensive  pathology  test  portfolio  covers  immunology,  haematology,  endocrinology,  clinical 
chemistry, molecular biology, parasitology, histopathology, and microbiology

Immunology 

Microbiology

Haematology

Endocrinology

Clinical Chemistry

Molecular Biology

Parasitology

Histopathology

Genetics

Radiology
Through Al Borg Scan (Egypt) and Echo-Lab (Nigeria), IDH's comprehensive radiology services include, but are 
not limited to, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomography (CT), ultrasound, x-ray, mammograms, 
and cath lab facilities.

Internationally Accredited Test Portfolio
The Group boasts a host of internationally acclaimed accreditations, with a robust internal audit process to ensure 
the  Company  continues  to  deliver  on  its  promise  of  world-class  services  to  its  patients  while  maintaining  the 
reputations of its brand names.

ISO
ISO  accreditation  requires  an  initial  inspection  of  laboratory  practices,  calibration, 
and medical analysis by a renowned international accreditation body. In the case of Al 
Mokhtabar and Al Borg, it was URS certification, internationally accredited by the United 
Kingdom Accreditation Service. For Biolab, on the other hand, the initial inspection was 
conducted by the Jordanian Accreditation System (JAS). The inspection involves thorough 
examination of the clinical chemistry area, the virology unit, the haematology unit, and 
the general laboratory management practice. The Company’s ISO 9001 accreditations for 
both Al Mokhtabar and Al Borg passed accreditation reviews in December 2022 and are 
valid for three years. Additionally, in 2022, the Company was awarded ISO 45001, pertain-
ing to occupational health and safety, and ISO 14001, regarding environmental safety, for 
its operations in Al Mokhtabar and Al Borg.

College of American Pathologists (CAP)
Unlike ISO accreditation, CAP certification is awarded to individual labs rather than the 
Group’s operations as a whole and is widely considered the global leader in laboratory 
quality  assurance. The  Group’s  central  Mega  Lab  in  Cairo,  which  was  inaugurated  in 
2015, first received its CAP certification in February 2018 and is renewable every two 
years. The Mega Lab replaces two smaller, independent “A-labs”, one of which was also 
CAP-certified. The accreditation was renewed in October 2023.

American College of Radiology (ACR)
In 2022, both Al Borg Scan’s nuclear medicine (NucMed) and ultrasound units obtained 
the prestigious ACR accreditation, making Al Borg Scan the first laboratory to earn the 
accreditation in Africa. ACR accreditation is widely considered one of the most pres-
tigious certifications for radiology service providers in the world. Through a complete 
review of a facility’s equipment, medical personnel, and quality assurance processes, 
ACR accreditation helps guarantee that patients receive the highest level of image qual-
ity and safety. To obtain the certificate, Al Borg Scan underwent a rigorous examination 
of its facilities and operational practices. Over the last two years, IFC healthcare quality 
experts worked with Al Borg Scan to evaluate the baseline level of implementation of 
quality  standards.  They  also  provided  guidance  on  required  improvements  in  infra-
structure, policies, and processes to ensure the venture remains fully compliant with 
ACR standards and requirements.

48    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     49

Strategic Report  |  Our Services

General Authority for Healthcare Accreditation and Regulation (GAHAR)
GAHAR accreditation standards were set forth with a patient-centric focus, in line with 
the highest international accreditation standards, while accounting for Egyptian laws 
and culture. GAHAR was established in step with the Egyptian government’s pursuit of 
ensuring quality healthcare provision for its citizens, in line with the Egyptian health-
care direction set forth under Egypt’s 2030 Vision. To date, IDH has acquired GAHAR 
accreditation for 13 of its labs, including IDH’s Mega Lab.

Quality Assurance

Employee Training

IDH’s quality assurance programme ensures that all 
internal diagnostic processes, lab testing procedures, 
and results analyses maintain their level of accuracy. 
The quality assurance programme also ensures that 
the  standards  of  the  Group’s  ISO  and  CAP  accredi-
tations  are  met  through  the  regular  inspection  of 
hardware  and  equipment,  ensuring  compliance 
with  procedure  manuals,  inspecting  the  accuracy 
of results, and conducting competency assessments 
for staff. The programme also guarantees the timely 
renewal  of  all  its  accreditations.  Meanwhile,  the 
internal audit team uses a specific audit checklist for 
the basic and routine tests conducted in the Group’s 
C-labs, including conformity of process; testing the 
competency  of  employees  through  oral,  observa-
tional,  practical,  and  written  tests;  and  conducting 
managerial  audits  to  assess  the  labs’  management 
and administrative efficiency.

The  Group  values  education  as  an  essential  avenue  for 
ensuring  quality  across  its  laboratories  and  branches. 
To this end, IDH operates a dedicated training facility in 
Cairo with four training laboratories to develop the skills 
of its employees. In 2023, the training team was composed 
of  one  manager,  two  medical  consultants,  one  director, 
one section head, one supervisor, along with two learning 
and development senior specialists. The centre provides 
training  to  c.  659  employees  every  month,  including 
doctors,  chemists,  receptionists,  branch  and  area  man-
agers,  sales  personnel,  and  administrators. The  training 
curriculum provided at the facility is set based on perfor-
mance KPIs, internal audit reports, management reviews, 
competency  assessment,  and  customer  feedback  and 
complaints. IDH’s employee training is structured along 
four modules covering both technical and non-technical 
skills: new employee training, competency based, need-
based, and practical re-training. 

50    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     51

Strategic Report 

Competitive Strengths &  
Growth Strategy

IDH  effectively  utilises  its  market-leading  position,  flexible  business  model,  scalable  platform,  and  seasoned 
management  to  deliver  on  the  Group’s  long-term  growth  strategy  while  manoeuvring  economic  headwinds  at 
several of its operating markets.

Competitive Strengths

Exposure to resilient markets with favourable dynamics
IDH  operates  in  geographies  characterised  by  robust  structural  growth  drivers,  with 
generally  underserved  and  highly  fragmented  diagnostic  services  sectors.  Meanwhile, 
the counter-cyclical nature of the diagnostic and healthcare industries means that IDH 
can remain resilient and maintain the growth of its business even in the face of economic 
and political challenges that the Company may face in its markets. This is increasingly 
evident in the Company’s performance during 2023, with IDH recording sustained top-
line  growth  while  maintaining  profitability  despite  ongoing  challenges  in  several  of  its 
markets, including its home and largest market, Egypt.

Strong market position with over four decades of industry experience
IDH’s  markets  of  operation  are  defined  by  rigid  barriers  to  entry  (as  detailed  in  Our 
Markets  on  page  27).  These  barriers  provide  a  significant  operating  advantage  for 
established  players  who,  like  IDH,  are  able  to  capitalise  on  stellar  brand  reputations 
and patient loyalty to maintain and expand their business. IDH boasts a track record 
spanning  over  four  decades,  throughout  which  its  subsidiaries  have  cemented  their 
positions  as  top-tier  service  providers.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  internationally 
accredited facilities, scalable business model, and key relationships with suppliers have 
continually aided IDH in its quest to expand its reach across its chosen markets.

Scalable asset-light business model
IDH employs a Hub, Spoke, and Spike business model that enables a capital efficient 
expansion of the Group’s footprint. The Group operates a centralised Mega Lab fitted 
with  state-of-the-art,  high-capacity  equipment.  The  facility  enjoys  ample  throughput 
and supports the rapid deployment of asset-light, plug and play C-labs for sample col-
lection and simple testing across its markets. At IDH’s Mega Lab, safety remains a top 
priority, with testing procedures continually reviewed and enhanced. This large-scale 
operation ensures that IDH can enjoy the benefits of economies of scale and provides 
the Company a unique competitive advantage over its regional peers.

Strong balance sheet and cash generation capacity
Leveraging the Group’s asset-light model, which facilitates minimal borrowing and signif-
icant strategic flexibility, the Company is able to maintain a strong financial position and 
keep low amounts of leverage to fund its expansion. In parallel, core profitability remains 
strong, with the Company able to report high EBITDA margins and sustain healthy cash 
balances despite difficult operating conditions in several of its markets..

Experienced and entrepreneurial management
IDH  relies  on  a  highly  experienced  management  team,  boasting  decades  of  experi-
ence in their respective field, while its experienced Board of Directors wields its wealth 
of  healthcare,  MENA  region,  and  investment  experience  to  guide  the  Company’s 
operations.

52    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     53

Strategic Report  |  Competitive Strengths & Growth Strategy

Long-Term Growth Strategy

The Company effectively harnesses the benefits associ-
ated  with  its  competitive  advantages  to  capture  the 
significant growth opportunities offered by its markets 
of operation and deliver on a four-pillar growth strategy 
focused on (1) maintained expansion of its patient base; 

(2) widened service portfolio to boost average tests per 
patient;  (3)  strategic  penetration  of  new  geographic 
markets  through  specific,  value-accretive  acquisitions; 
and (4) introduction of new medical services achieved 
by leveraging the Group’s reputable brand position.

49

new branches in 2023

8.5 MN

patients served in 2023

Expand Customer Reach
IDH  constantly  identifies  potential  opportunities 
through  which  it  can  increase  customer  reach, 
expand  its  patient  base,  and  access  underserved 
geographies.  IDH  expands  at  a  rate  of  25–30 
branches  per  annum,  positioning  the  Company 
as the largest private sector player in its home and 
largest market of Egypt. IDH’s scalable, asset-light 
business model eases the quick and efficient roll-
out of new labs and further expands its presence 
in both the Middle East and Africa. Additionally, 
the  Company’s  wide  range  of  complementary 
services,  including  house  calls,  e-services,  and 
results  delivery  solutions  create  a  top-of-the-line 
patient experience, enhancing customer satisfac-
tion  and  boosting  loyalty.  The  Company’s  house 
call service, in particular, has been enjoying steady 
growth over the past years, with contributions to 
consolidated revenues in 2023 sitting comfortably 
above pre-Covid-19 levels at 14%. The Group also 
seeks  to  expand  its  business  by  appealing  to  the 
corporate  segment  through  attractive  deals  with 
institutions, ranging from public entities, such as 
ministries  and  syndicates,  to  private  companies. 
Additionally, the Company participates in govern-
mental campaigns, including the 100 million lives 
campaign  that  ran  from  November  2018  to  June 
2019 and served 224,000 patients.

Increase Tests per Patient
To  boost  average  test  per  patient  and  increase 
patient  loyalty,  the  Group  is  active  on  multiple 
fronts. First, the Company’s Mega Lab is capable 
of  conducting  several  complex  tests  that  are  not 
available  elsewhere  in  Egypt.  Additionally,  IDH 
bundles  testing  services  into  discounted  pack-
ages  offered  to  repeat  customers,  further  driving 
volume  growth  and  average  revenue  per  patient 
— an important growth driver in periods of high 
inflation. To this end, in 2021, the Group launched 
its  loyalty  programme,  designed  to  boost  patient 
loyalty and increase the Company’s average tests 
per  patient.  This  new  programme  immediately 
increasing  tests  per 
yielded  positive  results, 
patient  to  its  highest  levels  ever  recorded  at  the 
contract  segment.  Furthermore,  the  Company 
actively  participates  in  awareness  campaigns 
focused on particular illnesses and advocates for 
healthy lifestyle choices as preventative measures 
against  lifestyle  diseases,  while  highlighting  the 
importance  of  regular  testing.  These  efforts  and 
their  associated  community  engagement  have 
successfully  boosted  IDH’s  volume  growth  and 
increased  average  test  and  revenues  per  patient, 
while growing the Company’s brand reputation in 
the market.

Geographic Expansion
IDH constantly seeks strategic acquisition oppor-
tunities within the Middle East and Africa where 
markets are highly fragmented, under penetrated, 
and  characterised  by  supportive  demographic 
factors.  IDH’s  proven  business  model  is  well-
positioned to leverage prevailing consumer trends 
in  this  region  to  rapidly  expand  its  footprint  and 
boost  its  business.  While  relying  on  the  strength 
of its balance sheet, IDH delivers on its objectives 
through value-accretive acquisitions and partner-
ships. Most recently, the Company entered Saudi 
Arabia  through  its  newest  venture  launched  in 
partnership  with  Biolab  and  Izhoor  Holding  (a 
company owned by Fawaz Alhokair). In the long-
run, the venture aims to establish itself as a fully 
fledged,  pathology  diagnostic  service  provider 
in  the  Kingdom.  Saudi  Arabia  presents  a  unique 
investment opportunity for the Company, with a 
highly  fragmented  market  in  one  of  the  region’s 
fastest-growing  economies.  The  market’s  growth 
in  the  coming  years  is  set  to  be  supported  by  an 
ageing population with a high prevalence of non-
communicable diseases. At the same time, rising 
demand will also come on the back of a growing 
trend  towards  health-consciousness,  specifically 
among youth.

Diversify into New Medical Services
The  Group  believes  that  its  brand  equity,  track 
record,  and  patient  following  ideally  position  it 
to  pursue  upcoming  opportunities  in  adjacent 
markets. Delivering on this notion, the Company 
launched  its  Egypt-based  radiology  venture  in 
2018,  expanding  its  footprint  in  the  high-value 
and  under  penetrated  Egyptian  radiology  seg-
ment.  In  addition  to  diversifying  its  revenue 
streams, the introduction of this venture inched 
the  Company  closer  to  realising  its  vision  of 
becoming a one-stop shop for diagnostic testing 
services,  offering  a  full  portfolio  encompassing 
both pathology and radiology services.

Furthermore,  IDH  marked  its  expansion  into 
data-driven,  tailored  healthcare  management 
services  through  Wayak  in  September  2019. 
These services allow the Company to provide an 
increasingly  well-rounded  and  tailored  health-
care experience for its patients, increasing reten-
tion rates in the process.

54    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     55

Strategic Report

Principal Risks, Uncertainties,  
& Their Mitigation 

As  is  typical  with  any  corporation,  IDH  is  exposed  to 
certain risks and uncertainties that may yield adverse 
effects  on  the  Company’s  performance.  IDH’s  Chair-
man,  Lord  St  John  of  Bletso,  continually  emphasises 
the importance of the risk matrix as an integral driver 
of the Group’s long-term success, and one which must 
be equally shared by the Board of Directors and senior 
management.

While  no  system  is  capable  of  mitigating  every  risk, 
and  while  some  risks,  as  at  the  country  level,  are 
largely  without  potential  mitigants,  the  Group  has 
placed  complex  processes,  procedures,  and  baseline 
assumptions  that  provide  mitigation.  The  Board  and 
senior management agree that the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Group include:

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Country/regional risk — Economic and Forex
Egypt: IDH is directly impacted by the economic condi-
tions of its largest market, Egypt, and, to a lesser extent, 
those of its other operating geographies. Egypt accounted 
for c. 83% of consolidated revenues in 2023 (80% in 2022) 
and 89% of adjusted EBITDA (90% in 2022).

Egypt’s most recent economic headwinds began in early 
2022 with the start of the Russia-Ukraine war. The country 
has been particularly impacted by the conflict due to its 
significant dependency on both countries for both wheat 
imports and tourism revenues. This was further exacer-
bated by a global tightening of monetary conditions to 
combat record-high inflation during the post-Covid-19 
recovery and widespread outflow of capital from emerg-
ing markets. Finally, the most recent escalation in Gaza 
has  had  significant  impacts  on  the  Egyptian  economy 
with inflows of foreign currency weighed down by lower 
tourism and Suez Canal revenues.

To  tackle  the  shortage  of  foreign  reserves  (FX),  the 
government introduced plans to boost FX reserves and 
maintain  investor  confidence.  In  February  2024,  the 
country finalized a USD 35 billion investment deal with 
Abu Dhabi’s sovereign fund, ADQ. The agreement marks 
a major step towards reducing the short- and medium-
term pressures on the country. 

Overall,  management  reiterates  that  IDH  employs  a 
robust  and  resilient  business  model  that  has  helped 
the  Company  navigate  several  economic  and  political 
downturns,  including  two  revolutions,  while  allowing 
the  business  to  expand  its  offering  and  record  positive 
growth.  Moreover,  as  part  of  IDH’s  long-term  growth 
strategy,  the  Company  is  working  to  diversify  its  geo-
graphic exposure, decreasing its exposure to any single 
country.  To  this  end,  in  December  2023,  the  Company 
launched  its  Saudi  Arabian  venture  under  the  name 
Biolab KSA. Once fully ramped up, the venture will offer 
a  full  suite  of  diagnostic  testing  services  and,  by  2026, 
contribute over 10% of IDH’s revenues.

IDH has maintained an active approach in shielding the 
business from exchange rate fluctuations in its markets. 
As part of its mitigation strategy, IDH secures contracts 
with tenures ranging from five to seven years (with semi-
fixed  FX  rates)  and  purchases  laboratory  test  kits  on 
contract with volume-linked prices. Moreover, thanks to 
its sheer operational volume and long-standing supplier 
relationships, the Company is able to negotiate favour-
able test kit prices with all its major suppliers. Addition-
ally, the Company takes proactive steps to hedge against 
foreign  currency  risks  on  a  case-by-case  basis  when 
applicable. Most recently, in 2023, the Company negoti-
ated for the early repayment of its contractual obligation 
of USD 5.7 million with General Electric.

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Following the announcement, on 6 March 2024, the Cen-
tral Bank devalued the Egyptian Pound, settling at nearly 
EGP 49.5 to the US Dollar at official bank rates. This is the 
fourth devaluation since March 2022, with the EGP hav-
ing lost more than 68% of its value. The EGP is expected 
to settle between 45 and 50 to the USD in the second half 
of 2024. The convergence between the official and black-
market rates, and an exchange rate that more accurately 
reflects the true market value of the EGP, are expected to 
attract increased FDI and remittances, as well as boost 
tourism and exports in line with the government’s ambi-
tious targets. 

Headline  inflation  reached  35.7%  in  February  2024. 
Meanwhile,  the  Egyptian  Central  Bank’s  (CBE)  main 
operations and discount rates stood at 27.75% in early 
March 2024, up 800 basis points from January 2023 and 
from 9.75% in March 2022 before the start of the latest 
economic crisis. 

Egypt  held  presidential  elections  in  December  2023, 
which saw President Abdelfattah El Sisi win a new six-
year term.

Foreign  currency  risk:  IDH  is  exposed  to  foreign  cur-
rency risk, placing potential pressure on the cost side of 
the business. While the majority of the Company’s suppli-
ers receive payments in EGP, due to the fact that materials 
are  imported,  prices  vary  based  on  the  exchange  rate 
between  EGP  and  foreign  currencies.  Additionally,  a 
small portion of suppliers are priced in foreign currency 
and paid in EGP based on the prevalent exchange rate at 
the time of purchase.

IDH utilised a bridge loan facility, with half the amount 
funded  internally,  while  the  other  half  (amounting  to 
EGP  55  million)  was  provided  through  a  bridge  loan 
by Ahli United Bank – Egypt. The bridge loan was fully 
settled in Q2 2023.

Starting in January 2023, IDH has renegotiated the terms 
of  its  contracts  with  its  major  suppliers  to  pay  for  its 
supplies  in  EGP.  Some  contracts  with  major  suppliers, 
however, are fixed at USD prices, with payments made in 
EGP at the official exchange rate at the time of payment. 
As such, there have been no USD payments for supplies 
since the beginning of 2023. Furthermore, the Company 
was  able  to  conclude  several  agreements  with  suppli-
ers  to  set  prices  at  rates  lower  than  devaluation  rates, 
resulting in an overall increase of raw material propor-
tion to sales to 22.2% in 2023, versus 20.4% in 2022. The 
Company  plans  to  continue  leveraging  its  established 
reputation and position as a leading diagnostic services 
provider  in  the  region  to  negotiate  favourable  prices 
and mitigate the effects of foreign currency fluctuations 
whenever possible.

56    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     57

Strategic Report  |  Principal Risks, Uncertainties, & their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Nigeria:  with  the  election  of  Bola  Ahmed  Tinubu  as 
the  winner  of  the  Nigerian  elections  in  February  2023, 
the Nigerian Naira was allowed to float. Within the first 
day, the Naira lost approximately 29% of its value, with 
its long-term value expected to stabilise at NGN 650–700 
to the US Dollar (currently at 1,025 in the parallel mar-
ket). Despite this being a necessary and positive move, 
analysts  believe  that  more  policy  reforms  are  required 
to  affect  tangible  economic  change  in  the  country, 
most of which the president has not yet addressed. As a 
result of the devaluation and foreign currency shortages, 
Nigerian inflation has maintained an upward trend, with 
inflation rates reaching 31.7% in February 2024 and die-
sel prices continuing to soar. Diesel prices stood at NGN 
1,270 per litre in February 2024, up from NGN 800 per 
litre in February 2023.

Country risk — Political and Security
Sudan:  Sudan’s  economic  progress  continues  to  be 
affected by economic and political turmoil, starting with 
the secession of South Sudan in 2011 and the associated 
loss  of  the  majority  of  the  country’s  oil  production.  This 
unrest continued throughout the remainder of the decade, 
eventually  culminating  in  the  removal  of  the  country’s 
president, President Al-Bashir, in 2019 via a military coup. 
Despite a significant easing of tensions in 2022, a violent 
conflict  erupted  in  April  2023  between  two  rival  groups; 
the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Rapid Support 
Forces  (RSF).  The  conflict  is  currently  ongoing  and  has 
resulted in the death of more than 13,000 people, injury of 
an additional 33,000, as well as the displacement of 10.7 
million as of the end of 2023. The conflict has resulted in 
the indefinite closure of 17 of IDH’s branches in the coun-
try, with currently only one operational branch remaining.

Nigeria: the country faces security challenges on several 
fronts, including re-emerging ethnic tensions and resur-
gent attacks by Islamist militants in the northeast. Political 
instability  is  further  magnified  by  economic  pressures, 
with  several  currency  devaluations,  the  emergence  of  a 
parallel foreign currency market, increased inflation, and 
spiking diesel prices following subsidy removal. 

In response to the high inflationary pressures in Nigeria, 
management is carefully studying avenues of cost reduc-
tion at its operations, while implementing strategic price 
increases.  In  2023,  average  revenue  per  test  in  Nigeria 
rose 32% year-on-year, highlighting the success of man-
agement’s mitigation strategy. 

It is worth mentioning that Nigerian operations are natu-
rally  shielded  from  foreign  currency  risk  and  inflation, 
due to IDH’s asset base in the country that can be sold 
in USD.

It is worth highlighting that in FY 2023, Sudan only con-
stituted 0.3% of consolidated revenues. With regards to 
the ongoing conflict, management continues to actively 
monitor  the  evolving  situation  in  the  country,  taking 
necessary steps and prioritising the safety of its person-
nel  on  the  ground  and  its  laboratories.  This  included 
the  temporary  suspension  of  all  commercial  activities 
at the start of the conflict at 17 of its 18 branches. IDH is 
also taking steps to keep its stakeholders updated on the 
developing situation.

In FY 2023, Nigeria comprised just 2.3% of IDH’s con-
solidated  revenues.  Additionally,  while  security  and 
political challenges do affect operations in the country, 
IDH’s  industry  remains  largely  inelastic,  with  devel-
opments  dealing  minimal  effects  to  patient  and  test 
volumes. This is particularly apparent given the consis-
tent  growth  in  operational  KPIs,  with  test  and  patient 
volumes recording a compound annual growth rate of 
15% and 5%, respectively, between 2018 and 2023. It is 
important to mention, however, that recent economic 
downturns  in  Nigeria  have  hindered  financial  and 
operational  growth,  with  IDH  recording  a  12%  year-
on-year decline in test volumes in 2023, while booking 
expanded adjusted EBITDA losses, reaching NGN 498 
million during the year.

Economic  pressures  culminated  in  a  Nigerian  Union 
strike in September 2023 to protest subsidy removal and 
its subsequent effects, with several critics blaming newly 
appointed president, Tinubu, of not taking quick enough 
actions to cushion the effects of his policies.

While these political challenges are particularly difficult 
to mitigate, IDH takes the necessary steps to safeguard 
its employees and operations. The Group employs rigor-
ous standards to evaluate the country’s political climate, 
ensuring  it  is  well-equipped  to  deal  with  any  develop-
ments as they unfold.

While  this  specific  conflict  has  no  direct  mitigations 
from  the  Company’s  side,  IDH  continues  to  actively 
monitor the situation, placing an emphasis on remain-
ing updated on the effects of the war on IDH’s markets 
of operation and the subsequent repercussions on IDH’s 
business. However, it is worth noting that IDH’s business 
is  inherently  resilient  to  macroeconomic  and  political 
difficulties due to its inelastic nature of healthcare and 
diagnostics  demand.  While  the  Company  does  not 
expect any major direct impact from this war on its oper-
ations, it will continue monitoring events and update the 
market as necessary.

Israel-Palestine War
The  latest  escalation  of  the  Israeli-Palestinian  conflict 
erupted on 7 October 2023 following an attack by Gaza-
based group, Hamas. Israel has since launched a retaliation 
campaign on Gaza, enacting a total siege on the territory. 
As of the end of February 2024, the conflict has resulted in 
the death of 30,000 people and the injury of an additional 
70,000.

With  the  Gaza  Strip  bordering  IDH’s  home  and  largest 
market,  Egypt,  and  with  several  other  of  the  Company’s 
geographies situated within the region, namely Jordan and 
Saudi  Arabia,  the  continued  conflict  between  Israel  and 
Palestine  creates  the  potential  for  significant  economic 
and political headwinds. The conflict has the potential to 
affect tourism revenues in neighbouring countries, while 
shaking investor confidence and potentially leading to an 
outflow of foreign investment.

Since  the  beginning  of  the  conflict,  Egypt  has  been 
adversely  affected  due  to  natural  gas  import  cuts  from 
Israel,  resulting  in  shortages  and  necessitating  the  intro-
duction  of  scheduled  electricity  cuts  nationwide  to  cope 
with the lack of supply. Meanwhile, tourism has remained 
resilient, with the country recording record-high volumes 
in  2023  with  the  expectation  of  further  growth  in  2024. 
Finally, due to ongoing attacks by Houthi rebels on ships 
transiting through the Red Sea, Egypt recorded a decline 
of  47%  year-on-year  in  revenues  from  the  Suez  Canal  in 
January 2024 on the back of a 37% decline in ship volumes.

58    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     59

Strategic Report  |  Principal Risks, Uncertainties, & their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Global supply chain disruptions 
While  disruptions  to  global  supply  chains,  which 
negatively  impacted  businesses  and  consumers  all 
over the world during the post-Covid-19 recovery, have 
partially eased, they remain well below optimal levels 
of efficiency. Despite this, global supply chain disrup-
tions  have  had  limited  impacts  on  IDH’s  operations 
throughout 2022 and 2023.

IDH’s  management  team  continually  monitors  the 
evolving  situation  and  have  taken  proactive  steps  to 
build  up  its  inventory  to  shield  the  Group  from  any 
potential  future  disruptions.  IDH  is  in  continual  dia-
logue  with  key  suppliers  to  gauge  the  risk  associated 
with  a  shortage  of  materials  and  is  yet  to  identify  a 
weakness. Throughout 2023, thanks to IDH’s proactive 
inventory  build-up  and  sourcing  strategy,  the  Group 
continued to face no problems acquiring raw materials.

Legal and regulatory risk to the business 
The Group’s business is subject to, and thus affected by, 
extensive, rigid, and constantly evolving laws and regu-
lations,  in  addition  to  changing  enforcement  regimes 
in  each  of  its  operating  geographies.  Furthermore, 
the Group’s position as a major player in the Egyptian 
private clinical laboratory market subjects it to antitrust 
and  competition-related  restrictions,  as  well  as  the 
chance of investigation

The Group’s general counsel and the quality assurance 
team work together to keep IDH fully informed of, and 
in  compliance  with,  both  legislative  and  regulatory 
updates.

On the antitrust front, the private laboratory segment 
(of which IDH is part) accounts for only a small propor-
tion of the total market, which consists of small private 
labs,  private  chain  labs,  and  large  governmental  and 
quasi-governmental institutions.

Supplier risk
IDH faces the risk of suppliers re-opening price nego-
tiations in the face of increased inflationary pressures 
and/or a possible, albeit limited, devaluation risk.

IDH’s  supplier  risk  is  concentrated  among  its  three 
largest suppliers — Siemens, Roche, and Sysmex – who 
provide the Company with kits constituting 46% of the 
total value of raw materials in FY 2023 (31% in FY 2022).

Remittance of dividend regulations and 
repatriation of profit risk 
The  Group’s  ability  to  remit  dividends  abroad  may  be 
adversely  affected  by  the  imposition  of  remittance 
restrictions.  Specifically,  under  Egyptian  law,  compa-
nies seeking to transfer dividends overseas are required 
to  obtain  necessary  government  clearance  and  are 
subject  to  higher  taxation  on  payment  of  dividends. 
Moreover, following the recent devaluation of the EGP, 
lack of foreign currency supply in Egyptian banks has 
resulted in increased difficulty in sourcing foreign cur-
rency under strict regulation.

IDH enjoys strong, long-standing relationships with its 
key  suppliers,  to  whom  IDH  remains  a  large  regional 
client as a leader in its geographies. Due to the sheer 
volume of kits the Group purchases on a regular basis, 
the Company is able to successfully negotiate favour-
able  pricing  conditions  and  mitigate  the  effects  of 
inflationary pressures to maintain relatively stable raw 
material costs as a percentage of revenues. 

Total raw material costs as a percentage of sales stood 
at 22.2% in FY 2023, compared to 20.4% one year prior. 
This is also up from 18.9% in 2021.

As a foreign investor in Egypt, IDH did not face issues 
in  the  repatriation  of  dividends.  However,  with  the 
onset  of  foreign  currency  scarcity  in  early  2022,  the 
Company  faced  significant  hurdles  in  sourcing  the 
USD balance needed to fulfil its dividend obligations. 
The Company continues to closely monitor the evolv-
ing  economic  situation  to  shield  the  business  from 
potential challenges.

Pricing pressure in a competitive, regulated 
environment 
The  Group  may  face  pricing  pressures  from  several 
third-party  payers,  including  national  health  insur-
ance,  syndicates,  and  other  governmental  bodies, 
which  are  potentially  capable  of  adversely  affecting 
Group revenue. Pricing may also be restricted in cases 
by recommended or mandatory fees set by government 
ministries and other authorities. 

The  risk  may  be  more  apparent  in  cases  of  increased 
inflationary pressures, particularly following the devalu-
ation of the Egyptian Pound and its subsequent effects.

The  Group  may  face  pricing  pressure  from  existing 
competitors and new market entrants.

This is an external risk for which there exist few mitigants. 

In the case of price competition escalation between mar-
ket players, the Group relies on its wide national footprint 
as  a  mitigant;  c.  64%  of  the  Company’s  revenues  in  FY 
2023  were  generated  through  IDH’s  contract  segment, 
which  prefers  IDH’s  national  network  and  established 
position over patchworks of local players.

IDH enjoys limited ability to influence changes to man-
datory pricing policies set forth by governmental agen-
cies, as with those in Jordan, where basic tests account 
for the majority of IDH’s business in that nation, are sub-
ject to price controls. Instead, IDH’s operations in Jordan 
are  focused  on  driving  volume  growth  as  a  catalyst  for 
expanding revenues.

IDH  banks  on  its  strong  brand  equity  in  its  markets  of 
operation  to  enjoy  a  solid  positioning.  As  such,  IDH  is 
a price maker, especially in Egypt where the Group cur-
rently  controls  the  largest  network  of  branches  among 
all private sector players. Furthermore, the Group faces 
no potential risk of governmental price regulations in its 
home and largest market, Egypt, which constituted 83% 
of revenues in 2023.

60    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     61

Strategic Report  |  Principal Risks, Uncertainties, & their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Climate-related risks
IDH’s operations currently face low physical and transi-
tional risks related to climate change.

In 2022, the Company decided to begin reporting based 
on the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclo-
sures (TCFD) programme to provide stakeholders with 
a clear framework to access its climate-related risks and 
opportunities. Despite this, overall risks and opportuni-
ties  related  to  climate  change  are  considered  immate-
rial, specifically in the short to medium term. For TCFD 
disclosures related to 2023, please refer to pages 80 to 86 
of this report.

Cybersecurity risks
IDH controls a vast and growing database of confidential 
data for its patient records; to this end, there is a cyberse-
curity risk for both data confidentiality and security.

In  July  2023,  the  Company  reported  a  cybersecurity 
incident  after  detecting  unauthorised  activity  on  its 
servers.

Business continuity risks 
Management  concentration  risk:  IDH  is  dependent 
on  a  highly  experienced  management  team  boasting 
decades  of  experience  in  their  respective  fields.  The 
loss  of  key  members  of  IDH’s  team  could  materially 
affect the Company’s operations and business.

Effective 30 June 2023 Omar Bedewy stepped down as 
IDH's CFO. The position of CFO was filled on an interim 
basis  by  the  Financial  Controller  for  six  months  until 
the appointment of Sherif El Zeiny in January 2024.

Business  interruption:  virtually,  all  aspects  of  the 
Group’s  business  use  IT  systems  extensively.  This 
includes  test  and  exam  results  reporting,  billing,  cus-
tomer  service,  logistics,  and  management  of  medical 
data.  Similarly,  business  interruption  at  one  of  the 
Group’s larger facilities could result in significant mate-
rial  losses  and  reputational  damage  to  IDH’s  business. 
This could be a result of natural disasters, fire, riots, or 
extended power failures. The Group, therefore, depends 
on the continued and uninterrupted performance of its 
systems.

The  Company  places  top  priority  on  its  data  security, 
regularly  conducting  stress  tests  of  its  IT  infrastructure 
to  confirm  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  controls. 
Additionally,  its  cybersecurity  controls  and  protocols 
are regularly updated to address potential shortcomings 
and remain up-to-date and in full adherence with data 
security regulations in its markets. 

In  response  to  the  reported  breach,  immediate  steps 
were taken to evaluate and contain the incident, launch 
an incident response plan, and engage specialist sup-
port services. While the incident did not involve patient 
data nor directly impact IDH’s operations, all appropri-
ate  regulatory  authorities  were  informed  of  the  inci-
dent,  and  the  Company  continues  to  conduct  regular 
tests of its systems to ensure their security, prioritising 
the security of its patients’ data.

IDH comprehends the importance of strengthening its 
human  capital  to  support  its  future  growth  plans.  The 
Company is therefore committed to expanding its senior 
management  team,  under  the  experienced  leadership 
of  its  CEO,  Dr.  Hend  El  Sherbini,  to  add  and  maintain 
the talent needed for the expansion of its footprint. The 
Group has constituted an Executive Committee, led by 
Dr. El Sherbini, and composed of head of departments. 
The Executive Committee meets every second week.

Following the departure of Mr. Bedewy, IDH's Regional 
Financial Controller stepped in as Interim CFO until Mr. 
El Zeiny took on the role on a permanent basis. During 
the transitional period, IDH’s management team, led by 
Dr. Hend El Sherbini, prioritised the smooth continua-
tion of all business operations and ensured an effective 
handover to the new CFO.

The  Group  has  in  place  a  full  disaster  recovery  plan, 
with  procedures  and  provisions  for  spares,  redundant 
power  systems,  and  the  use  of  mobile  data  systems  as 
alternatives to landlines, among multiple other factors. 
To ensure its readiness, IDH performs disaster recovery 
plan tests on a regular basis, with updates and internal 
and external audits.

In  Egypt  and  Jordan,  to  mitigate  the  impact  of  potential 
branch closures on operations, the Group has been ramp-
ing up its house call services. Moreover, the Group’s impor-
tant  role  in  conducting  PCR  testing  for  Covid-19  in  both 
Egypt and Jordan makes it unlikely that branches would be 
closed, even if new restrictive measures were introduced.

62    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     63

02

PERFORMANCE

64    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     65

EGP 4.1 BNRevenue in 2023EGP 1.2 BNAdjusted EBITDA in 2023EGP 468 MNNet Profit in 2023Performance

Financial & Operational Review

Financial Results (IFRS)

EGP mn

Revenues

Conventional Revenues

Covid-19-Related Revenues8

Cost of Sales

Gross Profit

Gross Profit Margin

Operating Profit

Adjusted EBITDA9

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Net Profit

Net Profit Margin 

Cash Balance10

FY 2022

FY 2023

 Change

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

Revenue Analysis

3,605

2,903

702

(2,143)

1,462

41%

832

1,172

33%

527

15%

816

4,123

4,123

-

(2,598)

1,524

37%

738

1,192

29%

468

11%

835

14%

42%

-100%

21%

4%

-4 pts

-11%

2%

-4 pts

-11%

-3 pts

2%

Total Revenue (EGP mn)
Conventional Revenue (EGP mn)
Total Covid-19-Related Revenue (EGP mn)

3,605
2,903
702

Conventional Revenue
Total Covid-19-Related Net Sales

Test Volume Analysis

Contribution to Consolidated Results

81%
19%

14%
42%
-100%

4,123
4,123
-

100%
-

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

Total Tests (mn)
Conventional Tests Performed (mn)

Total Covid-19-Related Tests Performed (mn)

32.7
31.0
1.7

Conventional Tests Performed
Total Covid-19-Related Tests Performed

95%
5%

Contribution to Consolidated Results

10%
17%
-100%

36.1
36.1
-

100%
-

Note (1): Throughout the document, percentage changes between reporting periods are calculated using the exact value (as per the Consolidated Financials) 
and not the corresponding rounded figure.

Revenue per Test Analysis

Revenue and Cost Analysis
Consolidated Revenue
In  2023,  IDH  recorded  consolidated  revenues  of 
EGP  4,123  million,  up  14%  year-on-year.  Total 
revenue  growth  was  supported  primarily  by  higher 
test  volumes,  which  rose  10%  year-on-year,  as  well 
as  by  increased  average  revenue  per  test,  which 
booked  a  4%  year-on-year  increase.  The  year-on-
year  growth  is  especially  notable  when  consider-
ing  the  contribution  of  EGP  70211  million  made  by 
Covid-19-related12 testing during FY 2022. Excluding 

Covid-19 contributions, IDH booked conventional13 
revenue  growth  of  42%  year-on-year,  up  from  EGP 
2,903 million in FY 2022. IDH’s FY 2023 conventional 
results were boosted by an impressive performance 
in the second half of the year, as business across its 
two largest markets of Egypt and Jordan recorded a 
strong acceleration beginning in May 2023.

8   Starting Q1 2023, IDH has opted to stop reporting on its Covid-19-related revenues and test volumes due to their material insignificance to the 

consolidated figures and to Egypt’s and Jordan’s country-level results. During last year (FY 2022), IDH had recorded EGP 702 million in Covid-19-related 
revenues and had performed 1.7 million Covid-19-related tests.

9   Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as operating profit plus depreciation and amortization, excluding non-recurring expenses, specifically an EGP 11.9 

million one-off expense owed to the Egyptian government for vocational training, EGP 18.2 million in pre-operating expenses in Saudi Arabia, EGP 5.0 
million impairment expense in Sudan due to the ongoing situation in the country, and an EGP 18.0 million impairment expense in goodwill and assets in 
Nigeria.

10  Cash balance includes time deposits, treasury bills, current accounts, and cash on hand.
11  Covid-19-related revenue in FY 2022 includes EGP 63 million in concession fees paid by Biolab to Queen Alia International Airport and Aqaba Port as 

part of its revenue sharing agreement.

12 Covid-19-related tests include both core Covid-19 tests (Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), Antigen, and Antibody) as well as other routine inflammatory 
and clotting markers including, but not limited to, Complete Blood Picture, Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate (ESR), D-Dimer, Ferritin and C-reactive Protein 
(CRP), which the Company opted to include in the classification as “other Covid-19-related tests” due to the strong rise in demand for these tests witnessed 
following the outbreak of Covid-19.
13 Conventional (non-Covid) tests include IDH’s full service offering, excluding Covid-19 related tests.

Total Revenue Per Test (EGP)

Conventional Revenue Per Test (EGP)
Covid-19-Related Revenue Per Test (EGP)

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

110
94
413

114
114
-

4%
22%
-100%

Revenue Analysis: Contribution by Patient Segment

Contract Segment (64% of Group revenue in 2023)
At the contract segment, consolidated revenues grew 26% 
year-on-year,  driven  by  higher  test  volumes  and  average 
revenue per test. During the year, the contract segment’s 
average number of tests per patient posted a record high 
4.4, a result of both the normalisation of patient mix follow-
ing the Covid-19 pandemic, as well as the continued suc-
cess  of  IDH’s  loyalty  programme,  which  was  introduced 
in  FY  2021.  Meanwhile,  conventional  revenues  at  IDH’s 

contract segment booked EGP 2,627 million in FY 2023, a 
robust 47% year-on-year growth driven by 21% growth in 
test volumes and a 22% increase in average revenues per 
conventional test at the segment, respectively.

Walk-in Segment (36% of Group revenue in 2023)
In  parallel,  at  the  walk-in  segment,  consolidated  rev-
enues  declined  a  marginal  2%  during  FY  2023,  record-
ing EGP 1,495 million, down from EGP 1,519 million in 

66    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     67

Performance  |  Financial and Operational Review

the  previous  year  when  Covid-19-related  testing  had 
boosted  results.  Similar  to  the  contract  segment,  aver-
age tests per patient grew 28% year-on-year to book 3.6 
tests during FY 2023, setting another record high for the 
Company. Conventional revenue at the walk-in segment 

recorded EGP 1,495 million in FY 2023, increasing 34% 
year-on-year.  Conventional  revenue  growth  at  the  seg-
ment was supported by a 33% year-on-year increase in 
average  revenue  per  test,  while  test  volumes  remained 
unchanged compared to the previous year.

Detailed Segment Performance Breakdown

Walk-in Segment

Contract Segment

Total

House Calls
In  the  year  ended  31  December  2023,  IDH’s  house 
call  service  in  Egypt  continued  to  make  a  robust 
contribution  of  16%  to  total  revenues  in  the  country. 
This  remains  significantly  ahead  of  the  service’s  pre-
pandemic  contribution,  highlighting  not  only  the 
segment’s  growth  potential  but  also  the  effectiveness 
of IDH’s investment and ramp up strategy, specifically 
throughout the Covid-19 pandemic. 

Wayak 
During  FY  2023,  Wayak  completed  177,000  orders, 
representing  a  33%  year-on-year  increase.  On  the 
profitability  front,  the  venture’s  EBITDA  losses  con-
tinued  to  narrow  steadily,  recording  EGP  28,000  in 
FY 2023 versus the EGP 3.8 million in EBITDA losses 
booked in FY 2022. 

FY22

FY23

Change

FY22

FY23

Change

FY22

FY23

Change

Detailed Egypt Performance Breakdown

Revenue (EGP mn)

1,519

1,495

Conventional Revenue (EGP mn)

1,119

1,495

-2%

34%

2,086

2,627

1,784

2,627

26%

47%

3,605

4,123

2,903

4,123

14%

42%

Total Covid-19-Related Revenue 
(EGP mn)

Patients ('000)

% of Patients

Revenue per Patient (EGP)

Tests (‘000)

% of Tests

400 

-

-100%

302

-

-100%

702

-

-100%

2,592

1,788

-31%

6,129

6,724

10%

8,721

8,512

-2%

30%

586

21%

836

43%

70%

340

79%

391

7,313

6,473

-11% 25,372

29,629

22%

18%

78%

82%

15%

17%

413

484

32,685

36,102

17%

10%

Conventional Tests (‘000)

6,462

6,473

0.2%

24,523

29,629

21%

30,985

36,102

17%

Total Covid-19-related tests (‘000)

Revenue per Test (EGP)

851

208

-

-100%

849

231

11%

Conventional Revenue per Test 
(EGP)

173

231

33%

-

89

89

82

73

-100%

1,700

8%

110

22%

94

3.7

-

114

114

4.2

-100%

4%

22%

13%

Test per Patient

2.8

3.6

28%

4.1

4.4

6%

Revenue Analysis: Contribution by Geography

Egypt (82.7% of Group revenue in 2023)
IDH’s home and largest market, Egypt, maintained the 
robust performance seen starting in May 2023, record-
ing  sustained  top-line  growth  in  the  fourth  quarter  of 
the year to close out FY 2023 with consolidated revenue 
of  EGP  3,411  million,  up  18%  year-on-year.  Excluding 
the significant contributions made by Covid-19-related 
testing in FY 2022 (16% of Egypt’s revenue in FY 2022), 
conventional revenue growth was even more impressive 
at 40% for the year, boosted by an 18% increases both in 
test volumes and average revenue per conventional test. 

Al Borg Scan
IDH’s  fast-growing  radiology  venture  continued  to 
post impressive results throughout the second half of 

the  year,  with  revenues  reaching  EGP  155  million  in 
FY 2023, representing an 82% year-on-year increase. 
Top-line expansion during the year was primarily due 
to higher scan volumes, which rose 43% year-on-year 
in  FY  2023,  partially  due  to  the  ramp  up  of  opera-
tions at the venture’s newest branches. Additionally, 
average  revenue  per  scan  increased  27%  year-on-
year,  reaching  EGP  717,  and  further  contributing  to 
revenue expansion. In September 2023, Al Borg Scan 
inaugurated  its  seventh  branch,  located  in  Cairo’s 
Nasr  City  neighbourhood.  The  launch  of  this  latest 
branch  is  directly  in  line  with  the  Company’s  long-
term  strategy  of  expanding  its  presence  in  Greater 
Cairo  and  cementing  its  position  as  a  leader  in  the 
country’s highly fragmented radiology market.

EGP mn

Total Revenue
Conventional Revenue
Pathology Revenue
Radiology Revenue

Total Covid-19-related Revenue

Conventional revenue
Pathology Revenue
Radiology Revenue
Total Covid-19-related revenue

Contribution to Egypt Results

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

18%
40%
38%
82%
-100%

2,894
2,444
2,358
86
450

84%
82%
3%
16%

3,411
3,411
3,256
155
-

100%
95%
5%

Jordan (14.7% of Group revenue in 2023)
In IDH’s second largest market, Jordan, IDH booked 
consolidated  revenue  of  JOD  14  million  in  FY  2023, 
42%  below  last  year’s  figure  (down  1%  year-on-year 
in  EGP  terms).  The  significant  year-on-year  decline 
is wholly attributable to the high base effect resulting 
from Covid-19-related testing in FY 2022, which had 
significantly boosted last year’s consolidated top line. 

Excluding  this  contribution,  conventional  revenues 
recorded  an  8%  year-on-year  expansion,  supported 
by  an  8%  rise  in  conventional  test  volumes.  In  EGP 
terms,  conventional  revenues  grew  68%,  reaching 
EGP 604 million in FY 2023. Jordanian growth in EGP 
terms includes the significant impact from the trans-
lation effect due to multiple devaluations of the EGP 
between comparable periods.

Detailed Jordan Performance Breakdown

EGP mn

Total Revenue
Conventional Revenue

Total Covid-19-Related Revenues (PCR and Antibody)

Contribution to Jordan Results

Conventional Revenue
Total Covid-19-Related Revenue (PCR and Antibody)

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

-1%
68%
-100%

612
359
253

59%
41%

604
604
-

100%
-

68    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     69

 
 
 
 
 
Performance  |  Financial and Operational Review

Nigeria (2.3% of Group revenue in 2023)
IDH’s  Nigerian  subsidiary,  Echo-Lab,  maintained  the 
growth momentum seen throughout the year, reporting 
revenue growth of 15% in local currency terms and reach-
ing NGN 1,961 million in FY 2023. In EGP terms, Nigerian 
operations booked top-line growth of 22% year-on-year, 
with  revenues  coming  in  at  EGP  96  million.  Revenue 
growth for the period was driven by 32% and 39% year-
on-year increases in average revenue per test in NGN and 
EGP  terms,  respectively,  as  the  Company  continued  to 
implement strategic price hikes in response to inflation-
ary pressures in the country. It is also worth mentioning 
that average revenue per test increases in EGP terms also 
partially reflected the translation effect due to a weakened 

EGP. Revenue growth for the year was achieved despite a 
12% year-on-year decrease in test volumes, which stood 
at 266,000 tests during FY 2023.

Sudan (0.3% of Group revenue in FY 2023)
Ongoing conflict in Sudan has significantly affected IDH’s 
operations in the country, leading to the closure of 17 of 
the  Company’s  18  branches  in  the  country  since  April 
2023. During FY 2023, Sudanese operations booked rev-
enues of SDG 220 million, down 60% year-on-year com-
pared to FY 2022. In EGP terms, revenues stood at EGP 
11 million, a 44% year-on-year decrease. IDH continues 
to  closely  monitor  the  evolving  situation,  updating  the 
market with material developments as necessary.

Revenue Contribution by Country

Egypt Revenue (EGP mn)
Conventional (EGP mn)

Pathology Revenue (EGP mn)
Radiology Revenue (EGP mn)
Covid-19-related (EGP mn)

Egypt Contribution to IDH Revenue

Jordan Revenue (EGP mn)
Conventional (EGP mn)
Covid-19-related (EGP mn)

Jordan Revenues (JOD mn) 
Conventional (JOD mn)
Jordan Revenue Contribution to IDH Revenue

Nigeria Revenue (EGP mn)
Nigeria Revenue (NGN mn)
Nigeria Contribution to IDH Revenue

Sudan Revenue (EGP mn)
Sudan Revenue (SDG mn)
Sudan Contribution to IDH Revenue

Average Exchange Rate

USD/EGP
JOD/EGP
NGN/EGP
SDG/EGP

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

Patients Served and Tests Performed by Country 

2,894
2,444
2,358
86
450
80.3%

612
359
253
23.9
12.9
17.0%

79
1,698
2.2%

20.3
547
0.6%

3,411
3,411
3,256
155
-
82.7%

604
604
-
14.0
14.0
14.7%

96
1,961
2.3%

11.4
220
0.3%

18%
40%
38%
82%
-100%

-1%
68%
-100%
-42%
8%

22%
15%

-44%
-60%

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

19.7
27.7
0.05
0.04

30.8
43.1
0.05
0.05

56.3%
55.6%
8.1%
38.7%

Egypt Patients Served (mn)
Egypt Tests Performed (mn)
Conventional Tests (mn)
Covid-19-Related Tests (mn)

Jordan Patients Served (k)
Jordan Tests Performed (k)
Conventional Tests (k)
Covid-19-Related Tests (k)

Nigeria Patients Served (k)
Nigeria Tests Performed (k)
Sudan Patients Served (k)
Sudan Tests Performed (k)

Total Patients Served (mn)
Total Tests Performed (mn)

Branches by Country

Egypt
Jordan
Nigeria
Sudan

Total Branches

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

7.6
29.5
28.3
1.2
890
2,789
2,243
546
149
303
70
139

8.7
32.7

8.0
33.4
33.4
-
372
2,424
2,424
-
132
266
14
40

8.5
36.1

5%
13%
18%
-100%
-58%
-13%
8%
-100%
-11%
-12%
-80%
-71%

-2%
10%

31 December 2022

31 December 2023

Change

500
23
12
17

552

544
27
12
18

601

44
4
-
1

49

70    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     71

Performance  |  Financial and Operational Review

Cost of Goods Sold
IDH  reported  cost  of  goods  sold  amounting  to  EGP 
2,598  million  during  FY  2023,  a  21%  year-on-year 
increase compared to the previous year. As a share of 
revenue,  cost  of  goods  sold  recorded  63%  during  the 

year, up from 59% one year prior. The increase in cost 
of  goods  sold  during  the  period  was  primarily  driven 
by higher raw material costs, increased direct salaries 
and wages, and higher depreciation expenses.

Cost of Goods Sold Breakdown as a Percentage of Revenue 

Raw Materials
Wages and Salaries
Depreciation and Amortisation
Other Expenses

Total

FY 2022

FY 2023

20.4%
17.0%
7.9%
14.2%
59.4%

22.2%
18.8%
8.8%
13.3%
63.0%

Raw material costs (35% of consolidated cost of goods 
sold in FY 2023) continued to be the largest contributor 
to cost of goods sold throughout FY 2023, recording EGP 
914 million and expanding 24% year-on-year. During the 
year, raw materials constituted 22% of revenues, up from 
20%  in  FY  2022.  Additionally,  the  Company  recorded  a 
one-off expense of EGP 17.4 million related to the expiry 
of Covid-19-related test kits, which also served to increase 
raw material costs during the year.

Wages  and  salaries,  including  employee  share  of 
profits  (30%  share  of  consolidated  cost  of  goods 
sold), remained the second largest contributor to cost 

of  goods  sold  during  the  year,  increasing  26%  year-
on-year  to  reach  EGP  774  million.  Higher  wages  and 
salaries  continued  to  reflect  higher  than  usual  salary 
adjustments  to  compensate  for  unprecedented  infla-
tion at the Group’s largest market, Egypt. Additionally, 
direct wages and salaries were further inflated due to 
the  hiring  of  new  staff  across  IDH’s  network  to  sup-
port  the  roll-out  of  new  branches,  49  of  which  were 
launched  during  FY  2023.  Finally,  it  is  important  to 
highlight  that  the  translation  effect  from  salaries  in 
both  Jordan  and  Nigeria  continued  to  expand  direct 
wage  and  salaries  expenses,  reflecting  the  weakening 
of the EGP throughout the year.

Direct Wages and Salaries by Region 

Egypt (EGP mn)
Jordan (EGP mn)
Jordan (JOD mn)
Nigeria (EGP mn)
Nigeria (NGN mn)
Sudan (EGP mn)
Sudan (SDG mn)

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

475
116
4.3
18
392
4
111

589
155
3.6
27
576
3
53

24%
33%
-16%
49%
47%
-33%
-52%

Direct depreciation and amortization costs (14% of 
consolidated  cost  of  goods  sold)  grew  27%  year-on-
year  in  FY  2023,  booking  EGP  362  million.  Increased 
depreciation  and  amortization  costs  during  the  year 

primarily reflect the roll-out of 49 additional branches 
to  IDH’s  network,  including  the  launch  of  Al  Borg 
Scan’s seventh radiology branch in September.

Other  expenses  (21%  of  consolidated  cost  of  goods 
sold) reached EGP 548 million during the year, increasing 
23%  year-on-year  and  constituting  13%  of  consolidated 
revenues for the year. It is worth noting that the increase 
in other expenses excludes EGP 63 million paid in con-
cession fees as part of Biolab’s agreement with Queen Alia 
International Airport and Aqaba Port to provide Covid-19 
testing  to  passengers  in  January  and  February  of  2022. 
When  including  these  fees,  IDH  recorded  an  increase 
in  other  expenses  amounting  to  7%  year-on-year.  The 
increase  in  other  expenses  is  mainly  attributable  to 
higher repair and maintenance costs, cleaning expenses, 
transportation expenses, and consulting fees, which con-
tinue to reflect both the effects of the devaluated Egyptian 
Pound  and  higher  costs  associated  with  the  expansion 
of  Al  Borg  Scan’s  operations.  Additionally,  increased 
gasoline prices, as well as repair and maintenance costs 
in Nigeria, coupled with a persistent inflationary environ-
ment and a weaker Naira (versus the USD), continued to 
push up total costs in the country.

Gross Profit
IDH recorded a gross profit of EGP 1,524 million in FY 
2023, an increase of 4% year-on-year. The Company’s 
gross  profit  margin  stood  at  37%,  four  percentage 
points  below  the  previous  year  due  to  the  aforemen-
tioned increases in cost of goods sold during the year.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses

Selling, General, and Administrative 
(SG&A) Expenses
SG&A outlays during FY 2023 stood at EGP 787 million, 
growing 25% year-on-year. As a share of revenues, SG&A 
outlays constituted 19% in FY 2023, up from 17% one year 
prior. Higher SG&A expenses are mainly attributable to:
•  Increased indirect wages and salaries, which came in at 
EGP 273 million, a 38% year-on-year increase. During 
FY  2023,  indirect  wages  and  salaries  constituted  7% 
of revenues, up from 5% one year prior. This increase 
was  driven  by  USD-denominated  directors’  compen-
sations,  the  addition  of  a  new  board  member  during 
the  first  quarter  of  the  previous  year  (who  received 
compensation starting March 2022), higher salaries in 
Jordan  due  to  the  translation  effect,  and  an  increase 
in  social  security  expenses.  Increased  social  security 
expenses  (up  by  EGP  15.5  million  year-on-year)  also 
weighed on indirect wages and salaries for FY 2023.
•   Higher  other  expenses,  which  increased  26%  year-
on-year. The increase in other expenses was mainly 
driven by higher USD-denominated consulting and 
accounting fees at the holding level.

•  Non-recurring expenses, including a non-recurring 
expense paid for the government’s vocational train-
ing  fund,  pre-operating  expenses  in  Saudi  Arabia, 
a one-off expense in Sudan, and an impairment in 
goodwill and assets in Nigeria, which amounted to 
EGP 53 million in FY 2023.

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

Wages and Salaries
Accounting and Professional Services Fees
Market – Advertisement Expenses
Other Expenses – Operation
Depreciation and Amortisation
Impairment Loss on Trade and Other Receivable
Travelling and Transportation Expenses
Impairment in Assets
Impairment in Goodwill
Provision for End of Service
Provision for Legal Claims
Provision for Egyptian Government Training Fund for Employees
Other income

Total

197
130
123
112
33
30
17
2
-
-
4
-
(18)
630

282
134
98
143
39
51
27
7
11
-
3
12
(20)
787

43%
3%
-21%
28%
20%
71%
62%
266%
-
-
-11%
-
16%
25%

72    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     73

Performance  |  Financial and Operational Review

Adjusted EBITDA
Due to the nature of several non-recurring expenses 
affecting  IDH’s  EBITDA-level  profitability,  the  Com-
pany  has  elected  to  present  an  adjusted  EBITDA 
figure,  along  with  its  associated  margin.  Adjusted 
EBITDA excludes several one-off expenses that weigh 
down  profitability.  Namely,  these  expenses  are  an 
EGP 11.9 million one-off expense owed to the Egyp-
tian  government  for  vocational  training  (covering 
the  past  five-year  period),  pre-operating  expenses 
in  preparation  for  the  launch  of  operations  in  Saudi 
Arabia  amounting  to  EGP  18.2  million,  EGP  5.0  mil-
lion  in  impairment  expenses  in  Sudan  due  to  the 
ongoing conflict in the country, and EGP 18.0 million 
in  impairment  expenses  in  goodwill  and  assets  in 
Nigeria.

In  FY  2023,  the  Company  booked  an  adjusted 
EBITDA14 of  EGP  1,192  million,  increasing  2%  year-
on-year and reflecting cost normalisation compared 
to  the  previous  year.  Meanwhile,  adjusted  EBITDA 
margin recorded 29%, four points below FY 2022 due 
to higher SG&A outlays as discussed previously. It is 
worth mentioning that adjusted EBITDA is adjusted 
for  several  non-recurring  expenses,  including  an 
EGP  12  million  non-recurring  expense  for  a  provi-
sion  of  1%  of  Egyptian  profits,  in  accordance  with 
article 134 of the labour law on Vocational Guidance 
and Training issued by the Egyptian government in 
2003.  In  accordance  with  the  law,  IDH’s  Egyptian 
operations are required to provide 1% of net profits 
each  year  into  a  training  fund.  Integrated  Diagnos-
tics Holdings plc has taken legal advice and consid-
ered  market  practices  in  Egypt  relating  to  the  law, 
and  more  specifically,  whether  vocational  training 
courses undertaken by the Company’s Egyptian sub-
sidiaries suggest that obligations have been satisfied 
by in-house training programmes provided by those 
entities.  Since  the  issuance  of  the  law,  IDH’s  Egyp-
tian  subsidiaries  have  not  been  requested  by  the 
government  to  pay,  nor  have  they  voluntarily  paid, 
any amounts into the external training fund.

Adjusted EBITDA by Country
In  Egypt,  IDH  booked  an  adjusted  EBITDA  of  EGP 
1,058 million, a 1% year-on-year increase compared 
to FY 2022. Adjusted EBITDA margin recorded 31%, 
a  five-point  year-on-year  decrease.  Lower  adjusted 
EBITDA  profitability  reflects  higher  SG&A  outlays, 
which  increased  18%  year-on-year  and  weighed 
down on profitability during the year. 

IDH’s  Jordanian  subsidiary,  Biolab,  posted  an 
adjusted EBITDA of JOD 3.6 million, down 34% year-
on-year in FY 2023 and yielding an adjusted EBITDA 
margin of 26% (versus 23% in FY 2022). In EGP terms, 
adjusted EBITDA came to EGP 157 million, up 16% 
from  FY  2022.  The  increase  in  adjusted  EBITDA  in 
EGP terms is due to the translation effect following 
the devaluation of the EGP in late FY 2022 and early 
FY 2023. In Q4 2023, adjusted EBITDA recorded JOD 
0.8 million in Q4 2023, nearly doubling the JOD 0.4 
million booked in the comparable period of last year. 
The Company’s adjusted EBITDA margin came in at 
25%, up from 12% in Q4 2022. In EGP terms, Biolab 
booked adjusted EBITDA of EGP 34 million, up from 
EGP 14 million in Q4 2022.

In Nigeria, increasing inflationary pressures and an 
expanded  cost  base  resulted  in  widening  adjusted 
EBITDA  losses,  despite  revenue  growth  throughout 
the  year.  More  specifically,  adjusted  EBITDA  losses 
expanded to NGN 498 million in FY 2023, from NGN 
337  million  in  the  previous  year.  During  Q4  2023, 
the  Company  booked  an  adjusted  EBITDA  loss  of 
NGN 204 million, down from NGN 215 million dur-
ing Q4 2022. In EGP terms, adjusted EBITDA losses 
narrowed  to  EGP  7  million  in  Q4  2023,  from  EGP 
12  million  in  the  same  period  of  the  previous  year, 
partially  reflecting  the  translation  effect  following 
the weakening of the EGP.

In Sudan, adjusted EBITDA came in at SDG 21 million, 
up from an EBITDA loss of SDG 2 million in FY 2022.

Regional EBITDA in Local Currency 

Egypt EBITDA

Margin

Egypt Adjusted EBITDA

Margin

Jordan EBITDA

Margin 

Nigeria EBITDA

Margin 

Nigeria Adjusted EBITDA

Margin

Sudan EBITDA

Margin

Sudan Adjusted EBITDA

Margin 

EGP

EGP

JOD

NGN

NGN

SDG

SDG

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

1,031
36%
1,053
36%
5.5
23%
(337)
-20%
(337)
-20%
(2)
-0.3%
(2)
-0.3%

1,046
31%
1,058
31%
3.6
26%
(1,023)
-52%
(498)
-25%
(76)
-35%
21
10%

1%

1%

-34%

203%

48%

-

n/a

Interest Income / Expense
IDH’s interest income reached EGP 73 million during FY 
2023, down from EGP 95 million during the previous year. 
Lower interest income for the year was primarily a result 
of lower cash balances due to the distribution of a record 
cash dividend during last year.

Interest  expense15  stood  at  EGP  161  million,  up  19% 
year-on-year in FY 2023. Increasing interest expenses are 
mainly due to:
•  Higher interest on lease liabilities related to IFRS 16 due 

to the addition of new branches to IDH’s network.

•  Higher interest expenses following the CBE's decision 
to  increase  rates  by  1,100  bps  since  March  2022.  It  is 
important to note that IDH’s interest bearing debt bal-
ance decreased to EGP 111 million as at 31 December 

Interest Expense Breakdown

Interest on Lease Liabilities (IFRS 16)

Interest Expenses on Leases

Interest Expenses on Borrowings16 

Bank Charges

Loan-related Expenses on IFC facility17 

Shareholder Dividend Deferral Agreement18 

Fast Track Payment

Total Interest Expense

2023 from EGP 116 million at year-end 2022. Earlier in 
the year, as part of IDH’s strategy to reduce foreign cur-
rency risk, the Company agreed with General Electric 
(GE) for the early repayment of its contractual obliga-
tion of USD 5.7 million. To finance the settlement, IDH 
utilised a bridge loan facility, with half the amount being 
funded  internally,  while  the  other  half  (amounting  to 
EGP  55  million)  was  provided  through  a  bridge  loan 
by Ahli United Bank – Egypt (AUBE). Interest expenses 
related to the AUBE facility recorded EGP 23 million in 
FY 2023. The bridge loan was fully settled in Q2 2023.
•  Fast-track  payments  worth  EGP  7.1  million,  which 
encompass  discounts  provided  for  the  rapid  payment 
of receivables in FY 2023. 

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

73.4
21.4
11.9
12.9
12.5
3.4
-
135.5

93.3
25.5
22.9
12.2
-
-
7.1
161.0

27%
19%
92%
-6%
-100%
-100%
-
19%

14   Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as operating profit plus depreciation and amortization, excluding non-recurring expenses, specifically an EGP 11.9 

million one-off expense owed to the Egyptian government for vocational training, EGP 18.2 million in pre-operating expenses in Saudi Arabia, EGP 5.0 
million impairment expense in Sudan due to the ongoing situation in the country, and an EGP 18.0 million impairment expense in goodwill and assets in 
Nigeria.

74    IDH    2023 Annual Report

15  Interest expenses on medium-term loans include EGP 23 million related to the Group’s facility with Ahli United Bank Egypt (AUBE).
16  Interest expenses on medium-term loans include EGP 23 million related to the Group’s facility with Ahli United Bank Egypt (AUBE). Meanwhile, the 

Group’s facility with the Commercial International Bank (CIB) was fully repaid as of 5 April 2022.

17  Loan-related expenses on IFC facility represents commitment fees on the facility granted by IFC and Mashreq with a total value of USD 60 million. The 

facility was cancelled in May 2023.

18  As announced on 27 July 2022, as part of IDH’s agreement with Hena Holdings Ltd and Actis IDH Limited (its two largest shareholders) in consideration 
for the two shareholders agreeing to defer their right to receive their pro rata share of the Dividend Payment, IDH agreed to pay to each interest on the 
outstanding amounts due at the rate of 10% per annum (with interest accruing on a daily basis) for a two-month period starting 27 July 2022. Payment to 
both shareholders was successfully completed on 18 August 2022.

Performance  |  Financial and Operational Review

Foreign Exchange
IDH  booked  an  EGP  88  million  foreign  exchange 
gain in FY 2023, down 53% year-on-year and partially 
reflecting intercompany balances revaluation.

Taxation
Tax expenses, which include both income and deferred 
tax,  recorded  EGP  269  million  in  FY  2023,  down  18% 

year-on-year  from  FY  2022.  IDH’s  effective  tax  rate 
stood at 36%, two points below that of the previous year. 
It is important to highlight that there is no tax payable 
for  IDH’s  two  holding-level  companies.  Meanwhile, 
tax  was  paid  from  the  Group’s  operating  subsidiaries 
(Egypt 32%, Jordan 34%, Nigeria 0.2%).

Total CAPEX Addition Breakdown – FY 2023 

EGP Mn

EGP mn

% of Revenue

Leasehold Improvements/New Branches
Al Borg Scan Expansion
Total CAPEX Additions Excluding Translation
Translation Effect
Total CAPEX Additions

202.7
92.0
294.7
13.5
308.2

4.9%
2.2%
7.1%
0.3%
7.5%

Taxation Breakdown by Region 

EGP Mn

Egypt
Jordan
Nigeria
Sudan
Total Tax Expenses

Net Profit
IDH reported a net profit of EGP 468 million during FY 
2023, down 11% year-on-year and yielding a net profit 
margin of 11%. Lower net profitability for the year came 
as a result of lower EBITDA profitability, coupled with 
previously  discussed  decreases  in  interest  income, 
higher  interest  expenses,  and  several  non-recurring 
expenses.

Non-Recurring Expenses
IDH recorded several one-off expenses during the year, 
namely:
•  EGP 11.9 million for the provision of 1% of Egyptian 

profits towards the Government Training Fund.

•  EGP  18.2  million  due  to  pre-operating  expenses  in 

Saudi Arabia.

•  EGP 5.0 million in impairment expenses due to the 

ongoing conflict in Sudan.

•  EGP  18.0  million  in  impairment  expenses  in  good-

will and assets for operations in Nigeria.

FY 2022

FY 2023

Change

274.3
21.8
30.6
0.4
327.1

251.6
17.1
-0.1
0.5
269.0

-8%
-22%
-100.3%
24%
-18%

Balance Sheet Analysis

Assets

Property, Plant, and Equipment
As of year-end 2023, IDH recorded property, plant, and 
equipment  (PPE)  cost  of  EGP  2,554  million,  increas-
ing  from  EGP  2,208  million  at  31  December  2022. 
The increase in CAPEX as a share of revenues during 
FY  2023  was  primarily  driven  by  the  addition  of  new 
branches, renovations of existing branches, and head-
quarter improvements (constituting 7.1% of revenues), 
as  well  as  the  translation  effect  related  to  Jordan, 
Sudan, and Nigeria (constituting 0.3% of revenues).

Accounts Receivable and Provisions
Accounts receivable as at year-end 2023 came in at EGP 
570 million, a year-on-year increase of 44%. In parallel, 
IDH’s receivables’ Days on Hand (DoH) recorded 134 
days, up from 124 days as at 31 December 2022.

Provision  for  doubtful  accounts  recorded  EGP  51 
million  in  FY  2023,  up  71%  year-on-year.  Increased 
provisions  for  doubtful  accounts  reflect  slower  col-
lection  rates  due  to  increasing  economic  headwinds 
and persistent inflation throughout IDH’s markets, in 
particular its home and largest market, Egypt.

Inventory
IDH booked an inventory balance of EGP 375 million 
as  of  the  end  of  FY  2023,  increasing  from  EGP  265 
million  one  year  prior.  Meanwhile,  Days  Inventory 
Outstanding  (DIO)  increased  to  133  days,  from  127 
days at year-end 2022. Increased DIO is attributable to 
management’s  strategy  of  accumulating  inventory  to 
hedge against inflation during the past year.

Cash and Net Debt
Cash balances and financial assets at amortised costs 
at the end of FY 2023 reached EGP 835 million, up from 
EGP 816 million at year-end 2022

Cash Breakdown

EGP Mn

Treasury Bills
Time Deposits 
Current Accounts
Cash on Hand
Total

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2023

293
123
382
18
816

133
289
392
21
835

IDH’s net debt19 balance came in at EGP 358 million as of the end of FY 2023, down 4% from EGP 373 million as at 
year-end 2022.

EGP Mn

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2023

Cash and Financial Assets at Amortised Cost20  
Lease Liabilities Property
Total Financial Liabilities (Short-Term and Long-Term)
Interest Bearing Debt (Medium-Term Loans)
Net Debt Balance

816 
(727) 
(335) 
(127) 
 (373)

835
(828) 
(240) 
(125) 
 (358)

Note: Interest Bearing Debt includes accrued interest for each period.

19   The net debt balance is calculated as cash and cash equivalent balances, including financial assets at amortised cost, less interest-bearing debt (medium-

term loans), finance lease, and right-of-use liabilities.

20   As outlined in Note 18 of IDH’s Consolidated Financial Statements, some term deposits and treasury bills cannot be accessed for over three months and 

are therefore not treated as cash. Term deposits, which cannot be accessed for over three months, stood at EGP 49 million at December 2023 (2022: EGP 60 
million). Meanwhile, treasury bills not accessible for over three months stood at EGP 112 million at December 2023 (2022: EGP 107 million).

76    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     77

Performance  |  Financial and Operational Review

Lease liabilities and financial obligations on property 
came in at EGP 828 million at year-end 2023, with the 
increase  primarily  driven  by  the  roll-out  of  an  addi-
tional 49 branches over the past year.

•  The  option  granted  in  2018  to  the  International 
Finance  Corporation  from  Dynasty  —  shareholders 
in Echo Lab — and it is exercisable in 2024. The put 
option is calculated based on fair market value (FMV).

The  put  option  non-current  liability  amounted  to 
EGP 43 million at the end of FY 2023, down from EGP 
51 million at the same time last year, and is related 
to  the  option  granted  in  2022  to  Izhoor,  IDH,  and 
Biolab as part of their JV agreement in Saudi Arabia. 
The  option  allows  the  non-defaulting  party,  at  its 
sole  and  absolute  discretion,  to  serve  one  or  more 
written  notices  to  the  defaulting  party.  The  notices 
enable  the  non-defaulting  party  to  buy  the  default-
ing  party’s  shares  at  the  fair  price,  sell  its  shares  to 
the  defaulting  party  at  the  fair  price,  or  request  the 
dissolution and liquidation of the JV company. It is 
important to note that the put option, which grants 
these  rights  to  the  non-defaulting  party,  does  not 
have a specified expiration date.

Meanwhile, financial obligations related to equipment 
stood  at  EGP  240  million  as  at  the  end  of  2023,  with 
the decline attributable to IDH’s early repayment of its 
obligations with General Electric (GE), in line with the 
Company’s  efforts  to  hedge  against  foreign  currency 
risk.  Half  of  this  settlement  was  financed  internally, 
while  the  remainder  was  financed  through  a  bridge 
loan facility from AUBE.

Finally,  interest  bearing  debt21  (excluding  accrued 
interest)  reached  EGP  111  million  at  year-end  2023, 
down from EGP 116 million one year prior. 

Liabilities

Accounts Payable22 
Accounts  payable  as  at  31  December  2023  stood  at 
EGP 272 million, up from EGP 270 as at year-end 2022. 
Meanwhile, Days Payable Outstanding (DPO) came in 
at 113 days, down from 151 days one year earlier.

Put Option 
The put option current liability stood at EGP 314 mil-
lion as at year-end 2023, down from EGP 440 million at 
31 December 2022, and is related to:
•  The  option  granted  in  2011  to  Dr.  Amid,  Biolab’s 
CEO, to sell his stake (40%) to IDH. The put option 
has been in the money and exercisable since 2016 
and  is  calculated  as  seven  times  Biolab’s  LTM 
EBITDA minus net debt. Biolab’s put option liability 
decreased  following  the  significant  decline  in  the 
venture’s EBITDA for the period.

21   IDH’s interest bearing debt as at 31 March 2023 included EGP 172 million to its facility with Ahli United Bank Egypt (AUBE) (outstanding loan balances 

are excluding accrued interest for the period). It is worth noting that in order to finance the early repayment settlement with General Electric, the 
Company utilised a bridge loan facility of EGP 55 million. The facility was withdrawn in Q1 2023 and settled in Q2 2023.

22   Accounts payable is calculated based on average payables at the end of each period.

78    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     79

Performance

TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) 
RESPONSE REPORT

pillars  set  out  in  the  TCFD’s  recommendations,  and 
where  we  are  not  currently  fully  compliant  with  the 
TCFD recommendations, we have set out our current 
position  and  strategy  and  timeline  for  compliance. 
We  are  currently  considering  the  guidance  included 
within the TCFD’s all sector guidance. While this has 
not  yet  been  factored  into  our  analysis  or  following 
disclosures, we will be factoring this into our plans for 
further compliance during the coming financial year, 
with  an  aim  to  improve  our  discourse  against  these 
requirements in the coming years. 

At IDH, we acknowledge the impossibility of operating 
without impacting nature, but our goal is to minimise 
negative  effects  and  actively  work  towards  reversing 
past  damage.  We  are  committed  to  protecting  and 
restoring  ecosystems  as  a  crucial  component  of  our 
climate action efforts. As a testament to this commit-
ment,  IDH  has  recently  submitted  its  second  report 
in  compliance  with  the  TCFD  regulations.  In  2022, 
as  a  first-time  TCFD  Reporter,  we  were  committed 
to implementing the  recommendations  of the TCFD 
that aim to provide investors and other stakeholders 
with useful information on climate-related risks and 
opportunities that are relevant to our business. In our 
second reporting, we were committed to closing a few 
gaps, consolidating our action plan with clear dates to 
close the remaining gaps and achieve full compliance 
by the end of 2026.

We revisited our climate risk assessment, and, overall, 
we  believe  that  the  risks  and  opportunities  related 
to  climate  change  —  in  the  short  to  medium  term 
(defined as the next five years) — remain low due to 
the nature of our business (being a services business 
operating  in  the  healthcare  sector).  Our  main  emis-
sions  relate  to  operating  our  600+  centres  in  terms 
of  electricity  utilised  in  lighting,  air  conditioning, 
and  diagnostic  equipment.  IDH’s  Scope  3  emissions 
encompass those associated with the manufacturing 
of the machinery and materials utilised at our centres 
and  those  associated  with  other  travel/external  test-
ing in the performance of our services. In the longer 
term (defined as 10 years plus), the main risks/oppor-
tunities come from the impact of climate change as a 

whole in the regions in which we operate (i.e. where 
climate  change  results  in  certain  areas  becoming 
uninhabitable). 

Last  year,  the  Group  set  out  their  first  ever  TCFD 
report.  In  doing  this,  we  set  ambitious  targets  to 
fully  comply  with  the  TCFD  recommendations  by 
the  end  of  2026,  as  we  had  already  published  our 
own first ESG report during 2022 and had appointed 
external consultants to help us align this to the TCFD 
requirements. While improvements have been made 
during  2023,  particularly  in  relation  to  the  gover-
nance and management aspects, it has been difficult 
to  obtain  reliable  data  for  the  metrics  and  scenario 
analysis  elements  of  TCFD,  given  the  geographies 
we  operate  in,  the  size  of  our  branch  network,  and 
the  fact  that  this  data  had  not  been  previously  col-
lected.  The  Group  has  experienced,  and  continues 
to experience, operational challenges in each of our 
geographies  as  a  result  of  external  factors  outside 
the control of the Group, as highlighted elsewhere in 
our  report,  which  the  company  has  had  to  respond 
to. Given all this, we have revised our expected time-
frame for the completion of the remaining elements 
of  TCFD  non-compliance  from  31  December  2024 
to  31  December  2026.  We  now  have  data  for  33% 
(2022:11%)  of  our  branches  and,  therefore,  while 
we are improving the level of data, it will take longer 
than  initially  expected  to  complete  this  exercise  in 
order for us to present relevant and reliable data.

that  this  will  form  an  iterative  process  as  we  con-
tinue  to  develop  our  policies,  processes,  and  dis-
closures  over  the  coming  years.  As  a  second  timer 
TCFD reporter, we have been working since last year 
with our external experts on closing the gaps in the 
data and improving its accuracy and completeness. 
Nevertheless, we believe that we still have a number 
of areas of non-compliance and partial-compliance 
with the TCFD requirements, as detailed in the fol-
lowing sections. 

In  this  context,  we  have  considered  our  “comply  or 
explain”  obligation  under  the  Financial  Conduct 
Authority’s  Listing  Rule  9.8.6R  (8)  and  confirm  that 
we have made disclosures consistent with the TCFD 
Recommendations  and  Recommended  Disclosures 
in  this  Annual  Report  and  Accounts,  except  in  the 
following areas:
•  Strategy – Describing the impact of climate-related 
risks/opportunities on IDH's business and strategy 
and describing the resilience of this under different 
scenarios (e.g. a 2°C or lower scenario).

•  Risk management – Describing IDH's processes for 
managing  climate-related  risks  and  the  process  of 
how  these,  and  their  identification,  are  integrated 
into IDH's overall risk management.

•  Metrics and targets – Disclosing the metrics used by 
IDH  to  assess  climate-related  risks/opportunities, 
disclosing Scope 1–3 emissions and the targets used 
by IDH to assess performance against these targets.

We set out below more details on how we are seeking 
to  align  with  these  recommendations,  recognising 

We  report  below  for  the  second  time  against  the  11 
thematic 
recommended  disclosures  under 

four 

80    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     81

 
 
Performance  |  Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Response Report

Recommended 
Disclosures

Response Status

Recommended 
Disclosures

Response Status

Governance 
a) Describe the 
board’s oversight 
of climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities.

compliant 

In 2022, IDH developed a Sustainability Strategy for the years 2023–2030 based on four pillars (Sound Gov-
ernance, Next Economy, Flourishing Society, and Liveable Planet). The work ensured that the Group could 
reaffirm and review important points, such as mission and strategy, in addition to ensuring a strategic look 
at the Group’s risks, which will be periodically reported to the Executive Management Team, Audit Com-
mittee, and Board of Directors. During the year, this was performed by the Board of Directors as a whole 
and as part of the normal procedures around assessing the principal risks and uncertainties of the Group 
and the wider opportunities and strategic goals of the Group, given the low risk/opportunities assessed 
relating to climate risk/opportunity in the short-to-medium term.

Climate change forms one of the sub-pillars of Liveable Planet, where the following actions and targets 
have been put in place: 1- building a comprehensive impact/risk assessment mechanism and adoption 
of a climate scenario, 2- developing and adopting a corporate-wide GHG data management system, and 
3- developing a Decarbonization Plan with clear and feasible carbon reduction targets, consistent with the 
climate risk assessment results. While the pillars of this strategy have been agreed upon, we are currently 
working on collating and validating the data required to monitor and report against these targets (which 
also includes the data required to perform meaningful scenario analysis). The ESG strategy was dissemi-
nated to all functions and subsidiaries in 2023 with our aim to complete integration by the end of 2024. The 
adoption and implementation of the strategy is expected to start by the end of 2024 and, therefore, further 
reporting will be made on progress of this in our 2024 Annual Report.  

In  2023,  we  established  an  ESG  committee  (Sustainability  Steering  Committee).  The  committee  was 
appointed by the CEO and the Board. The committee comprised representatives from key stakeholder 
groups. The members of the steering committee were chosen based on their expertise, experience, and 
ability to provide governance guidance and oversight on sustainability. Roles and responsibilities were 
clearly assigned. The committee will oversee the Group’s approach to managing climate-related risks and 
opportunities, along with the implementation of the Group’s sustainability strategy. It will provide strategic 
guidance and oversight on IDH's sustainability and impact initiatives, including the development and 
implementation  of  IDH's  sector  programmes  and  landscape  initiatives.  The  committee  reviewed  and 
approved IDH's annual sustainability report, which provides an overview of the organisation’s progress 
on  key  sustainability  metrics  and  initiatives.  Additionally,  it  will  help  ensure  that  IDH's  activities  are 
aligned with international sustainability standards and guidelines, including the United Nations' Sustain-
able Development Goals (SDGs) and the Paris Agreement on climate change. We will also establish a 
formalised Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) based on existing HSE policies and 
procedures by 2024 and integrate ESG criteria into the internal audit system by 2025.

On the Board of Directors level, the Audit Committee will oversee and obtain regular updates from the 
aforementioned management steering committee about climate change-related issues. The main topics 
of discussion will revolve around the progress made against achieving the ESG Strategy’s targets and action 
plans, including an update on the climate-related risks and opportunities. ESG and climate disclosure is 
currently done through the Group’s annual sustainability report and general risk assessment processes, 
developed in accordance with the GRI standards and includes the progress made against the strategy’s 
goals and targets for addressing climate-related issues, and covering all GRI material indicators. While a 
report was issued during 2022, this was not aligned to TCFD requirements and hence, going forward, we 
will reflect on this for improvement during 2024.  

Governance b) 
Describe 
management’s 
role in assessing 
and managing 
climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities.

Compliant

 Strategy a) 
Describe the 
climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities the 
organisation has 
identified over the 
short, medium, 
and long term. 

Compliant

   Day-to-day responsibility for the management and reporting on IDH’s sustainability related issues 
in general and climate-related issues falls within the scope of the Investment Relations (IR) Depart-
ment and are directly supervised by the Group’s IR Director. The Group CFO authorises the yearly 
sustainability budget and decarbonization action plans and projects, including energy efficiency 
projects, fleet, and energy procurement. Specific climate initiatives will be managed by the relevant 
department, including the Facilities, Supply Chain, and Procurement departments. Management 
consider climate-related risks and opportunities in their future cash flow assessments; however, 
given the aforementioned low risk, these have not had any material impact.

   In 2021, the IR department assigned an external ESG consulting firm for the assurance of its first 
sustainability  report.  In  2023,  another  external  ESG  consulting  firm  was  assigned  with  a  larger 
scope  comprising:  1-  helping  management  and  the  Board  develop  the  Group’s  ESG  Strategy; 
2- quantifying the GHG emissions for the year 2022 and assisting in developing the Group’s ESG 
and GHG data management system; and 3- the assurance of IDH’s second Sustainability Report 
(ESG Report for 2022). Currently, we are working on implementing the strategy and decarboniza-
tion plan and assurance of IDH’s third Sustainability Report (expected to be published by 30 June 
2024). The IR Department has assigned a main ESG focal point for the collection and monitoring of 
climate-related issues. The IR focal point will be closely working with ESG (and climate) champions 
at the different departments. All staff involved in the management of climate-related issues will 
receive a one-day comprehensive training and a capacity building workshop on climate change 
fundamentals, GHG quantification and identification, and assessment of climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

   Overall  assessment:  Overall,  the  Board  of  Directors  and  management  deemed  that  the  risks 
and  opportunities  relating  to  climate  change  are  not  signifciant,  specifically  those  arising  in  the 
short-to-medium term. This is on the basis that IDH is a service-related business operating in the 
healthcare  sector.  The  main  suppliers  of  our  equipment  are  blue-chip  multinational  companies, 
and our operations are spread in over 601 branches across the four countries of operation as of 31 
December  2023.  However,  we  are  committed  to  establishing  a  resilient,  diverse,  and  responsible 
supply chain. Therefore, by 2024, we will implement sustainable procurement guidelines and launch 
a Sustainable Vendor database by 2025. Additionally, we will enhance our collaboration with local 
diagnostic  service  providers  by  offering  guidance  and  support  to  help  them  meet  international 
sustainability  standards,  building  upon  the  IFC  criteria  screenings  initiated  before  2023.  Further-
more, we will strengthen our efforts by introducing minimum ESG criteria for our suppliers by 2024, 
aligning them with our existing IFC criteria screening system. Evolving from our current supplier 
assessments,  our  goal  is  for  all  suppliers  to  adhere  to  the  minimum  ESG  criteria  established  by 
IDH  by  2026.  Moreover,  we  will  ensure  that  100%  of  newly  contracted  direct  material  expendi-
tures  are  tied  to  contracts  incorporating  social  and  environmental  responsibility  requirements.  

IDH’s operations are not energy nor water-intensive, with less then 2% of total cost of operations 
spent  on  energy  and  water  consumption,  making  it  less  susceptible  to  climate  risks  and  impacts 
related to energy and water supply. In order to tackle policy and reputational risks, IDH has taken 
actions relating to strategy development, sustainability reporting, and GHG quantification, and it has 
put in place appropriate actions for developing practical and feasible decarbonization plans. The 
aim is to have in place fully developed reporting and climate management systems by the end of 
2026. The long-term risks, such as rising sea levels in more susceptible coastal cities and a possible 
suspension of physical activities due to extreme precipitation events, will necessitate an appropriate 
mitigation action plan to be put in place.

82    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     83

 
Performance  |  Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Response Report

Recommended 
Disclosures

Response Status

Recommended 
Disclosures

Response Status

   Risks: The transition and physical risks associated with climate change have been initially identified 
and qualitatively assessed. The following represent the initially identified risks on the short, medium, 
and long terms. 

   Transition  Risks:  The  expected  increase  in  electricity  tariffs  and  fuel  prices,  and  therefore  the 
increase in the expenses associated with energy consumption, represents the most relevant poten-
tial transition risk to IDH over the short term. The expenses associated with energy consumption 
and operational costs in general are expected to increase. However, it is also expected that the tariff 
increase will be gradually introduced to the Egyptian market, thus allowing sufficient time for impact 
mitigation  to  take  place.  Changes  in  Policy  were  the  second  identified  short-term  transition  risk. 
The climate-related disclosure requirements and, accordingly, performance and progress towards 
climate targets, including enhanced emissions-reporting obligations, are increasing significantly. In 
this regard, IDH has started to take multiple steps, including the ESG Committee initiative, sustain-
ability reporting, GHG accounting, and decarbonization. By the end of 2026, the Group will have in 
place a data management and sustainability (and climate) reporting system.

On the medium term, reputational risks will eventually arise if appropriate actions are not taken. How-
ever, it will be mainly affected by the overall ESG performance of the Group. Since IDH has already started 
to put a strategy and an action plan in place and is planning to allocate sufficient and qualified human 
resources in place, this impact has been also identified of low significance. 

   Physical Risks:  Among  the  medium-term  identified  physical  risks  is  the  effects  of  water  scar-
city on operational processes. The long-term risks, such as rising sea levels in more susceptible 
coastal  cities,  such  as  Alexandria  and  Delta,  and  a  possible  reduction/suspension  of  physical 
activities due to extreme precipitation events (storm and flooding), are of high significance and 
will necessitate a mitigation action plan to be put in place. 

   Opportunities: Resource efficiency and access to new markets have been identified as the two main 
climate-related opportunities for IDH. 

   As  described  above,  the  short-term  identified  risks  and  opportunities  were  found  to  be  of 
low  significance  (with  negligible  residual  impacts  after  applying  the  planned  mitigation 
measures).  Starting  in  2024,  and  following  the  full  integration  of  the  ESG  strategy,  the  ESG/
Sustainability  Steering  Committee  will  be  routinely  revisiting  the  initially  identified  climate 
risks  and  reassessing  their  impact  on  a  quarterly  basis  to  take  the  appropriate  mitigation 
actions  when  they  become  of  significant  impact.  This  review  process  will  begin  in  April  2024. 

The following have been identified in the last reporting cycle as the main actions to be taken 
to eliminate the residual impacts and to maximise the identified opportunities over the short 
and medium terms:
•  Develop  a  decarbonization  plan  focused  on  resource  efficiency  in  terms  of  managing  and 

reducing energy and water consumption. 
 Develop a corporate-wide ESG data management and monitoring system. 

• 
•  Enhance ESG and climate disclosures. For the latter, the Group is exploring the possibility of 

disclosing climate data through CDP. 

Since the last reporting cycle, the following have been achieved:

•  A detailed decarbonization plan has been developed. This focused on resource efficiency in 

terms of managing and reducing energy and water consumption.

•  We have developed a corporate-wide GHG data management and monitoring system, and we 
are currently working on extending this system to cover all the essential ESG indicators by 31 
December 2024. 

•  Related  to  climate  disclosures,  we  have  decided  to  postpone  CDP  disclosure  to  April  2025 
(reporting on 2024 activities). By then, we would have a stronger climate management system in 
place and would have covered 100% of our physical boundaries. 

 Strategy a) 
Describe the 
climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities the 
organisation has 
identified over the 
short, medium, 
and long term. 

Compliant

Strategy b) 
Describe the 
impact of 
climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, 
strategy, and 
financial 
planning.

Partially 

Compliant 

– expected 

to be 

compliant 

by 31 Dec 

2026.

   As previously reported, we confirm that we do not expect a significant change to our strategy as 
a result of the initially identified transition climate risks. However, IDH is well-aware that for the 
long-term risks, mostly physical ones, it will be necessary to develop new strategic actions. These 
will be based on climate scenario analysis, which will be done by 2026 and reported upon in 2027 
in order to more clearly understand the impacts of climate-related physical risks on its businesses, 
strategies, and financial performance. Due to the complexity of this analysis, given IDH operates in 
610+ branches across four countries, significant time will be required to collate and then validate 
this data from which our scenario’s will be based. As IDH has never before been required to collate 
or report this data, we have identified initial challenges in obtaining reliable data for all of our opera-
tions and, for this reason, we have, in 2023, employed an external ESG specialist firm to assist IDH's 
management and the Board with this assessment.

   Due to the low risk of climate-related impacts, we did not include a separate process in our 2022 
annual  report.  The  initial  list  of  risks/impacts  has  been  developed  in  2023  and  covered  both 
transition and physical risks. The work also included the development of an impact assessment 
methodology and process tailored to IDH, which covers both physical and transitional risks and 
opportunities. The list of risks and impacts was re-visited, and all risks were re-assessed in Decem-
ber 2023 and their significance confirmed. We plan to revisit the identified list of impacts and redo 
the assessment in December 2024.

   Due to the low risk/opportunities arising from climate change, as noted above, there were no sepa-
rate processes specifically for managing climate-related risks. 
   Going forward, as part of IDH’s new strategy and policy, processes are to be adopted to manage 
climate-related risks, which will therefore be integrated into our business-as-usual processes. These 
will include the below four areas: 
1.  Electricity 
2.  Policies 
3.  Water
4.  Supply chain 

   Plans are set in place to conduct internal capacity building in order to achieve the above. Also, the 
processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are yet to be integrated into 
the organisation’s overall risk management, which is expected to be completed by the end of 2024. 

 Strategy c) 
Describe the 
climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities the 
organisation has 
identified over the 
short, medium, 
and long term. 

Non-

compliant 

– expected 

to be 

compliant 

by 31 Dec 

2026.

Risk Manage-
ment  a) 
Describe the 
organisation’s 
processes for 
identifying and 
assessing climate-
related risks.

Compliant

Risk Manage-
ment  b) 
Describe the 
organisation’s 
processes for 
identifying and 
assessing climate-
related risks.

Partially 

compliant- 

expected 

to be 

compliant 

by 31 Dec 

2026.

Risk Manage-
ment  c) 
Describe the 
organisation’s 
processes for 
identifying and 
assessing climate-
related risks.

Partially 

compliant 

– expected 

to be 

compliant 

by 31 Dec 

2026.

84    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     85

 
Performance  |  Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Response Report

Recommended 
Disclosures

Response Status

Metrics and 
Targets a) 
Disclose the 
metrics used by 
the organisation 
to assess climate-
related risks and 
opportunities 
in line with its 
strategy and risk 
management 
process.

Partially 

compliant 

– expected 

to be 

compliant 

by 31 Dec 

2026.

   In 2023, we are continuing to work with our previously appointed environmental consultancy to 
quantify our GHG emissions, develop our ESG and carbon footprint reports, develop our environ-
mental policies, put in place our decarbonization plan, and monitor the development of our data 
collection system. Our 2022 emissions were reported in our annual Sustainability Report and will 
continue to do so in coming reports. In 2023, we started the planning phase of our sustainability 
management system, designed to streamline data collection by generating reports based on input 
data, eliminating the need to individually contact each department. All relevant sustainability data 
will be included by departments within the system, and reports will be generated in a standardized 
format. Throughout the year, each department will input its data into the system, and reports will 
be generated accordingly. In Phase 1 of implementation in 2024, we will execute this process and 
identify challenges through focal points. To date, the carbon footprint metric (CO2e) is the only met-
ric being identified and used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities. 
The identification process of other metrics will be finalized by 31 December 2026 and reported in 
December 2027.

In 2022, we covered 11% of total operations. In 2023, we increased the coverage to 33%, and we are work-
ing on achieving 100% coverage by 31 December 2026 and reporting in line with TCFD requirements by 
31 December 2027.

Metrics and 
Targets b) 
Disclose Scope 
1, Scope 2, and, 
if appropriate, 
Scope 3 green-
house gas (GHG) 
emissions, and 
the related risks.

Non 

compliant 

– expected 

to be 

compliant 

by 31 Dec 

2026.

Metrics and 
Targets c) 
Describe the tar-
gets used by the 
organisation to 
manage climate 
related-risks and 
opportunities 
and performance 
against targets..

Partially 

compliant 

– expected 

to be 

compliant 

by 31 Dec 

2026.

   As the baseline emissions were quantified in 2022, we enhanced our data collection in 2023. Our 
next step is to adopt science-based climate targets for Scope 1, 2, and 3 GHG emissions starting 
2024. Recognising the significance of setting appropriate targets and metrics, we have set a deadline 
of 31 December 2026 for compliance with the TCFD. This is crucial, as reporting against these tar-
gets will require robust data for both the current and previous years.

86    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     87

Performance

Corporate Social Responsibility

IDH remains steadfast in its commitment to operating 
in  a  manner  that  values  and  maintains  the  intercon-
nection  between  the  growth  of  its  business  and  the 
communities it serves. In its home and largest market, 
Egypt,  IDH  boasts  a  long  history  of  community  work 
and  assistance  through  its  Moamena  Kamel  Founda-
tion. The foundation regularly provides medical assis-
tance,  as  well  as  many  other  services,  to  individuals 
who  cannot  otherwise  afford  it.  In  parallel,  the  Com-
pany  provides  free,  or  heavily  discounted,  diagnostic 
services  to  thousands  of  members  of  the  community 
every year. Throughout its operations, it also collabo-
rates with charitable organisations across the country 
to  provide  medical  services,  nutrition,  and  education 
to  hundreds  of  underprivileged  families,  while  sup-
porting  the  renovation  and  expansion  of  essential 
medical facilities nationwide.

The  Company  is  also  an  active  community  player  in 
its other geographies, hosting medical days in schools, 
associations, and corporations, with the goal of raising 
awareness  on  non-communicable  diseases  and  their 
prevention  methods,  while  promoting  healthy  and 
sustainable  lifestyles.  Biolab,  IDH’s  Jordanian  subsid-
iary, is committed to supporting and initiating several 
programmes that affect real change in the community, 
launching  social  development  programmes,  medical 
days, among several other initiatives. In Nigeria, Echo-
Lab remains dedicated to offering initiatives, including 
health  screenings  in  churches,  local  markets,  and 
colleges  nationwide.  Finally,  in  Sudan,  Ultralab  par-
ticipated in several community outreach programmes, 
providing  medical  services  for  underserved  com-
munities  free  of  charge,  in  addition  to  post-graduate 
educational and training opportunities for youth. It is 
important to note that to safeguard the health of IDH’s 
staff  on  the  ground,  community  outreach  initiatives 
in  Sudan  were  suspended  in  April  2023,  following 
the  start  of  the  ongoing  civil  conflict.  The  Company 

remains  committed  to  resuming  its  community  work 
once conditions on the ground allow for it.

Egypt

Moamena Kamel Foundation
Building on the Company’s guiding principle of provid-
ing leading medical assistance and services, at impec-
cable quality, to its communities, IDH views corporate 
social responsibility (CSR) initiatives as an imperative 
extension of its core operations.

The  Moamena  Kamel  Foundation 
for  Training 
and  Skill  Development  was  founded  in  2006  by  Dr. 
Moamena  Kamel,  Professor  of  Pathology  at  Cairo 
University; founder of IDH subsidiary, Al Mokhtabar 
Labs;  and  mother  of  CEO,  Dr.  Hend  El  Sherbini.  In 
line with its strong commitment to CSR initiatives, the 
Company dedicates up to 1% of the net after-tax profit 
of its subsidiaries, Al Borg and Al-Mokhtabar, to fund 
the  Foundation’s  initiatives.  In  2023,  this  amounted 
to EGP 6.6 million (based on the Group’s net after-tax 
profits for FY 2022), versus EGP 8.9 million in 2022.

The Foundation is primarily focused on impacting the 
lives of the residents of Cairo’s Al Duweiqa community, 
in addition to several other villages across Egypt. This is 
achieved through the implementation of an integrated 
programme  and  vision  that  encompass  economic, 
social, and healthcare development initiatives offering 
several primary services, including:
•  Women’s Empowerment
•  Healthcare
•  Social Development and Inclusion
•  Education
•  Nutrition

Women’s Empowerment

Social Development and Inclusion

Empowerment in “ينمطا صيحفا” – Breast 
Awareness Campaign

Throughout  2023,  IDH  organised  a  total  of  nine  ses-
sions raising awareness, celebrating Women’s Month, 
and  holding  campaigns  during  Breast  Cancer  Detec-
tion Month, in collaboration with Baheya Hospital and 
sponsored by Al Borg Scan.

As  a  result  of  these  initiatives,  the  Company  directly 
impacted  over  270  women  through  its  sessions,  with 
71%  of  those  in  attendance  being  NGO  beneficiaries 
while  an  additional  25%  were  employees  at  different 
companies across Egypt. 

Healthcare

Supporting Kasr El Aini Hospital
Building  on  the  successful  relationship  established  in 
2019,  IDH  and  Al  Kasr  Al  Aini  have  become  integral 
partners, with the hospital representing a large propor-
tion of the Company’s CSR efforts. In 2023, the Company 
focused  its  support  on  the  hospital’s  Kidney  Dialysis 
Unit, providing it with the medical disposables needed 
to  continue  treating  underprivileged  patients  without 
charge. Throughout the year, the Foundation supported 
over 11,500 sessions.

Supporting the National Cancer Institution
One  of  the  largest  specialised  national  institutions 
in  the  country,  the  National  Cancer  Institution,  is  in 
need  of  constant  support  to  continue  caring  for  and 
curing Egypt’s most in-need patients. Throughout the 
year, IDH provided the institution with an anaesthesia 
device to further enhance its capabilities and ensure a 
safer experience for its patients. 

Supporting the Ibrahim Badran Convoys
In an effort to drive positive impacts across some of the 
most underserved and in-need communities in Egypt, 
IDH proudly partnered with the Ibrahim Badran Foun-
dation to provide medical support to remote areas of 
Upper Egypt through the provision of diagnostic tests 
at significantly discounted rates. Throughout the year, 
IDH  supported  in  58  convoys,  conducting  more  than 
6,000 tests and helping in diagnosing and treating the 
area’s  most  prevalent  diseases,  including  anaemia, 
paediatric parasitology, and dermatology.

Other Social Initiatives
•  In  November  2023,  the  Moamena  Kamel  Founda-
tion collaborated with the Egyptian Red Crescent to 
raise  awareness  on  family  relationships,  including 
"Mother  and  Child  Disagreements"  in  the  Al  Sayda 
Eisha  district,  through  a  number  of  sessions  titled, 
“Disagree  without  Violence”.  The  sessions  were 
attended by over 70 members of the community.
•  In  June  2023,  the  Moamena  Kamel  Foundation 
and  Al  Mokhtabar  partnered  with  the  Egyptian 
Ministry of Labour to sponsor the “Safety Forum” 
for  those  in  the  industrial  sector.  The  forum  was 
meant  to  increase  awareness  on  safety  and  occu-
pational  health  among  companies  in  the  health, 
industry and tourism sectors. The forum also saw 
the  introduction  of  Al  Mokhtabar  and  its  Mega 
Lab  as  one  of  the  country’s  leading  examples  of 
occupational safety, adhering to the highest inter-
national safety standards.

88    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     89

Performance  |  Corporate Social Responsibility

Education

“Amaly” Training Programme for Fresh Graduates
The Amaly Programme for Chemists provides a quali-
fied  chemist  programme,  relying  on  both  theoretical 
and practical training, for students of Cairo University’s 
Faculty  of  Agriculture,  specifically  in  the  Arabic  and 
English  Biotechnology  Department.  During  2023,  the 
programme  completed  five  separate  rounds,  benefit-
ting a total of 135 students.

to  “Rest  Assured”,  provides  support  to  female-headed 
households  in  Giza.  In  2023,  the  programme  provided 
households  with  10  months’  worth  of  food  baskets  to 
boost food security, stability, and dietary diversity. In line 
with this project, the Egyptian Food Bank also launched 
an  educational  campaign  to  raise  awareness  about 
healthy  nutrition  practices  to  women.  During  2023,  the 
programme served over 11,000 people across Giza.

Al Kasr Al Aini Session Hall Renovation
During 2023, the Company completed the renovation 
of Al Kasr Al Aini’s Department of Vascular Surgery ses-
sion hall. The hall accommodates a total of 40 students, 
and  it  was  in  need  of  renovation  and  an  equipment 
upgrade to ensure it maintained its ability to effectively 
train  future  medical  experts.  The  Company  provided 
an  ultrasound  machine,  curtains,  an  air  conditioner, 
and 40 student chairs as part of the renovation.

Nutrition

Other Nutrition Initiatives
•  During  2023,  the  Moamena  Kamel  Foundation 
established  a  nutritional  awareness  programme 
for  mothers  and  children,  helping  raise  awareness 
about  proper  nutrition  and  educating  members  of 
the community on preventative measures for malnu-
trition. As part of the initiative, several sessions were 
held in the Sayda Eisha Youth Centre and Al Sherok 
NGO. The sessions were attended by over 65 women.
•  A collaboration with Misr El Kheir Foundation that 
resulted  in  the  distribution  of  3,000  food  boxes, 
with  over  15,000  beneficiaries,  across  the  Greater 
Cairo area.

“Etameny” Project
Launched  by  IDH  in  collaboration  with  the  Egyptian 
Food  Bank,  the  “Etameny”  project,  which  translates 

•  A collaboration with the Egyptian Food Bank for the 
distribution of 4,000 food boxes, with a total reach of 
more than 20,000 beneficiaries, across Upper Egypt.

Jordan
IDH’s  subsidiary,  Biolab,  remains  steadfast  in  its 
support  and  initiation  of  programmes  and  events 
set  to  leave  lasting  impacts  on  the  communities  it 
serves.  These  initiatives  raise  awareness  on  non-
communicable  diseases,  encourage  healthy  lifestyle 
choices, and educate beneficiaries on the importance 
of  preventive  testing  through  well-organised  events 
in collaboration with governmental entities, corpora-
tions, and educational institutions across Jordan.

Healthcare

Community Events
Biolab organises several community events through-
out  the  year,  centred  around  promoting  healthy 
lifestyles  and  increasing  community  engagement. 
As  part  of  these  events,  the  Company  distributes 
pamphlets  encouraging  preventive  examinations 
and sharing information on healthy lifestyle choices. 
Biolab also offered discounted Inbody free tests dur-
ing the community event, reaching over 200 benefi-
ciaries in total.

Health Awareness Days and Bazaars
Delivering on its commitment to giving back to the com-
munity, Biolab organises several health awareness days 
around the country, offering haemoglobin and glucose 
tests to members of the community. Throughout 2023, 
the Company organised several health awareness days, 
in  partnership  with  the  Ministry  of  Health  (MoH), 
several leading universities and schools in Jordan, and 
leading medical associations in the country. In addition 
to  haemoglobin  and  glucose  tests,  Biolab  also  distrib-
uted vouchers granting discounts on Inbody free tests. 
The events reached over 400 beneficiaries in total.

Medical Days and Corporate Health Fairs
Throughout  the  year,  Biolab  participated  in  corporate 
medical days and health fairs in partnership with Amazon 
and the US embassy, encouraging preventive testing and 
raising awareness about non-communicable diseases to 
employees. Throughout the events, the Company distrib-
uted vouchers for discounted testing, reaching approxi-
mately 250 employees across the two events.

90    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     91

02

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

92    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     93

7Experienced professionals on IDH’s Board5Non-Executive Board MembersCorporate Governance

Corporate Governance

Board of Directors
As  at  31  December  2023,  IDH’s  Board  of  Directors  is 
comprised  of  five  non-executive  members,  includ-
ing  the  non-executive  chairman  and  one  executive 
director,  all  of  whom  offer  significant  experience  in 
the healthcare market, MENA region, and investment 

activities.  On  18  January  2024,  the  Board  appointed 
Sherif  El  Zeiny  as  an  Executive  Director,  Group 
Financial  Officer,  and  Vice  President  of  Finance  and 
Strategies.

Lord St John of Blesto (Age 66) 
Non-Executive Chairman and Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini  (Age 55) 
Group Chief Executive Officer 

Sherif El Zeiny (Age 60) 
Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive 
Director

Hussein Choucri (Age 73) 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee

Lord St John has been an active Crossbench member 
of the House of Lords, UK Parliament, since 1978. He 
serves  on  the  boards  of  several  listed  and  unlisted 
companies,  including  Yellow  Cake  plc,  Smithson 
Investment Trust plc, Gulf Marine Services plc, Strand 
Hanson  Ltd,  Airport  Holdings  Mauritius,  Kneoworld 
UK  Limited,  and  GMS  Resources  Limited.  He  also 
holds  mentoring  advisory  roles  with  Farrant  Group 
Ltd., Qredo Ltd., BetWay Ltd., Geobear Ltd, and ROC 
Technologies Ltd. Lord St John has a strong interest in 
the charitable sector and serves as a trustee to several 
charities  focused  on  wildlife  conservation,  poverty 
reduction,  education,  and  healthcare.  He  graduated 
with a BA in Law and BSocSc in Psychology from Cape 
Town University, a BProc from the University of South 
Africa,  and  Masters  of  Law  (LLM)  from  the  London 
School  of  Economics.  He  practised  as  an  attorney 
before  his  25-year  career  in  financial  services  in  the 
City of London. 

Dr. Hend has been IDH Group’s Chief Executive Officer 
since 2012 and, prior to that, served as the CEO of Al 
Mokhtabar  –  Egypt’s  oldest  brand  –  between  2004 
and  2012.  She  received  her  MBBCh  and  her  Master’s 
degree in Clinical and Chemical Pathology from Cairo 
University in the early 1990s, and she also holds a Mas-
ter’s degree in Public Health from Emory University in 
Atlanta. Dr. Hend completed her PhD in Immunology 
from Cairo University in 2000, where she is also a pro-
fessor  of  clinical  pathology  at  the  university’s  Faculty 
of Medicine. She sits on the Board of American Society 
of Clinical Pathology (Egypt) and consults on the inter-
national certification process. Dr. Hend completed an 
Executive  MBA  from  the  London  Business  School  in 
2015 and was featured as one of Forbes' most powerful 
women between 2016 and 2023. 

Mr.  El  Zeiny  is  a  certified  Board  Director  and  Execu-
tive  Partner  with  over  three  decades  of  experience  in 
financial  management,  business  leadership,  and  cor-
porate  strategy.  He  currently  serves  as  Vice  President 
and Group Chief Financial Officer at IDH. Throughout 
his  career,  he  has  filled  several  executive  positions  in 
various  leading  regional  and  international  corpora-
tions, most recently serving as Vice President and Chief 
Financial  Officer  at  Elsewedy  Electric  Group.  Prior  to 
Elsewedy  Electric  Group,  he  held  several  positions  at 
Mentor  Graphics  MENA  (currently  Motor  Siemens), 
NCR  Egypt,  Siemens  Egypt’s  Energy  and  Automation 
Division, and General Motors Egypt. Mr. El Zeiny holds 
an  MBA  from  the  City  University  of  Seattle,  a  Non-
Executive Director Diploma from the Financial Times, 
and a BA in Accounting from Cairo University.

Mr. Choucri is the Chairman and Managing Director 
of HC Securities and Investment, which he established 
in May 1996. He currently sits on the boards of EDITA 
Food  Industries  S.A.E,  Fawry  Banking  and  Payment 
Technology  Services  Ltd.  (Fawry),  and  the  Egyptian 
Center  for  Economic  Studies  (ECES).  Mr.  Choucri 
served  as  the  Managing  Director  of  Morgan  Stanley 
from 1987 to 1993 and served as Advisory Director at 
Morgan  Stanley  from  1993  to  2007.  He  received  his 
Management Diploma from The American University 
in Cairo in 1978.

94    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     95

Corporate Governance  |  Board of Directors

Dan Olsson  (Age 58) 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the 
Audit Committee 

Richard Henry Phillips (Age 59) 
Non-Executive Director 

Mr.  Olsson  has  long  and  extensive  international 
experience in the diagnostic and healthcare services 
sector,  where  he  has  served  in  a  range  of  executive 
positions — among others, as head of diagnostics in 
the  pan-European  healthcare  group  Capio;  CEO  of 
Unilabs,  a  pan-European  diagnostic  provider;  and 
CEO  of  Helsa,  a  Swedish  healthcare  group.  He  cur-
rently  works  as  an  independent  advisor  and  holds 
non-executive positions  at Purch AB  and  Ambea  AB 
(Publ). Mr. Olsson has worked in the healthcare sec-
tor  since  1999.  Mr.  Olsson  studied  Economics  at  the 
University of Lund in Sweden.

Mr.  Phillips  is  a  founding  partner  of  Actis  LLP,  the 
emerging markets private equity group. As Actis LLP is 
one of the Company’s major shareholders, Mr. Phillips 
is not considered by the Board as being independent. 
He is the Head of Private Equity for Actis and is a mem-
ber  of  the  Actis  Investment  Committee.  Mr.  Phillips 
is a director on the board of a number of companies, 
including  Honoris  United  Universities,  GHL  Plc.,  Les 
Laboratories Medis SA, and others. Mr. Phillips holds a 
degree in Economics from the University of Exeter.

Yvonne Stillhart  (Age 56) 
Independent Non-Executive Director  

Ms.  Stillhart  is  a  seasoned  Non-Executive  Director, 
bringing  nearly  two  decades  of  extensive  board-level 
leadership experience in both listed and private enti-
ties  across  Europe,  the  Middle  East,  and  Africa.  Ms. 
Stillhart holds positions as a Board Member, contrib-
uting her expertise to the Audit and Risk Committees 
at UBS Asset Management Switzerland Ltd, Aberdeen 
Private Equity Opportunities Trust Plc., and serves as 
the  Board  Chairperson  at  EPE  Capital  Ltd.  In  Senior 
Executive capacities, she co-founded and held execu-
tive  leadership  responsibilities  at  a  leading  private 
equity  manager  in  Switzerland.  Her  proficiency  in 
investment  and  finance  expertise,  proactive  risk 
management,  and  digital  expertise  were  integral  in 
transforming  growth-driven  companies  in  a  sustain-
able  manner.  Her  qualifications  include  a  Directors' 
Certificate from Harvard Business School, a Qualified 
Risk  Director  accreditation  from  the  DCRO  Institute, 
and  the  ESG  Competent  Boards  Certificate.  Ms.  Still-
hart is fluent in German, English, Spanish, and French.

96    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     97

Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance Report

The  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  is  responsible  for 
providing  strong  leadership  and  effective  decision-
making,  safeguarding  in  the  process  the  interests  of  all 
shareholders of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings. Under 
my chairmanship, the Board has maintained an unwav-
ering commitment to providing oversight and guidance 
to senior management as the Group continues to execute 
its regional growth strategy. 

IDH is a Jersey-registered entity with a Standard List-
ing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange 
(LSE)  since  May  2015  and  a  secondary  listing  on  the 
Egyptian Stock Exchange (EGX) since May 2021. 

Given the Company’s standard listing on the LSE, it is 
not  required  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the 
2018  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  (the  “Code”) 
as  issued  by  the  Financial  Reporting  Council.  During 
the year to 31 December 2023, the Board continued to 
work  towards  a  robust  governance  framework  where 
appropriate and applicable to IDH’s circumstances.

We  are  compliant  with  Financial  Conduct  Authority 
Disclosure  Guidance  and  Transparency  Rules  (DTR) 
subchapters  7.1  and  7.2,  which  set  out  certain  man-
datory  disclosures:  7.1  concerns  audit  committees 
and bodies carrying out equivalent functions, and 7.2 
concerns  corporate  governance  standards  that  are 
included in the Directors Report or, in this case, as part 
of the Strategic Review (DTR 7.2.1). 

To  that  end,  we  have  an  Audit  Committee  as  well  as 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees. The Board 
may  establish  additional  committees  as  appropriate 
going forward. This Annual Report includes reports from 
the Audit, Remuneration, and Nomination Committees. 

Moreover, over the course of the past year, IDH has worked 
on complying with EGX listing rules and UK listing rules, 
in  addition  to  the  corporate  governance  requirements 
that are set for foreign companies with dual listing. 

The  Board  is  committed  to  implementing  best  practices 
in  corporate  governance,  calling  on  both  the  expertise  of 
individual Directors and that of outside parties, including 
legal counsel and global professional services firms.

Functioning of the Board 
The  Board  met  five  times  during  the  course  of  2023. 
Details of the individual Directors’ attendance is shown 
on  page  100.  The  Board  has  invested  significant  time 
discussing and evaluating the Group’s strategy and pros-
pects for future growth and has held a separate strategy 
day during the year, the outcome of which is presented 
in our statement of strategy on page 54. We are confident 
that we have in place the right strategy and management 
team to deliver shareholder returns going forward. 

Board Skills and Composition 
Under its Articles of Association, the Group must have a 
minimum of two Directors. While there is no maximum 
number  of  Directors,  the  Board  presently  comprises 
seven Board members. Sherif El Zeiny joined the Board 
as Group Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of 
Finance  and  Strategies  in  January  2024.  Mr.  El  Zeiny’s 
extensive  experience  in  financial  management  and 
business leadership, coupled with his proven tenure in 
transforming businesses into regional leaders, provides 
significant added value to the Board of Directors.

As  at  31  December  2023,  our  Board  comprised  four 
Non-Executive Directors, one Executive Director, and 
the  Chair  who  was  independent  upon  appointment. 
Together, the Directors offer IDH a world standard mix 
of expertise in areas that include strategy, finance, and 
medical  diagnostics,  as  well  as  diverse  experience  in 
Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. We have relevant 
commercial  and  technical  experience  to  help  direct 
the Group as it delivers on its strategy in a very techni-
cal field and across rapidly changing geographies. The 
Board and their biographies are set out on pages 94 to 
97  of  this  Annual  Report  and  are  summarised  in  the 
following table.

Board of Directors of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings Plc

Name

Position (Date of Appointment)

Lord St John of Bletso

Non-Executive Chairman (12 January 2015)

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini

Executive Director, Group Chief Executive Officer (23 December 2014)

Hussein Choucri

Non-Executive Director (12 January 2015)

Dan Olsson

Non-Executive Director (12 January 2015)

Richard Henry Phillips

Non-Executive Director (23 December 2014)

Yvonne Stillhart

Sherif El Zeiny

Independent Non-Executive Director (1 March 2022)

Executive Director, Group Chief Financial Officer (18 January 2024)

Leadership 
We continue to operate on the basis of a clear division of 
responsibilities  between  the  role  of  the  Chairman  and 
that of the Group Chief Executive. The Board continues to 
believe that this segregation of roles remains appropriate, 
taking into account the size and structure of the Group. 

efficiently run, allowing all Directors to openly and con-
structively challenge the proposals made by the Group’s 
senior management. I am pleased to report that through-
out the year, each Director has properly exercised those 
powers with which they have been vested by the Group’s 
Articles of Association and relevant laws.

As Chairman, I ensure that the Board is effective in the 
execution of all aspects of its role. The Group Chief Execu-
tive Officer, meanwhile, is responsible for managing the 
day-to-day  running  of  the  business.  In  this,  she  is  sup-
ported by a senior management team. The Group Chief 
Executive  and  I  have  a  good  working  relationship  and 
discuss matters of Group strategy and performance on a 
regular basis. We also work together to ensure that Board 
meetings  cover  relevant  matters,  including  a  quarterly 
review of financial and operational performance (includ-
ing key performance indicators), and in partnership with 
the Group Secretary ensure that all Directors:
•  are kept advised of key developments;
•  receive accurate, timely, and clear information upon 
which to call in the execution of their duties; and
•  actively participate in the decision-making process. 

Agendas  for  meetings  of  the  Board  are  reviewed  and 
agreed upon in advance to ensure each Board meeting is 

The  Board  operates  under  a  Schedule  of  Matters 
Reserved, which is annually reviewed. Matters reserved 
to the Board means any decision that may affect the over-
all direction, supervision, and management of the Group, 
including, but not limited to: 
•  approving  annually  a  strategic  plan  and  objectives 

for the following year for the Group;

•  approving any decision to cease to operate all or any 
material part of the Group’s business or to enter into 
any new business or geographic areas;

•  monitoring  the  delivery  of  the  Group’s  strategy, 

objectives, business plan, and budget;

•  adopting or amending the Group’s business plan or 

annual budget;

•  approving  the  Group’s  annual  report  and  accounts 
and  quarterly  financial  statements  and/or  any 
change in the accounting principles or tax policies of 
any member of the IDH group and/or any change in 
the  end  of  the  financial  year  of  any  member  of  the 

98    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     99

Corporate Governance  |  Corporate Governance Report

IDH group, except as contemplated by the business 
plan or annual budget, as required by law, or to com-
ply with a new accounting standard;

•  any  member  of  the  IDH  group  declaring  or  paying 

any dividend or distribution;

Apart  from  these  reserved  matters,  the  Board  delegates 
specific  items  to  its  principal  committees,  namely  the 
committees  on  Audit,  Remuneration,  and  Nomination. 
Each committee is authorised to seek any information it 
requires from senior management. 

•  approving  the  issue  of  all  circulars,  prospectuses, 
listing  particulars,  and  general  meeting  notices  to 
shareholders of the Group;

•  ensuring the Group has effective systems of internal 
control and risk management in place by (i) approv-
ing  the  Group’s  risk  appetite  statements  and  (ii) 
approving policies and procedures for the detection 
of fraud, the prevention of bribery, and other areas 
considered by the Board to be material;

•  undertaking an annual review of the effectiveness of 
the  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control 
and reporting on that review in the Group’s annual 
report. The review should cover all controls, includ-
ing  financial,  operational,  and  compliance  controls 
and risk management;

•  carrying  out  a  robust  assessment  of  the  principal 
risks facing the Group, including those that threaten 
its business, future performance, solvency, or liquid-
ity and to report on such assessment in the Group’s 
annual report; and

•  adopting  or  amending  the  Group’s  environmental 

policy and monitoring its delivery; and

•  reviewing the Group’s overall corporate governance 
arrangements and approving any changes thereto.

A  summary  of  the  Board’s  committees  are  set  out  from 
page  101.  Reports  from  the  Chairmen  of  the  Audit, 
Remuneration,  and  nomination  committees  appear 
starting  pages  104,  108,  and  110  of  this  Annual  Report, 
respectively.

Board Meetings During 2023 
The Board met five times during the year, one of which 
was  held  on  an  ad  hoc  basis  to  consider  the  Group’s 
Budget.  Details  on  our  Directors’  attendance  at  Board 
and committee meetings are shown in the table below. In 
the event that any Director is unable to attend a meeting 
of the Board or committee of which they are a member, 
he or she receives the necessary papers, including agen-
das,  meeting  outcomes,  and  any  documents  presented 
for  review  or  information.  Furthermore,  I  endeavour 
to  discuss  with  them  in  advance  of  the  meeting  to 
obtain their views and decisions on the proposals to be 
considered.  Prior  to  Board  meetings,  all  Non-Executive 
Directors  meet  either  by  themselves,  together  with  the 
CEO, or with the entire Board. This time is usefully spent 
enabling  Board  members to build  rapport, share views, 
and consider issues impacting the company, resulting in 
improved board dynamics and better decision-making.

Table of Director Attendance at 2023 Meetings

Name

Board

Audit (a)

Remuneration (c)

Nomination 

Number of Meetings

Directors:

Lord St John of Bletso

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini

Hussein Choucri

Dan Olsson

Richard Henry Phillips

Yvonne Stillhart 

Sherif El Zeiny*

* Sherif El Zeiny was appointed on 18 January 2024.

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

n/a

7

n/a

n/a

7

7

n/a

7

n/a

1

n/a

n/a

1

1

n/a

1

n/a

2

2

n/a

2

2

n/a

n/a

n/a

Board Effectiveness
Having  spent  considerable  time  in  both  formal  meet-
ings  and  in  learning  about  the  skills  of  our  Directors 
one-on-one — and drawing on my past experience as a 
Director — I am confident that the Board has the skills, 
talent,  and  industry  knowledge  it  needs  to  effectively 
deliver the Group’s agreed strategy. The Board, facilitated 
by  the  Company  Secretary,  carries  out  regular  internal 
evaluations and considers the feedback from each Direc-
tor  in  setting  the  agenda  and  strategic  direction  of  the 
Company.  In  addition,  training  requirements  for  each 
Director are considered, and the Board receives regular 
updates from the Company Secretary or specific training 
from external legal counsel as deemed appropriate.

It  is  my  considered  judgement  that  the  Board  receives 
from  senior  management  sufficiently  detailed  budgets, 
forecasts, strategy proposals, reviews of the Group’s finan-
cial position and operating performance, and annual and 
half yearly reports to ensure that it may be effective. This 
enables us to effectively ask questions of senior manage-
ment  and  to  hold  discussions  on  the  Group’s  strategy 
and performance. In 2023, senior management delivered 
regular reports to the Board ahead of regularly scheduled 
Board meetings. 

Any concerns raised by Directors are clearly recorded 
in  the  minutes  of  each  meeting.  I  review  Board  min-
utes in my capacity as Chairman before these minutes 
are circulated to all Directors in attendance and then 
tabled for approval at the next meeting, at which time 
any necessary amendments are made. 

The  Group  has  obtained  customary  directors’  and  offi-
cers’  indemnity  insurance,  covering  the  Chairman  and 
the Non-Executive Directors. 

The Board has delegated several areas of responsibility to 
its committees. The composition of the Board’s commit-
tees was considered during the year.

Audit Committee 
The  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  overseeing 
IDH’s  internal  financial  reporting  and  ensuring  the 
integrity of the Group’s financial statements. The Com-
mittee  is  also  responsible  for  reviewing  and  monitor-
ing  the  effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  risk  management 
processes and internal controls, as well as for ensuring 
that audit processes are robust. 

At the date of this report, the following were the members of the Audit Committee:

Name

Dan Olsson

Hussein Choucri

Yvonne Stillhart

Nomination 

Chairman of the Committee

Committee Member

Committee Member

More information on the Audit Committee is available in the Audit Committee Report on page 104 of this report.

Remuneration Committee
The  Remuneration  Committee  is  responsible  for  the  remuneration  for  the  services  rendered  by  Directors  and 
select members of senior management. 

At the date of this report, the following were members of the Remuneration Committee:

Name

Hussein Choucri 

Dan Olsson

Yvonne Stillhart

Nomination 

Chairman of the Committee

Committee Member

Committee Member

100    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     101

information  necessary  for  shareholders  to  assess 
the Group’s position, performance, business model, 
and strategy.

Lord St John of Bletso 
Chairman 
27 March 2024

Corporate Governance  |  Corporate Governance Report

More information on the Remuneration Committee is available in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 
108 of this report.

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee assists the Board in reviewing the structure, size, and composition of the Board. It is 
also responsible for reviewing succession plans for the Directors, including the Chairman and Chief Executive and 
other senior management.

Committee composition
The Nomination Committee comprises the below members:

Name

Lord St John of Bletso

Hussein Choucri

Dan Olsson

Nomination 

Chairman of the Committee

Committee Member

Committee Member

The Nomination Committee comprises Non-Executive 
Directors. 

More  information  on  the  Nomination  Committee  is 
available  in  the  Nomination  Committee  Report  on 
page 110 of this report.

Investor Relations 
Engagement  with  shareholders  continues  to  be  a  key 
function at both the senior management and the Board 
levels. Our investor relations function held hundreds of 
meetings  with  current  and  potential  investors  during 
the course of the year. Management met with investors 
at several investor conferences and roadshows during 
2023, in addition to handling hundreds of one-on-one 
call requests and queries throughout the year. 

In  2023,  we  published  three-month,  half-year,  and 
nine-month  reviewed  results,  in  addition  to  audited 
full-year results, and further released a trading update 
on performance at the three-month periods. We intend 
to  continue  publishing  reviewed  results  for  the  first-, 
second-, and third-quarter marks in 2024 to abide by 
the Egyptian Exchange’s listing rules. 

The  Board  communicates  with  shareholders  through 
public  announcements  disseminated  via  the  London 
Stock  Exchange,  analyst  briefings,  roadshows,  and 
press interviews. Copies of public announcements and 
financial results are published on the Group’s website, 
along with a number of other investor relations tools. It 
is worth highlighting that the Group launched new cor-
porate and investor relations websites in 2018, offering 
more  comprehensive  and  better  structured  informa-
tion on the Group, along with additional shareholder 
tools and a richer interface. 

The  Board  receives  regular  updates  from  the  senior 
management team on the views of major shareholders 
and on milestones in the investor relations programme. 
We will continue throughout 2024 to grow our investor 
relations  programme  to  ensure  that  our  shareholders 
and stakeholders remain informed of the Group’s strat-
egy and ongoing financial and business performance.

On this note, I would like to announce that in Janu-
ary  2024,  we  welcomed  Tarek  Yehia  as  IDH’s  new 
Director of Investor Relations. Tarek brings with him 
a wealth of experience in investor relations, commu-
nications, and corporate finance, spanning nearly 15 

years.  Previously,  he  held  senior  investor  relations 
positions  in  several  of  Egypt’s  forefront  companies. 
I am confident that Tarek’s unique experiences will 
prove  extremely  valuable  in  furthering  our  investor 
relations  programme,  ensuring  timely  communica-
tion of our results and strengthening the Company’s 
relationship with its shareholders.

Annual General Meeting
We  will  hold  our  eighth  Annual  General  Meeting 
as  a  listed  company  on  29  May  2024  in  London, 
UK.  Details  of  the  AGM  are  included  in  the  Notice 
of  Meeting  that  accompanies  this  Annual  Report 
and  which  is  available  on  our  website.  At  the 
AGM,  all  of  the  Group’s  Directors  will  retire  and 
submit  themselves  for  re-election.  The  outcome 
of  the  voting  at  the  AGM  will  be  announced 
by  way  of  London/Egypt 
Stock  Exchange 
announcements,  and  full  details  will  be  published 

on  the  Company’s  website  shortly  after  the  AGM.

Fair, Balanced, and Understandable
The  Board  recognises  its  duty  to  ensure  that  the 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced, and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the  performance,  strategy,  and  business  model  of 
the Group. The Board has placed reliance on the fol-
lowing  to  form  this  opinion:  The  process  by  which 
the Annual Report and Accounts 2023 was prepared, 
including detailed project planning and a compre-
hensive  review  process.  The  review  of  the  Annual 
Report and Accounts 2023 by the Committee, plac-
ing  reliance  on  the  experience  of  the  Committee 
members. Reports prepared by senior management 
regarding  critical  accounting  judgements  and  sig-
nificant accounting policies. Discussions with, and 
reports  prepared  by,  the  external  auditor.  Regular 
financial information received throughout the year, 
including  monthly  KPIs  reports.  As  detailed  in  the 
Directors’  responsibility  statement  on  page  116, 
each of the Directors has confirmed that, to the best 
of  each  person’s  knowledge  and  belief,  the  Annual 
Report and Accounts 2023, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced,  and  understandable  and  provides  the 

102    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     103

Corporate Governance

Audit Committee Report

Council. The Committee has also been actively working 
to ensure IDH’s financial reporting complies with EGX 
rules  and  requirements  set  out  for  foreign  companies 
with a dual listing.

During 2023, the Audit Committee met seven (7) times. 
The  Committee  members  reviewed  the  integrity  and 
content of external financial reporting, risk management, 
and  internal  controls  and  reported  the  findings  and 
recommendations  to  the  Board.  Outside  of  scheduled 
meetings,  the  Audit  Committee  also  communicated 
regularly throughout 2023 with the Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Vice President of Finance and Strategies, as 
well  as  the  external  auditors.  The  external  auditors  are 
invited to attend meetings of the Committee on a regular 
basis. The Group Chief Financial Officer and Vice Presi-
dent of Finance and Strategies, who is a member of the 
Board, also attends the meetings, and other members of 
the  senior  management  team  attend  as  required;  these 
include the Director of Investor Relations, the Chief Inter-
nal Audit Director, and the Group Secretary. 

There  are  also  private  meetings  between  the  Audit 
Committee and the external auditors outside the audit 
timetable at which senior management is not present. 
The Committee will continue with the practice of meet-
ing in private with the external auditors in the future.

FRC Audit Quality Review 
The FRC is the UK’s independent regulator responsible 
for  promoting  high-quality  corporate  governance  and 
reporting  to  foster  investment.  The  FRC’s  responsibili-
ties include independent monitoring of audits of listed 
and certain other public interest entities performed by 
firms registered to conduct audits in the UK by a Rec-
ognised Supervisory Body (further details are set out on 
the FRC’s website). This monitoring is performed by the 
FRC’s Audit Quality Review (AQR) team. The reviews of 
individual audit engagements are intended to contrib-
ute to safeguarding and promoting improvement in the 
overall quality of auditing in the UK. 

Dan Olsson
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

I  am  pleased  to  present  the  Audit  Committee  report 
for  the  year  ended  31  December  2023. This  report  is 
intended to provide shareholders with an insight in to 
how key topics were considered during the year, the 
activities  of  the  committee  and  how  the  committee 
discharged its responsibilities in 2023. 

The  Audit  Committee  will  meet  not  less  than  three 
times  a  year.  The  Audit  Committee  comprises  three 
Non-Executive  Directors  who  hold  the  necessary 
competence  in  accounting  and/or  auditing,  recent 
financial  experience,  and  have  competence  relevant 
to the sector in which the Group is operating.

In addition to myself as Chair of the Committee, Hus-
sein Choucri and Yvonne Stillhart are also members of 
the  Committee.  The  Committee  as  a  whole  considers 
it  has  the  relevant  financial  experience  in  financial 
and healthcare industry matters to carry out its duties 
with  the  appropriate  knowledge  and  challenge  as  set 
out  under  the  2018  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code 
(“the  Code”)  as  issued  by  the  Financial  Reporting 

During the year, we were informed that the Financial 
Reporting Council (FRC) had selected the audit of IDH 
plc’s December 2022 Annual Report and Accounts for 
review by its AQR team as part of their routine sampling 
activity. Audit quality review is undertaken by the FRC 
as part of its annual inspection of audit firms. The FRC 
review considered the audit of key areas of judgement 
and estimation, including the application of key judge-
ment  and  assumptions  for  the  expected  credit  loss 
model,  the  audit  of  revenue,  and  the  involvement  of 
the Group auditor in the component audits. The review 
did not highlight any areas for improvement.

Roles and Duties of the Audit 
Committee 
The Audit Committee’s role is to assist the Board with 
the discharge of its responsibilities in relation to finan-
cial reporting, including:
•  reviewing the Group’s annual and half-year financial 

statements and quarterly financial statements;

•  reviewing the Group’s accounting policies and inter-

nal and external audits and controls;

•  reviewing  and  monitoring  the  scope  of  the  annual 
audit  and  the  extent  of  the  non-audit  work  under-
taken by external auditors;

•  advising  on  the  appointment  of  external  auditors 
and reviewing the effectiveness of the internal audit, 
internal controls, whistleblowing, and fraud systems 
in place within the Group; 

•  ensuring that the quality of information on sustainabil-
ity factors, including on climate change, is comparable 
and meets the standards of financial information.

•  Oversee the Group's cybersecurity strategy ensuring it 
is regularly updated and systematically adhered to.

The  Board  has  ultimate  responsibility  for  the  Group’s 
internal  controls;  however,  they  have  delegated 
oversight  of  the  Group’s  system  of  internal  controls 
to  the  Audit  Committee  so  as  to  safeguard  the  assets 
of  the  Group  and  the  interests  of  shareholders.  The 
Audit Committee thus reviews the effectiveness of the 

Group’s internal controls on an ongoing basis to ensure 
the  keeping  of  proper  accounting  records,  safeguard-
ing  the  assets  of  the  Group,  and  detecting  fraud  and 
other irregularities. The Audit Committee reports back 
to the Board with its findings and recommendations. 

The  Board  has,  accordingly,  established  that  the 
Group has in place internal controls to manage risk, 
including:
•  the  identification  and  management  of  risk  at  the 
level  of  operating  departments  by  the  heads  of 
those departments; and

•  regular  Board-level  discussions  of  the  major  busi-
ness  risks  of  the  Group,  together  with  measures 
being taken to contain and mitigate those risks. 

The  Group’s  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  and 
mitigation for them are set out on pages 56–63 of this 
Annual Report. 

The  Board  has  furthermore  put  in  place  a  control 
framework at the Group level that applies to all sub-
sidiaries, including:
•  board  approval  of  the  overall  Group  budget  and 

strategic plans;

•  a  clear  organisational  structure  delineating  lines 
reporting 

responsibility,  authorities,  and 

of 
requirements;

•  defined expenditure authorisation levels;
•  a  regular  process  for  operational  reviews  at  the 
senior management level on a weekly, monthly, and 
quarterly basis, covering all aspects of the business;
•  a  strategic  planning  process  that  defines  the  key 
steps  senior  management  must  take  to  deliver  on 
the Group’s long-term strategy;

•  a  comprehensive  system  of  financial  reporting, 
including  weekly  flash  reports  to  management, 
monthly reporting to management, and an annual 
budget process involving both senior management 
and  the  Board  —  the  Board  received  reports  on  a 
quarterly basis in 2023; and 

104    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     105

Corporate Governance  |  Audit Committee Report

•  as  part  of  the  reporting  process  in  2023,  manage-
ment  reviewed  monthly  and  year-to-date  actual 
results  against  the  prior  year,  against  budget,  and 
against  forecast.  Any  significant  changes  and 
adverse variances are reviewed by the Group Chief 

Executive  and  by  senior  management,  and  reme-
dial action is taken where appropriate.

Audit Committee Meetings During 2023
During 2023, the Audit Committee had seven (7) scheduled meetings. At each scheduled meeting, the Committee 
considered the matters outlined above under the subheading “Roles and Duties of the Audit Committee”.

Committee Member

Meeting Attended

Dan Olsson

Hussein Choucri

Yvonne Stillhart

7

7

7

Significant Issues 
The Audit Committee held regular meetings across the 
period  with  the  external  auditors.  In  these  meetings, 
the  external  auditors  presented  their  audit  plan  and 
shared  their  assessment  of  financial  statement  risks. 
Areas  of  risk  and  focus  for  the  audit  include  revenue 
recognition, procedures around management override 
of controls, assessments of control over our subsidiar-
ies,  and  valuations  of  options  over  non-controlling 
interests.  Detailed  discussions  were  held  around  cor-
porate governance and steps being taken to strengthen 
the control environment.

During  the  year,  the  Audit  Committee,  external  audi-
tors, and IDH’s management team agreed to record an 
NGN 18 million impairment expense in goodwill and 
assets in Nigeria, accounting for economic volatility in 
the  country  and  the  anticipation  of  continued  head-
winds into 2024. Meanwhile, IDH’s management team 
in Nigeria continues to assess the impacts of economic 
downturns  in  the  country,  putting  in  place  strategies 
for  price  increases  to  counteract  persistent  inflation 
while  prioritising  patient  retention  and  operational 
expansion in the country.

Internal Auditor
The scope of the internal auditor encompasses, but is not 
limited to, the examination and evaluation of the adequacy 
and effectiveness of the Group’s governance, risk manage-
ment, and internal controls, as well as the quality of perfor-
mance in carrying out assigned responsibilities to achieve 
the Group’s stated goals and objectives. This includes: 
•  Evaluating risk exposure relating to the achievement of 

the Group’s strategic objectives. 

•  Evaluating  the  reliability  and  integrity  of  information 
and the means used to identify, measure, classify, and 
report such information. 

•  Evaluating  the  systems  established  to  ensure  compli-
ance  with  those  policies,  plans,  procedures,  laws,  and 
regulations,  which  could  have  a  significant  impact  on 
the Group. 

•  Evaluating  the  means  of  safeguarding  assets  and,  as 

appropriate, verifying the existence of such assets. 
•  Monitoring and evaluating governance processes. 
•  Reporting  periodically  on  the  internal  audit  activity’s 
purpose,  authority,  responsibility,  and  performance 
relative to its plan. 

•  Reporting significant risk exposures and control issues, 
including  fraud  risks,  governance  issues,  and  other 
matters  needed  or  requested  by  the  Board/Audit 
Committee.

Recommendation 
Ultimately,  it  is  the  Board’s  responsibility  to  review 
and  approve  the  Group’s  full-year  and  half-year 
financial  statements,  as  well  as  to  determine  that, 
taken  as  a  whole,  the  Annual  Report  is  balanced, 
understandable and provides the information neces-
sary  for  shareholders  to  assess  the  Group’s  position 
and performance, business model, and strategy. It is 
the Audit Committee’s role to assist the Board in dis-
charging its responsibilities with regards to financial 
reporting, as well as external and internal audits and 
controls. Following a review of the process around the 
annual  audit  and  the  content  of  the  financial  state-
ments, the Audit Committee advised the Board at its 
meeting on 25 March 2024 that it is their opinion that 
the financial statements as at 31 December 2023 pro-
vide a true and fair view of the financial performance 
of  the  Group  and  recommend  that  it  be  adopted  by 
the  Board  and  recommended  to  shareholders  for 
approval at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Dan Olsson
Chairman, Audit Committee 
27 March 2024

The  Internal  Auditor  reports  to  the  Audit  Commit-
tee,  and  the  Committee  received  four  reports  on  the 
findings of the internal audit in 2023. The Committee 
also received a report from the Internal Audit on their 
annual review of the system of internal control and risk 
management.  The  Committee  continues  to  monitor 
and  review  the  effectiveness  and  capabilities  of  the 
Internal Audit during the year.

External Auditor Independence 
PwC has acted as the Group’s external auditor through-
out the year. The auditors’ independence was consid-
ered by the Committee during the year and, following 
careful  consideration,  it  was  agreed  that  the  auditors 
remained independent. 

The  Audit  Committee  reviewed  the  work  completed 
by  the  external  auditors.  The  Audit  Committee  con-
firms that during 2023, PwC audit services amounted 
to  EGP  65.0  million  (2022:  EGP  38.4  million).  The 
external  auditors'  fees  include  those  related  to  the 
dual-listing  of  IDH’s  shares  on  both  the  LSE  and 
the  EGX,  which  necessitates  the  publishing  of  three 
reviewed financial statements for 1Q, 2Q, and 3Q, in 
addition  to  audited  financial  statements  for  the  full 
year in consolidated and standalone forms.

Non-audit fees paid during 2023 amounted to EGP 0.3 
million (versus EGP 0.2 million in 2022).

External Auditor 
Following  consideration  of  the  performance  of  the 
auditors, the services provided during the year, and a 
review  of  its  independence  and  objectivity,  the  Com-
mittee has recommended to the Board the re-appoint-
ment of PwC as Auditor to the Company. As such, the 
notice of the 2024 Annual General Meeting includes a 
resolution, to be approved by shareholders, that PwC 
be re-appointed as Auditor.

106    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     107

Corporate Governance

Remuneration Committee Report

Hussein Choucri
Chairman, Remuneration Committee  

The  Non-Executive  Directors  are  all  entitled  to  the 
reimbursement of reasonable expenses.

Remuneration of Directors in 2023 (Audited) 23

Figures in EGP24 

Base Salary / 
Fees 2023

Base Salary / 
Fees 2022

Annual Bonus 
2023^

Annual Bonus 
2022^

Total 2023

Total 2022

Executive Director

Dr. Hend El 
Sherbini25

16,615,351

10,398,605

450,000

450,000

17,065,351

10,848,605

Non-Executive Directors

In this report from the Remuneration Committee (the 
“Committee”),  I  outline  on  behalf  of  my  colleagues 
and  myself  the  basis  on  which  Directors  and  select 
members of senior management will be remunerated 

for  their  service  in  2023.  A  detailed  discussion  of  the 
basis on which the aforementioned (as well as one key 
member of senior management) were remunerated for 
their service in 2023 appears below. 

At the date of this report, the following were members of the Remuneration Committee:

Lord St John of 
Bletso

3,075,866

1,967,268

Hussein 
Choucri

1,999,315

1,278,726

Committee Member

Meeting Attended

Dan Olsson

2,153,110

1,381,215

Hussein Choucri 

Dan Olsson

Yvonne Stillhart

Chairman of the Committee

Committee Member

Committee Member

Yvonne Stillhart

1,999,315

1,065,605

-

-

-

3,075,866

1,967,268

1,999,315

1,278,726

2,153,110

1,381,215

1,999,315

1,065,605

Chairman Lord St John of Bletso is entitled to receive 
an  annual  salary  of  USD  100,000.  He  is  entitled  to 
the  reimbursement  of  reasonable  expenses.  Non-
Executive  Directors  Hussein  Choucri,  Dan  Olsson, 
and  Richard  Henry  Phillips,  have  been  engaged  by 
the Group as Non-Executive Directors under letters of 

appointment. Hussein Choucri is entitled to an annual 
fee of USD 65,000, Dan Olsson is entitled to an annual 
fee of USD 70,000, and Yvonne Stillhart is entitled to an 
annual  fee  of  USD  65,000.  Richard  Henry  Philips  will 
not  be  entitled  to  receive  any  fee  from  the  Group  for 
his role. 

Hussein Choucri
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
27 March 2024

23  There are no taxable benefits, corporate pensions, or long-term incentive plans for the Company’s Directors.
24  Average US$:EGP exchange rate was 30.8 during 2023.
25  Dr. Hend El Sherbini receives part of her annual bonus in the form of an annual award amounting to EGP 450,000.
^  BOD members are not eligible for profit share distributions.

108    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     109

Corporate Governance

Nomination Committee Report

Role of the Nomination Committee
•  Regularly reviewing the structure, size, and compo-
sition  (including  the  skills,  knowledge,  experience, 
and  diversity)  of  the  Board  and  its  Committees 
and  making  recommendations  to  the  Board  when 
appropriate. 

•  Leading  the  process  for  new  appointments  to  the 

Board.

•  Ensuring  orderly  succession  planning  to  both  the 
Board and the senior management team and review-
ing it at least on an annual basis.

•  Supporting the development of a diverse pipeline for 

succession.

•  Ensuring  that  there  is  a  rigorous  annual  evaluation 
of the performance of the Board, its Committees, the 
Chair, and Individual Directors.

•  As  Chairman  of  the  Committee,  I  will  report  to  the 
Board  on  the  business  carried  out  at  the  previous 
Committee  meeting  and  inform  of  any  recommen-
dations made by the Committee.

Succession Planning: Board Level
In  January  2024,  the  Committee  supported  the 
recruitment  and  appointment  of  Sherif  El  Zeiny  as 
Group  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Vice  President,  and 
Executive Director. 

Succession planning: Senior Management
During  the  year,  the  Committee  supported  the 
strengthening  of  the  Executive  Committee  with 
Samah  El  Saghier,  Group  Chief  People  and  Culture 
Officer; Tarek Yehia, Investor Relations Director; and 
Sherif  El  Zeiny,  Group  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Vice President.

Diversity 
We have increased our focus on succession and tal-
ent management for the Board and senior manage-
ment.  The  Committee  plans  to  develop  an  orderly 

Lord St John of Blesto 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee  

The  Nomination  Committee  (the  “Committee”) 
introduced  several  key  initiatives  throughout  2023, 
prioritising  the  implementation  of  safe  succession 
planning on both the Board and senior management 
levels,  promoting  diversity  within  its  ranks,  and 
ensuring  the  appropriate  size  and  structure  of  the 
Board of Directors to ensure its effectiveness. In this 
report,  I  outline  the  key  responsibilities  and  initia-
tives taken by the Committee to this end.

Activities for the year ended 31 December 2023:
•  Reviewed  the  structure,  size,  and  composition  of 

the Board and its Committees.

•  Considered the independence of the Directors.
•  Introduced a skills matrix.
•  Agreed on the internal evaluation of the Board and its 
Committees, facilitated by the Company Secretary.

•  Considered the Board’s succession plans.
•  Recommended the re-appointment of Directors at 
the 2024 Annual General Meeting to the Board.

succession plan for the Board's Non-Executive Direc-
tors. The Committee recognises that in order for the 
Board  to  discharge  its  fiduciary  duties,  members 
should possess a broad range of social, educational, 
and professional backgrounds, as well as bring along 
different skills, experiences, and cognitive strengths.  

By consistently monitoring the diversity of our workplace 
with  a  strict  focus  on  merit,  and  while  employing  an 
objective set of criteria, we ensure our ability to effectively 
compete in the world’s increasingly diverse marketplace.

Our disclosures and statement on the diversity of our 
Board,  senior  Board  positions,  and  executive  man-
agement  in  compliance  with  Listing  Rule  14.3.33R 
(1) (the “New Rules”) are set out below.

The New Rules Set the Following Targets:  
•  At least 40% of the Board are women; 
•  At  least  one  of  the  senior  Board  positions  (Chair, 
Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Senior Independent 
Director (SID), or Chief Financial Officer (CFO) is 
a woman; and 

•  At least one member of the Board is from a minority 
ethnic  background  (which  is  defined  by  reference 
to  the  categories  recommended  by  the  Office  of 
National  Statistics  (ONS)  as  coming  from  a  non-
white ethnic background). 

The tables below show the data required to be pre-
sented  by  the  New  Rules.  While  the  Group  is  not 
currently  in  full  compliance  with  all  requirements, 
we  believe  that  we  currently  have  the  right  people 
fulfilling these executive roles, based on professional 
background and experience.

While we do not believe it is appropriate to set strict 
goals  to  comply  with  these  targets  at  present,  we 
believe  that  the  composition  of  the  Board  should 
be  driven  by  the  specific  needs  and  skill  gaps  of  the 
Group,  and  we  continuously  review  our  position  on 
the  matter.  Meanwhile,  the  Board  is  committed  to 
improving diversity in the workforce and will continue 
to consider the matter as a key pillar in its succession 
planning and recruitment process.

Board and Senior Management Composition by Sex

Sex Representation

Number of Board 
members

Percentage of 
the Board

Number of senior 
positions on the 
Board (CEO, CFO, 
SID, and Chair)

Number in 
executive 
management

Percentage 
of executive 
management

Men

Women

4

2

66.67%

33.33%

1

1

9

6

60%

40%

110    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     111

Corporate Governance  |  Nomination Committee Report

Board and Senior Management Composition by Ethnic Background

Ethnic Representation

Number of Board 
members

Percentage on 
the Board

Number of senior 
positions on the 
Board (CEO, CFO, 
SID and Chair)

Number in 
executive 
management

Percentage 
of executive 
management

White British or 

other White (includ-

ing minority white 

groups)

Other ethnic groups, 

including Arab

Notes: 

4

2

66.67%

33.33%

1

1

_

15

_

100%

1.  All data is at 31 December 2023. 
2.  Sherif El Zeiny (male) was appointed as Board member in January 2024 and is excluded from the data.
3.  Executive management is represented by all direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer in non-administrative roles. The role of the Company Secretary 

is excluded as the role is outsourced to an external service provider. 

4.  Data is collected via self-reporting.

I look forward to meeting shareholders at the AGM on 29 May 2024.

Lord St John of Blesto
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
27 March 2024

112    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     113

Corporate Governance

Directors’ Report

The statements and reviews on pages 4 to 63 comprise 
the Strategic Report, which contains certain informa-
tion that is incorporated into this Directors’ Report by 
reference, including indications as to the Group’s likely 
future business developments. 

Directors 
The Directors who held office as at 31 December 2023 
and up to the date of this report are set out on pages 94 
to 97, along with their biographies. The remuneration 
of the Board of Directors is set out in the Remuneration 
Report on page 109. 

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance and 
Indemnification of Directors

Subject to the conditions set out in the Companies (Jer-
sey) Law 1991 (as amended), the Group has arranged 
appropriate Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance 
to indemnify the Directors against liability in respect of 
proceedings brought by third parties. Such provisions 
remain in force at the date of this report.

Principal Activities 
The Group’s principal activity is the provision of medi-
cal  diagnostics  services.  An  overview  of  the  Group’s 
principal  activities  is  an  integral  component  of  the 
Strategic Review included in this Annual Report begin-
ning on page 4. 

Business Review and Future 
Developments 
A  review  of  the  development  and  performance  of  the 
Group’s business forms an integral part of this Annual 
Report  in  different  sections,  including  the  Chairman’s 
Message  (pages  14  to  16),  Chief  Executive’s  Report 
(pages  18  to  22),  Strategic  Report  (beginning  page  4), 
and  particularly  the  Performance  section  (beginning 
on page 66). Financial statements for 2023 appear in the 
Audited Financial Statements (starting on page 118). 

Results and Dividends 
The Group’s Results for 2023 are set out in the Audited 
Financial Statements starting on page 118. While IDH 
maintains  its  long-term  dividend  policy  that  sees 
the  Company  return  to  shareholders  the  maximum 
amount of excess cash after taking careful account of 
the cash needed to support operations and expansions, 
the Board of Directors has agreed that a dividend will 
not be paid this year in light of the ongoing uncertainty 
and lack of foreign currency availability in Egypt. 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
The  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  that  may  affect 
IDH’s business, as well as their potential mitigants, are 
outlined on pages 56 to 63 of this Annual Report. 

Share Capital 
The Group has 600,000,000 ordinary shares, each with 
a nominal value of USD 0.25. There are no other shares 
in issue, other than ordinary shares. 

Substantial Share Holdings 
As  at  31  December  2023,  the  Company  ascertained 
from its own analysis that the following held interests 
of  3%  or  more  of  the  voting  rights  of  its  issued  share 
capital:

Substantial Share Holdings

Shareholder

Hena Holdings Ltd.

Actis IDH B.V.

International Finance Corporation 
(IFC) and IFC MENA Fund

Fidelity Investments

T. Rowe Price International

Stewart Investors

Number of Voting Rights

% of Voting Rights

162,445,383

126,000,000

34,755,198 

21,068,972

20,607,367

18,038,382

27.07

21.00

5.79

3.51

3.43

3.01

Note (1): The table displays the top five shareholders in IDH across both exchanges (LSE and EGX). 
Note (2): As at year-end 2023, 94.82 % of IDH’s shares were listed on the LSE, with the remaining 5.18% listed on the EGX. The table above demonstrates the 
top six shareholders across both the LSE and EGX.

The  Directors  certify  that  there  are  no  issued  securities 
that  carry  special  rights  with  regard  to  control  of  the 
Company.  There  are  similarly  no  restrictions  on  voting 
rights. Chief Executive Officer Dr. Hend El-Sherbini and 
her mother, Dr. Moamena Kamel, jointly hold the shares 
held  by  Henna  holdings,  which  include  the  described 
voting rights.

The Company has not been informed of any changes to 
the above interests between 31 December 2023 and the 
date of this Report. 

Corporate Responsibility 
The Group’s report on Corporate Responsibility is set out 
on page 88. 

Corporate Governance
The Group’s report on Corporate Governance is on pages 
94 to 117. 

Articles of Association 
The Company’s Articles of Association set out the rights 
of  shareholders,  including  voting  rights,  distribution 

rights,  attendance  at  general  meetings,  powers  of 
Directors, proceedings of Directors, as well as borrow-
ing  limits  and  other  governance  controls.  A  copy  of 
the Articles of Association can be requested from the 
Group Company Secretary. 

The Articles of Association may be amended by mem-
bers of the Company via special resolution at a General 
Meeting of the Company. The Company is not seeking 
any  amendments  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general 
meeting. 

Rules on the Appointment and 
Replacement of Directors 
Rules on the appointment and replacement of Directors 
are set out in the Group’s Articles of Association, a copy 
of  which  may  be  requested  from  the  Group  Company 
Secretary. 

Agreements Related to Change of Control 
of the Group
In  2022,  there  was  an  agreement  related  to  the  IFC’s 
USD-45-million loan agreement whereby within 60 days 

114    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     115

 
Corporate Governance  |  Directors’ Report

of  receipt  of  notice  from  IFC  that  a  Major  Shareholder 
Event  has  occurred,  IDH  should  prepay  the  aggregate 
outstanding principal amount of the loan in full, together 
with accrued interest and increased costs (if any) thereon 
and  all  other  amounts  payable  under  the  agreement, 
including the amount payable under unwinding costs if 
the prepayment is not made on an Interest Payment Date.

IDH's  management  has  since  decided  to  irrevocably 
terminate  the  IFC  loan  agreement  since  the  intended 
purpose of the loan, which was to finance an acquisition 
in Pakistan, was not realised and negotiations on the deal 
were terminated.

Conflicts of Interest 
No  Directors  took  on  additional  significant  commit-
ments during the year that impacted their ability to carry 
out  their  duties.  No  contract  with  the  Company  or  any 
subsidiary  undertaking  of  the  Company  in  which  any 
Director  was  materially  interested  existed  at  the  end  of 
the financial year. 

Political Donations 
The Group made no political donations in 2023 (2022: nil).  

Financial Instruments 
The  Group’s  principal  financial  instruments  comprise 
cash balances, balances with related parties, trade receiv-
ables and payables, and other payables and receivables 
that arise in the normal course of business. The Group’s 
financial instruments, risk management objectives, and 
policies are set out in Note 3 and Note 5 to the Financial 
Statements. 

Employees 
The  Group  has  two  (2)  Executive  Directors,  namely  the 
Group  Chief  Executive,  Dr.  Hend  El  Sherbini,  and  the 
Group  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Vice  President  of 
Finance  and  Strategies,  Sherif  El  Zeiny,  as  identified  in 
the  Corporate  Governance  section.  Their  biographical 
information  appears  on  page  94  of  this  Annual  Report, 
and their compensation is reported in the Remuneration 
Committee Report on page 109. IDH has service agree-
ments with the Group Chief Executive and with the Group 
Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance and 
Strategies.  Dr.  Hend  El  Sherbini  leads  the  Company’s 
Executive  Committee,  which  also  includes  all  heads  of 
departments  and  meets  every  second  week  to  review 
and  discuss  performance,  priorities,  and  upcoming 

events  in  light  of  the  Group’s  strategic  plans.  In  view  of 
the Company’s regional growth plans, IDH is committed 
to building out its senior management team in prepara-
tion for a larger footprint. The Group and its subsidiaries 
employed an average of 6,692 employees in 2023 (2022: 
6,718) across Egypt, Jordan, Sudan, and Nigeria. 

Creditor Payment Policy 
Individual subsidiaries of the Group are responsible for 
agreeing on the terms and conditions under which busi-
ness transactions with their suppliers are conducted. It is 
the Group’s policy that payments to suppliers are made in 
accordance with all relevant terms and conditions. 

Going Concern  
The Directors have considered a number of downside sce-
narios, including the most severe but plausible scenario, 
for a period of 16 months from the signing of the financial 
statements. They have also assessed the likelihood of any 
key one-off payments arising, such as dividends or those 
in respect of M&A activities. Under all of these scenarios, 
there remains significant headroom from a liquidity and 
covenant perspective. Therefore, the Directors believe the 
Group has the ability to meet its liabilities as they fall due, 
and the use of the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements is appropriate.

Due to the persistence of foreign currency shortages in 
IDH’s home and largest market, Egypt, the Company’s 
Board of Directors has decided not to distribute divi-
dends for the year ended 31 December 2023. Despite 
this decision, management reiterates that its long-term 
dividend  policy,  which  sees  the  Company  return  to 
shareholders  the  maximum  amount  of  excess  cash 
after  taking  careful  account  of  the  cash  needed  to 
support  operations  and  expansions,  has  remained 
unchanged.

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable laws and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare finan-
cial  statements  for  each  financial  year.  Under  that 
law,  the  Directors  have  prepared  the  Group  financial 
statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (IFRSs)  as  adopted  by  the  Euro-
pean Union. 

Under  Company  law,  Directors  must  not  approve  the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In prepar-
ing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:
•  select  suitable  accounting  policies  and  then  apply 

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the Euro-
pean Union have been followed, subject to any mate-
rial departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements;

•  make  judgements  and  accounting  estimates  that  are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis,  unless  it  is  inappropriate  to  presume  that  the 
Group will continue in business.

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  safeguarding  the 
Group's  assets  and,  hence,  for  taking  reasonable  steps 
for  the  prevention  and  detection  of  fraud  and  other 
irregularities. 

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the  Group’s  transactions  and  disclose  with  reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and 
integrity of the Group’s website. Legislation in the United 
Kingdom  governing  the  preparation  and  dissemination 
of  financial  statements  may  differ  from  legislations  in 
other jurisdictions.

Directors’ Confirmations
Each  of  the  Directors,  whose  names  and  functions  are 
listed  in  the  Board  of  Directors  section  of  the  Annual 
Report, confirms that, to the best of their knowledge: 
•  the  Group  financial  statements,  which  have  been 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities,  financial  position  ,and  profit  of  the  Group; 
and 

•  the  Financial  and  Operational  Review  includes  a  fair 
review  of  the  development  and  performance  of  the 
business and the position of the Group, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
it faces. 

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Direc-
tors’ Report is approved:
•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Group’s auditors are unaware; 
and

•  they  have  taken  all  the  steps  that  they  ought  to  have 
taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Group’s auditors are aware of that information.

Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
The  Company  will  hold  its  2024  AGM  on  29  May  2024 
in  London,  UK.  The  Board  remains  keen  to  encourage 
engagement  with  shareholders.  To  that  end,  the  Direc-
tors  would  like  to  invite  questions  from  shareholders 
in  advance  of  and  during  the  AGM.  Should  sharehold-
ers  wish  to  submit  questions  to  the  Board  prior  to  the 
deadline for proxy voting, they can do so, and these will 
be responded to on an individual basis. In addition, the 
Board will offer shareholders the opportunity to dial into 
the AGM, at which time they can also submit questions 
to the Board.

Details of the AGM are included in the Notice of Meeting 
that accompanies this Annual Report and which is avail-
able on our website. 

At  the  AGM,  all  of  the  Group’s  Directors  will  retire  and 
submit themselves for re-election. 

The outcome of the voting at the AGM will be announced 
by  way  of  a  London/Egypt  Stock  Exchange  announce-
ments, and full details will be published on the Group’s 
website shortly after the AGM.

Auditors
PwC have confirmed their willingness to act as the Com-
pany’s  external  auditors,  and  a  separate  resolution  will 
be  proposed  at  the  forthcoming  AGM  concerning  their 
re-appointment and to authorise the Board to agree their 
remuneration.

By order of the Board,

Dr. Hend El Sherbini 
Executive Director 
27 March 2024

116    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     117

04

FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

118    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     119

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of Integrated 
Diagnostics Holdings plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In our opinion, Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc’s group financial statements:

• 

• 

• 

give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s affairs as at 31 December 2023 and of its profit and cash 
flows for the year then ended;
have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted in 
the European Union; and
have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the Consolidated 
statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023; the Consolidated income statement, the Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of cash flows, and the Consolidated statement of 
changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, comprising material account-
ing policy information and other explanatory information.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and appli-
cable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit 
of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Stan-
dard were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in note 8.6, we have provided no non-audit services to the company or its controlled 
undertakings in the period under audit.

Our audit approach
Context
Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc (“IDH”) is a company incorporated in Jersey with shares listed on the Lon-
don Stock Exchange (“LSE”) and the Egyptian Exchange (“EGX”). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC UK”) are 
appointed to audit the consolidated financial statements of IDH for the purposes of the requirements of the LSE 
and  Jersey  Law.  All  trading  operations  of  IDH  are  outside  of  the  UK  (generally  in  the  Middle  East  and  Africa). 
Therefore, the role of PwC UK is predominantly that of a group auditor with other PwC network firms acting as 
component auditors.

Overview
Audit scope
•  Components  were  considered  to  be  individual  legal  entities  within  the  group.  Full  scope  audits  were  per-
formed  on  4  significant  components  which  covered  97%  of  reported  revenues  and  97%  of  reported  profit 
before tax. The four components included the 3 main trading subsidiary companies in Egypt and the trading 
subsidiary company in Jordan. These were selected due to their relative size.
Additional testing was by the Group audit team performed on balances within subsidiaries that were not in 
scope where these represented at least 5% of the consolidated balance and were above group materiality.
Procedures over the consolidation, central areas including impairment testing, the Annual Report and con-
solidated financial statements were all performed by the group auditor.

• 

• 

Key audit matters

•  Accuracy of revenue recognised from customers

Materiality

•  Overall  materiality:  EGP  35,568,000  (2022:  EGP  44,847,000)  based  on  4.5%  of  profit  before  tax  and  non-
recurring expenses in 2023 and 4.5% of profit before tax and fair value losses on financing US dollar dividends 
in 2022.
Performance materiality: EGP 26,676,000 (2022: EGP 33,635,000).

• 

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest 
effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engage-
ment team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed 
in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

120    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     121

Financial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of Integrated 
Diagnostics Holdings plc

The key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Accuracy of revenue recognised from customers
The Group reported revenue of EGP 4,122,506,000 
from health diagnostics related activities, during the 
year ended 31 December 2023. There is an inherent 
risk around the accuracy of revenue recorded from 
the services rendered, as revenue consists of a high 
volume of transactions involving different products, 
services, and pricing mechanisms. 

Consequently, a significant portion of our audit effort 
was directed towards testing the accuracy of revenue. 
Refer to the following notes to the consolidated 
financial statements for further details: 

Note 3: Material accounting policy information and 
other explanatory information 

Note 6: Revenue

We performed audit procedures over this significant 
area, which included a combination of tests of controls 
and substantive procedures as described below: 

•  We obtained an understanding of the various 
significant revenue streams and identified the 
relevant controls, IT systems and reports. 
•  We assessed the Group’s revenue accounting 

policies, including the key judgments and esti-
mates applied by management in consideration 
of the requirements of IFRS 15.

•  We performed manual controls testing and 

substantive procedures, to verify accuracy of 
revenue. This included testing the end-to-end 
reconciliations of data records extracted from 
the source system to the cash / credit balances 
ledger.

•  We used data analytic tools to assess the 

reasonableness of the total value of the revenue 
recorded based on price lists. 

•  We performed a reconciliation between revenue 

transactions and cash collected and selected a 
sample of the revenue transactions and tested 
their accuracy and validity to underlying source 
documentation.

•  We also assessed the adequacy of the Group’s 
disclosures in the consolidated financial state-
ments with respect to revenue. 

Based upon the procedures performed above we 
concluded that sufficient and appropriate audit 
evidence was obtained in relation to this risk.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial  statements  as  a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  structure  of  the  group,  the  accounting  processes  and 
controls, and the industry in which it operates.

IDH is headquartered in Egypt, where the finance team manages the group operations and those of the Egyptian 
subsidiaries. Jordan is the largest non-Egyptian operation. There are other operations in Sudan and Nigeria. The new 
branches in Saudi Arabia were not operational in 2023. All of these operate under common systems and controls, but 
with separate local management and finance teams reporting into the Egyptian head office team.

Components  were  considered  to  be  individual  legal  entities  within  the  group.  There  were  14  individual  com-
ponents within the group (including the company). Those components which contributed the most significant 
level of revenue and profit to the group tax were considered to be significant components. Full scope audits were 
performed on these components (4 in total) which covered 97% of reported revenues and 97% of reported profit 
before tax. The four components included 3 trading companies in Egypt and the trading company in Jordan.

We  considered  the  out  of  scope  components  and  the  potential  for  material  error.  Additional  procedures  were 
performed where the balances represented a significant proportion of the relevant consolidated balance (deemed 
to be 5%) and the balance was above materiality.

For  each  individual  Financial  Statement  Line  Item  (“FSLI”)  we  considered  if  sufficient  coverage  was  obtained 
from the combination of the above two areas. Sufficient coverage was deemed to be 45% for a normal risk, 55% for 
an elevated risk and 65% for a significant risk. Based upon this final assessment no other areas were brought into 
the scope of our audit.

For all other balances not included in the above, analytical review procedures and enquiries of management were 
performed. We also considered if any other risk criteria would result in additional areas being included within the 
scope of our audit. We concluded that, based upon the coverage obtained above and our understanding of the 
group, that no further components or balances were included in our scope.

The impact of climate risk on our audit
As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to understand the extent of the potential impact of climate 
risk on the group’s financial statements, and we remained alert when performing our audit procedures for any 
indicators of the impact of climate risk. Our procedures did not identify any material impact as a result of climate 
risk on the group’s financial statements. 

Materiality
The  scope  of  our  audit  was  influenced  by  our  application  of  materiality.  We  set  certain  quantitative  thresholds  for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped  us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and 
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

122    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     123

Financial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of Integrated 
Diagnostics Holdings plc

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall group materiality

EGP 35,568,000 (2022: EGP 44,847,000).

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

4.5% of profit before tax and non-recurring expenses 
in 2023 and 4.5% of profit before tax and fair value 
losses on financing US dollar dividends in 2022

We believe the benchmark being used in each year 
is the key measure used by the shareholders and 
management in assessing the performance of the 
group in each year. It is widely accepted to use a 
profit based benchmark when assessing materiality 
for listed groups.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group 
materiality.  The  range  of  materiality  allocated  across  components  was  EGP  30,000,000  and  EGP  15,000,000. 
Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group 
materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncor-
rected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in 
determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transac-
tions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2022: 75%) 
of overall materiality, amounting to EGP 26,676,000 (2022: EGP 33,635,000) for the group financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, 
risk  assessment  and  aggregation  risk  and  the  effectiveness  of  controls  -  and  concluded  that  an  amount  in  the 
middle of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit 
above EGP 1,778,000 (2022: EGP 2,242,000) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, war-
ranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

•  Discussing with management and those charged with governance the performance in 2023, the budgets for 
2024  and  beyond  and  the  performance  in  the  2024  financial  year  to  date.  These  discussions  included  the 
impact of current events on management’s forecasts and the key drivers behind any expected changes to the 
current level of performance;

•  Comparing the forecasts profits and cash flows to the latest approved budgets and considering actual results 
achieved  in  the  year  to  date  and  sought  evidence  for  any  unexpected  trends.  We  considered  the  level  of 
underperformance that would need to occur before there would be insufficient facilities. We considered the 
competency of management to prepare accurate forecasts by reviewing past levels of budget accuracy;
Validating management’s assessment of available cash and debt facilities to bank confirmations and commit-
ted debt facilities, including recalculating covenants and considering compliance with covenants or ability to 
repay borrowings if required, based on management’s forecasts;

• 

•  Considered the severe but plausible downsides included in management’s model for reasonableness based 
upon our understanding of the group and the likelihood of significant one off payments arising, such as settle-
ment of option payments;
Testing  the  accuracy  of  the  model  containing  management’s  forecasted  future  financial  performance  and 
cashflows;

• 

•  Considering the macroeconomic environment of the territories in which the group operates in and the impact 

• 

this could have on performance and cash flows; and
Reviewing the disclosures made within the Annual Report for consistency with our audit work and compli-
ance with the respective legal and accounting requirements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In  auditing  the  financial  statements,  we  have  concluded  that  the  directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the 
group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the 
relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements 
and  our  auditors’  report  thereon.  The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  Our  opinion  on  the 
financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion 
or, any form of assurance thereon.

124    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     125

Financial Statements 
Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of Integrated 
Diagnostics Holdings plc

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent mate-
rial inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is 
a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based 
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we 
are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

Strategic report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic 
report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 December 2023 is consistent with the financial statements and 
has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements

including  fraud. The  extent  to  which  our  procedures  are  capable  of  detecting  irregularities,  including  fraud,  is 
detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance 
with  laws  and  regulations  related  to  healthcare  and  employment  legislation,  and  we  considered  the  extent  to 
which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws 
and  regulations  that  have  a  direct  impact  on  the  financial  statements  such  as  taxation  law  and  legislation,  the 
Listing Rules and Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for 
fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined 
that the principal risks were related to overstatement of revenues or the financial performance/position of the 
group through inappropriate use of journal entries or manipulation of significant accounting estimates. The group 
engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate 
audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the group engagement 
team and/or component auditors included:

• 
• 

•  Discussions  with  management  and  those  charged  with  governance  regarding  any  known  or  suspected 
instances of fraud, non-compliance with laws and regulations or claims being made against the group;
Reviewing board minutes to ascertain the completeness of the above disclosures made to us;
Auditing key management estimates and judgements, including assessment of compliance with the account-
ing requirements and validity of the estimates (underlying data and accuracy of past assumptions);
Reviewing the disclosures within these consolidated financial statements for appropriateness based upon the 
group’s legal and accounting requirements; and
Testing journal entries made during the year, using a risk-based target testing approach, focusing on those 
which impacted reported revenues or had unusual account combinations.

• 

• 

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  Statement  of  directors’  responsibilities,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the 
preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  framework  and  for  being  satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

There  are  inherent  limitations  in  the  audit  procedures  described  above.  We  are  less  likely  to  become  aware  of 
instances  of  non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  that  are  not  closely  related  to  events  and  transactions 
reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher 
than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, 
forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influ-
ence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures 
in  line  with  our  responsibilities,  outlined  above,  to  detect  material  misstatements  in  respect  of  irregularities, 

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using 
data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than 
testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk 
characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population 
from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website 
at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This  report,  including  the  opinions,  has  been  prepared  for  and  only  for  the  company’s  members  as  a  body  in 
accordance with Article 113A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report 
is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

126    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     127

Financial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of Integrated 
Diagnostics Holdings plc

Consolidated statement of 
financial position 
As at 31 December 2023

Other required reporting
Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 exception reporting
Under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 2 July 2021 to 
audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 and subsequent financial periods. The period 
of total uninterrupted engagement is 3 years, covering the years ended 31 December 2021 to 31 December 2023.

Other matter
In  due  course,  as  required  by  the  Financial  Conduct  Authority  Disclosure  Guidance  and  Transparency  Rule 
4.1.14R,  these  financial  statements  will  form  part  of  the  ESEF-prepared  annual  financial  report  filed  on  the 
National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Techni-
cal Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). This auditors’ report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report 
will be prepared using the single electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS.

David Teager
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
East Midlands
27 March 2024

Notes

2023
EGP’000

2022
EGP’000

Assets
Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets and goodwill
Right of use assets
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
Financial assets at amortized cost
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets
Total assets
Equity

Share capital
Share premium reserve
Capital reserves
Legal reserve
Put option reserve
Translation reserve
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Total equity
Non-current liabilities

Provisions
Borrowings
Other financial obligations
Non-current put option liability
Deferred tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Other financial obligations
Current put option liability
Borrowings
Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

11
12
25
14

15
16
14
18
17

19
19
19
19
19
19
19

2

21
24
25
23
9

22
25
23
24
28

1,414,725 
1,710,183 
 683,025 
- 
3,807,933

 374,650 
 727,235 
 25,157 
 161,098 
 674,253 
1,962,393
5,770,326

1,072,500
1,027,706
(314,310)
51,641
 (356,583)
 (82,341)
 1,280,287 
2,678,900
421,888
3,100,788

17,758
67,465
891,350
42,786
374,729
1,394,088

637,761
176,704
313,796
43,680
103,509
1,275,450
  2,669,538
5,770,326

1,326,262
1,703,636
622,975
18,064
3,670,937

265,459
543,887
-
167,404
648,512
1,625,262
5,296,199

 1,072,500 
 1,027,706 
 (314,310)
 51,641 
 (490,695)
 24,173 
 783,081 
2,154,096
292,885
2,446,981

3,519
93,751
914,191
 51,000 
 321,732 
1,384,193

701,095
148,705
439,695
22,675
152,855
1,465,025
2,849,218
5,296,199

The accompanying notes on pages 134-184 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors and 
signed on their behalf on 27 March 2024 by:

Dr. Hend El Sherbini

Hussein Choucri

Chief Executive Officer

Independent Non-Executive Director

128    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     129

Financial StatementsConsolidated income statement  
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income  
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Net profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:

Owners of the Company

Non-controlling interests

2023

EGP’000 
468,363

2022

EGP’000 
526,583

(7,206)

(7,206)
461,157

         403,790
57,367

         461,157

69,081

69,081
595,664

 414,553 
 181,111 

 595,664 

The accompanying notes on pages 134-184 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Marketing and advertising expenses
Administrative expenses
Impairment loss on trade and other receivable
Other (expenses)/income

Operating profit

Net fair value losses on financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss

Finance costs
Finance income
Net finance (costs)/income

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Profit attributed to:

Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share 
Basic and diluted

Notes

6
8.1

8.2
8.3
16
8.4

8.9

8.7
8.7
8.7

9

10

2023

EGP’000
        4,122,506 
      (2,598,159)

        1,524,347 

         (211,623)
         (510,393)
(51,255)
(13,314)

737,762

2022

EGP’000
3,605,047
(2,142,984)

1,462,063

(213,151)
(398,533)
(29,914)
11,726

832,191

-

(142,950)

(160,983)
160,577
(406)

737,356

(268,993)

468,363

510,304
(41,941)

468,363

(135,586)
299,992
164,406

853,647

(327,064)

526,583

541,110
(14,527)

526,583

0.85

0.90

The accompanying notes on pages 134-184 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.    

130    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     131

Financial StatementsConsolidated statement of 
cash flows  
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

2023

EGP’000

2022

EGP’000

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit before tax
Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right of use assets 
Amortisation of intangible assets
Unrealised foreign exchange gains and losses
Fair value losses on financial assets at FV through profit or loss
Finance income
Finance Expense
Loss/(gain) on disposal of PPE
Impairment in trade and other receivables
Impairment in goodwill
Impairment in assets
Equity settled financial assets at fair value
ROU Asset/Lease Termination
Hyperinflation
Change in Provisions
Change in Inventories
Change in Trade and other receivables
Change in Trade and other payables

Cash generated from operating activities before income tax payment

Taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Interest received on financial asset at amortised cost
Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Payments for acquisition of intangible assets
Payments for the purchase of financial assets at amortised cost
Proceeds from the sale of financial assets at amortized cost
Payment for purchase of global depository receipts (short-term investment)
Proceeds from sale of global depository receipts (short-term investments)

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Proceeds loan received from related party
Repayment loan paid to related party
Payments of lease liabilities 
Payment of financial obligations
Dividends paid
Interest paid
Bank charge paid
Cash injection by owner of non-controlling interest 
Paid cash to non-controlling interest

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Effect of exchange rate 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

11
25
12
8.7

8.7
8.7

16

21

8.9
8.9

27 
27
26
26
27
27

27

17

737,356

259,455
134,033
7,750
(87,798)
-
(72,779)
160,983
(734)
51,255
11,265
6,705
(7,093)
(512)
-
14,238
(104,909)
(198,078)
(99,191)
811,946
(268,283)
543,663

2,366
73,316
(323,439)
(2,490)
 (243,563)
 249,868 
-
-
(243,942)

71,630
(76,911)
-
-
(94,854)
(144,278)
-
(138,390)
(19,294)
74,748
(3,112)
(330,461)

(30,740)
648,512
56,481
674,253

853,647

206,993
103,099
7,251
(188,442)
142,950
(95,371)
135,586
200
29,914
1,755
-
(7,594)
305
(16,179)
(569)
(30,159)
(53,445)
(166,130)
923,811
(715,082)
208,729

10,212
95,897
(299,762)
(9,076)
(267,819)
1,603,611
(1,011,376)
868,426
990,113

40,081
(21,721)
17,025
(17,025)
(71,635)
(29,206)
(1,411,752)
(119,308)
(12,909)
8,763
-
(1,617,687)

(418,845)
891,451
175,906
648,512

Non-cash investing and financing activities disclosed in other notes are:

•  acquisition of right-of-use assets – note 25
•  Put option liability – note 23

The accompanying notes on pages 134-184 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

l

a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
E

,

1
8
9
6
4
4
2

,

3
6
3
,
8
6
4

)
6
0
2
,
7
(

7
5
1
1
6
4

,

)
8
9
0
,
3
1
(

2
1
1
,
4
3
1

)
2
1
1
,
3
(

5
8
8
2
9
2

,

)
1
4
9
,
1
4
(

8
0
3
,
9
9

7
6
3
7
5

,

-

-

)
2
1
1
,
3
(

8
4
7
,
4
7

8
4
7
,
4
7

4
0
3
,
0
1
5

,

6
9
0
4
5
1
2

,

1
8
0
3
8
7

,

4
0
3
,
0
1
5

)
4
1
5
,
6
0
1
(

-

0
9
7
3
0
4

,

4
0
3
0
1
5

,

-

-

)
8
9
0
,
3
1
(

2
1
1
,
4
3
1

-

-

-

)
8
9
0
,
3
1
(

0
5
6
2
9
1

,

6
3
6
1
7

,

4
1
0
1
2
1

,

)
8
9
0
3
1
(

,

,

8
8
7
0
0
1
3

,

1
8
0
,
9
6

3
8
5
,
6
2
5

4
6
6
5
9
5

,

,

9
5
3
4
9
7
2

,

8
8
8
1
2
4

,

3
1
5
1
1
2

,

)
7
2
5
,
4
1
(

8
3
6
,
5
9
1

1
1
1
1
8
1

,

,

0
0
9
8
7
6
2

,

,

6
4
8
2
8
5
2

,

,

7
8
2
0
8
2
1

,

,

6
7
9
0
5
5
1

,

0
1
1
,
1
4
5

0
1
1
,
1
4
5

-

)
7
5
5
,
6
2
1
(

-

3
5
5
4
1
4

,

0
1
1
1
4
5

,

)
7
5
5
,
6
2
1
(

)
7
5
5
6
2
1
(

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

)
4
1
5
,
6
0
1
(

)
4
1
5
6
0
1
(

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

2
1
1
,
4
3
1

2
1
1
4
3
1

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3
7
1
4
2

,

)
5
9
6
0
9
4
(

,

1
4
6
1
5

,

)
0
1
3
4
1
3
(

,

,

6
0
7
7
2
0
1

,

,

0
0
5
2
7
0
1

,

)
1
4
3
2
8
(

,

)
3
8
5
6
5
3
(

,

1
4
6
1
5

,

)
0
1
3
4
1
3
(

,

0
3
7
0
5
1

,

)
7
9
3
6
5
9
(

,

1
4
6
1
5

,

)
0
1
3
4
1
3
(

,

,

6
0
7
7
2
0
1

,

,

0
0
5
2
7
0
1

,

,

6
0
7
7
2
0
1

,

,

0
0
5
2
7
0
1

,

3
6
7
,
8

3
6
7
,
8

-

)
5
5
7
,
5
(

2
0
7
,
5
6
4

-

)
5
5
5
,
1
(

)
0
0
2
,
4
(

2
0
7
,
5
6
4

-

-

)
0
0
2
,
4
(

)
2
5
7
,
1
1
4
,
1
(

)
7
4
9
,
6
0
1
(

)
5
0
8
,
4
0
3
,
1
(

)
5
0
8
,
4
0
3
,
1
(

)
2
4
0
3
4
9
(

,

)
9
3
7
9
9
(

,

)
3
0
3
3
4
8
(

,

,

)
5
0
0
9
0
3
1
(

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2
0
7
,
5
6
4

2
0
7
5
6
4

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f
e
m
o
c
n
i
/
)
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
(
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

s
r
e
n
w
o
s
a
y
t
i
c
a
p
a
c
r
i
e
h
t
n
i
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i

w

s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

t
u
o
h
t
i

w

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n

f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
m
o
r
f
e
r
a
h
s
d
i
a
P

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

n
o
i
t
p
o
t
u
p
n
i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
M

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n
i
r
e
p
y
h

f
o
t
c
a
p
m

I

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

)
s
s
o
l
(

/

t
fi
o
r
P

3
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
a
s
A

s
a
y
t
i
c
a
p
a
c
r
i
e
h
t
n
i
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i

w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
r
e
n
w
o

t
u
o
h
t
i

w

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n

f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

n
o
i
t
p
o
t
u
p
n
i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
M

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n
i
r
e
p
y
h

f
o
t
c
a
p
m

I

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

2
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
i
e
g
n
a
h
c

l
a
t
o
T

l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
i
e
g
n
a
h
c

l
a
t
o
T

3
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

2
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
a
s
A

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
fi
o
r
P

-
n
o
N

l

a
t
o
T

e
r
a
h
S

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

o
t

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
e

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

*
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

s
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
C

d
e
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a

i

d
e
n
a
t
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
T

n
o
i
t
p
o
t
u
P

l

a
g
e
L

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

i

m
u
m
e
r
p

e
r
a
h
S

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

y
t
i
u
q
e
n

i
s
e
g
n
a
h
c
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C

3
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
d
e
d
n
e
r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
F

,

1
8
9
6
4
4
2

,

5
8
8
2
9
2

,

,

6
9
0
4
5
1
2

,

1
8
0
3
8
7

,

3
7
1
4
2

,

)
5
9
6
0
9
4
(

,

1
4
6
1
5

,

)
0
1
3
4
1
3
(

,

,

6
0
7
7
2
0
1

,

,

0
0
5
2
7
0
1

,

y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

f
o
s
r
e
n
w
o
e
h
t
o
t
e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
t
o
n
s
i
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

s
i

Th

.
l
a
t
i
p
a
c
d
e
u
s
s
i

s
’
y
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
h
c
a
e
f
o
%
0
5
s
t
n
e
s
e
r
p
e
r

s
i
h
t

t
a
h
t
e
m

i
t
h
c
u
s

l
i
t
n
u
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l
a
g
e
l
a
o
t
n
i

t
fi
o
r
p
t
e
n

l
a
u
n
n
a
s
t
i

f
o
%
5
t
s
a
e
l

t
a
e
d
i
s
a
t
e
s

t
s
u
m
y
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
h
c
a
e
w
a
L
n
a
i
t
p
y
g
E
r
e
d
n
U

*

132    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     133

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 December 2023

(In the notes all amounts are shown in Egyptian Pounds “EGP’000” unless otherwise stated)

Corporate information

1. 
The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Integrated  Diagnostics  Holdings  plc  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively, 
“the Group”) for the year ended 31 December 2023 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of 
the directors on 27 March 2024. Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc “IDH” or “the company” is a public company 
incorporated in Jersey. Has been established according to the provisions of the Companies (Jersey) law 1991 under 
No. 117257. The registered office address of the Company is 1IFC 5, St. Helier, Jersey, JE1 1ST, Channel Islands. The 
Company is a dually listed entity, in both London stock exchange (since 2015) and in the Egyptian stock exchange 
(in May 2021).

The principal activity of the group is investments in all types of the healthcare field of medical diagnostics (the key 
activities are pathology and Radiology related tests), either through acquisitions of related business in different 
jurisdictions or through expanding the acquired investments IDH has. The key jurisdictions that the group oper-
ates are in Egypt, Jordan, Nigeria, Sudan and Saudi Arabia.

The Group’s financial year starts on 1 January and ends on 31 December each year.

Group information

2. 
Information about subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements of the Group include:

Principal
 activities

Country of 
Incorporation

% Equity 
interest

Non-Controlling 
interest

Al Borg Laboratory Company 
(“Al-Borg”)
Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical 
Labs (“Al Mokhtabar”)

Medical Genetic Center

Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group 

Golden Care for Medical Services

Integrated Medical Analysis Company 
(S.A.E)*
SAMA Medical Laboratories Co.  
(“Ultralab medical laboratory “)

AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese Egyptian Co.

Integrated Diagnostics Holdings 
Limited

Dynasty Group Holdings Limited

Eagle Eye-Echo Scan Limited

Echo-Scan**

WAYAK Pharma

Medical diagnostics 
service
Medical diagnostics 
service
Medical diagnostics 
service
Medical diagnostics 
service
Holding company of 
SAMA
Medical diagnostics 
service
Medical diagnostics 
service
Medical diagnostics 
service
Intermediary holding 
company
Intermediary holding 
company
Intermediary holding 
company
Medical diagnostics
service
Medical services

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt

Jordan

Egypt

Egypt

Sudan

Sudan

Caymans 
Island
England and 
Wales

2023

2022

2023

2022

99.3%

99.3%

0.7%

0.7%

99.9%

99.9%

0.1%

0.1%

55.0%

55.0%

45.0%

45.0%

60.0%

60.0%

40.0%

40.0%

100.0%

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100.0%

99.6%

0.0%

0.4%

80.0%

80.0%

20.0%

20.0%

65.0%

65.0%

35.0%

35.0%

100.0%

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

51.0%

51.0%

49.0%

49.0%

Mauritius

77.18%

77.18%

22.82%

22.82%

Nigeria

Egypt

100.0%

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

99.99%

99.99%

0.01%

0.01%

Medical Health Development***

Medical services

Saudi Arabia

51%

-

49%

-

*In the financial period of 23, Al Mokhtabar, a medical laboratory, acquired a 0.4% ownership share in Integrated Medical Analysis (S.A.E). In connection 
with this acquisition, Al Mokhtabar made a payment of 3,112K to non-controlling interest. This transaction resulted in Al Mokhtabar becoming the full owner 
of the stake by the end of the year 2023.

** The group consolidate “Echo scan” a subsidiary based in Nigeria despite of 39.4% indirect ownership.
for more details refer to note 4.1.                 

*** On March 8, 2023, the Group completed the establishment of Medical Health Development, a limited liability company based in Saudi Arabia with a total 
stake of 51% directly and indirectly through one of the Group’s subsidiaries, where Integrated Diagnostics Holdings (IDH) owns 30% and Al Makhbariyoun Al 
Arab Group (“Biolab”)-Jordan a subsidiary owns 21%., The group consolidate “Medical Health Development” a subsidiary based in Saudi Arabia
despite of 42.51% indirect ownership for more details refer to note 4.1.

Non-Controlling interest
Non-Controlling Interest is measured at the proportionate share basis. 
Financial information of subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is provided below:

Proportion of equity interest held by non-controlling interests:

Medical Genetic Center

Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group

SAMA Medical Laboratories Co.  " Ultra lab medical laboratory "

AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese Egyptian Co.

Al Borg Laboratory Company

Dynasty Group Holdings Limited

Eagle Eye-Echo Scan Limited

Medical Health Development

Country of 
incorporation
Egypt

Jordan

Sudan

Sudan

Egypt

England and Wales

Mauritius

Saudi Arabia

2023
45.0%

40.0%

20.0%

35.0%

0.7%

49%

22.82%

49%

2022
45.0%

40.0%

20.0%

35.0%

0.7%

49%

22.82%

-

134    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     135

Financial Statements 
          
The  summarised  financial  information  of  these  subsidiaries  is  provided  below.  This  information  is  based  on 
amounts before inter-company eliminations.  

Al Makhbariyoun 
Al Arab Group 
(Hashemite 
Kingdom of 
Jordan)

Medical 
Genetic Center

Alborg 
Laboratory 
Company

Other 
individually
immaterial 
subsidiaries

Dynasty 
Group
EGP’000

Total

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

Summarised statement of 
Income for 2023:

Revenue
(loss)/Profit
Other comprehensive 
(expense)/income
Total comprehensive 
(expense)/income

(loss)/Profit allocated to non-
controlling interest
Other comprehensive income/
(expense) allocated to non-
controlling interest

Summarised statement of 
financial position as at 31 
December 2023:

Non-current assets
Current assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

Net (liabilities)/assets
Net (liabilities)/assets 
attributable to non-controlling 
interest

-
 (107)

604,025
 32,811 

1,449,344
 183,045 

2,065,051
387,628

96,394
(54,740)

4,214,814
548,637

-

65,142

-

(3,606)

131,234

192,770

 (107)

 97,953 

 183,045 

384,022

 76,494 

741,407

(48)

13,124

1,296

(9,597)

(12,514)

(7,739)

-

26,333

-

(847)

71,847

97,333

Al Makhbariyoun 
Al Arab Group 
(Hashemite 
Kingdom of 
Jordan)
EGP’000

Medical 
Genetic Center
EGP’000

Alborg 
Laboratory 
Company
EGP’000

Other 
individually
immaterial 
subsidiaries
EGP’000

Dynasty 
Group
EGP’000
EGP’000

Total
EGP’000

 670 
 1,801 
 (27)
 (15,409)

 494,904 
 254,412 
 (202,510)
 (187,663)

 751,597 
 405,125 
 (406,229)
 (224,305)

681,583
830,799
(302,827)
(316,886)

 51,913 
 (6,623)
 (3,189)
 (24,911)

1,980,667
1,485,514
(914,782)
(769,174)

 (12,965)

 359,143 

 526,188 

892,669

 17,190  1,782,225

 (5,837)

 143,657 

 3,724 

39,780

 4,579 

185,903

Medical 
Genetic 
Center

Al 
Makhbariyoun 
Al Arab Group

Alborg 
Laboratory 
Company

Other 
subsidiaries 
with 
immaterial 
NCI

Dynasty 
Group

Total

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

383
(10,339)

611,840
57,917

1,210,716
266,201

2,348,371
470,492

78,864
(54,602)

4,250,174
729,669

-

134,909

-

(3,796)

248,726

379,839

(10,339)

192,826

266,201

466,696

194,124 1,109,508

(4,655)

23,167

1,884

555

(11,913)

9,038

-

53,964

-

(876)

140,041

193,129

Medical 
Genetic 
Center

Al 
Makhbariyoun 
Al Arab Group

Alborg 
Laboratory 
Company

Other 
subsidiaries 
with 
immaterial 
NCI

Dynasty 
Group

Total

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

670
1,909
(27)
(15,409)

367,404
247,636
(164,478)
(189,371)

710,836
428,668
(516,784)
(244,970)

775,581
1,212,429
(351,111)
(449,373)

121,770
14,130
(11,286)
(33,181)

1,976,261
1,904,772

(1,043,686)

(932,304)

(12,857)

261,191

377,750

1,187,526

91,433 1,905,043

(5,788)

104,476

2,674

(993)

16,608

116,977

Summarised statement of 
Income for 2022:

Revenue
(loss)/Profit
Other comprehensive 
(expense)/income
Total comprehensive 
(expense)/income

(loss)/Profit allocated to non-
controlling interest
Other comprehensive income/
(expense) allocated to non-
controlling interest

Summarised statement of 
financial position as at 31 
December 2022:

Non-current assets
Current assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

Net (liabilities)/assets
Net (liabilities)/assets 
attributable to non-controlling 
interest

Basis of preparation

3. 
Statement of compliance
Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc “IDH” or “the company” has been established according to the provisions 
of  the  Companies  (Jersey)  law  1991  under  No.  117257.  The  Company  is  a  dually  listed  entity,  in  both  London 
stock exchange and in the Egyptian stock exchange. The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been 
prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and 
the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where adopted IFRS man-
dates that fair value accounting is required which is related to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value. 

136    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     137

Financial StatementsNew standards and interpretations adopted
The Group has applied the following amendments for the first time for their annual reporting period commencing 
1 January 2023: 

eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of 
the transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consis-
tency with the policies adopted by the group.

•  Insurance Contracts IFRS 17
•  Definition of Accounting Estimates - Amendments to IAS 8
•  Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction - Amendments to IAS 12 
•  Disclosure of Accounting Policies - Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on current and prior years and not expected to affect future years.

There has been one amendment that has been applied for the first time in the current year that has had an impact 
on the financial statement disclosures. The amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 Making Material-
ity Judgements provide guidance and examples to help entities apply materiality judgements to accounting policy 
disclosures.  The  amendments  aim  to  help  entities  provide  accounting  policy  disclosures  that  are  more  useful 
by replacing the requirement for entities to disclose their ‘significant’ accounting policies with a requirement ti 
disclose their ‘material’ accounting policies and adding guidance on how entities apply the concept of materiality 
in making decisions about accounting policy disclosures. The amendments have had an impact on the Group’s 
disclosures of accounting policies, but not on the measurement, recognition or presentation of any items in the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain  new  accounting  standards,  amendments  to  accounting  standards  and  interpretations  have  been  pub-
lished that are not mandatory for 31 December 2023 reporting period and have not been early adopted by the 
company. These  standards,  amendments  or  interpretations  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
group in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Going concern
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis. On 31 December 2023, 
the Group had (cash and cash equivalent balance plus treasury bills / deposits minus borrowing) amounting to 
KEGP 724,206. The Directors have considered a number of downside scenarios, including the most severe but 
plausible scenario, for a period of 16 months from the signing of the financial statements. We have conducted mul-
tiple sensitivity analyses to assess the impact of inflationary pressures and potential currency evaluation for the 
next 16 months. We did not consider the Biolab put option since it is improbable that the option will be exercised 
refer to (note 23). We assume no dividends are expected to be paid during the period for which going concern is 
being assessed or those in respect of merger and acquisition ‘M&A’ activity. Under all of these scenarios, there 
remains  significant  headroom  from  a  liquidity  and  covenant  perspective.  Therefore,  the  Directors  believe  the 
Group has the ability to meet its liabilities as they fall due and the use of the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements is appropriate.

Basis of consolidation

3.1. 
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as at 31 
December 2023. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involve-
ment with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

Subsidiaries 

i. 
Subsidiaries  are  all  entities  over  which  the  group  has  control. The  group  controls  an  entity  where  the  group  is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on 
which control is transferred to the group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
Inter-company  transactions,  balances  and  unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  group  companies  are 

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated state-
ment of income statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial 
position respectively.

Changes in ownership interests

ii. 
The group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with 
equity owners of the group. A change in ownership interest results in an adjustment between the carrying amounts of 
the controlling and non-controlling interests to reflect their relative interests in the subsidiary. Any difference between 
the amount of the adjustment to non-controlling interests and any consideration paid or received is recognised in a 
separate reserve within equity attributable to owners of the group.

When the group ceases to consolidate or equity account for an investment because of a loss of control, joint control 
or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying 
amount recognised in profit or loss. This fair value becomes the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently 
accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previ-
ously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the group had directly 
disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive 
income are reclassified to profit or loss.

If the ownership interest in a joint venture or an associate is reduced but joint control or significant influence is retained, 
only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to 
profit or loss where appropriate.

3.2.  Material accounting policy information and other explanatory information
The accounting policies set out below have been consistently applied to all the years presented in these consolidated 
financial statements.

Business combinations

a) 
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity 
instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the: 

•  fair values of the assets transferred
•  liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business
•  equity interests issued by the group
•  fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, and 
•  fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary. 

Identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  assumed  in  a  business  combination  are, 
with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The group recognises any 
non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the 
non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

138    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     139

Financial StatementsThe excess of the: 
•  consideration transferred, 
•  amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and 
•  acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquired entity over the fair value of the net iden-
tifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable 
assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their 
present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate 
at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.
Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are 
subsequently remeasured to fair value, with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held 
equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date. Any gains or losses arising from such 
remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss.

Impairment of assets

b) 
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested 
annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be 
impaired. Other assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less 
costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest lev-
els for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from 
other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an 
impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

Fair value measurement

c) 
The Group measures financial instruments such as non-derivative financial instruments and contingent consid-
eration assumed in a business combination at fair value at each balance sheet date.

When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses observable market data as far as possible. Fair value 
is categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows:

•  Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
•  Level 2 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement 

is directly or indirectly observable.

•  Level 3 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement 

is unobservable.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group 
determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation (based on 
the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period. 

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the 
nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of the fair value hierarchy, as explained above.
The  fair  value  less  any  estimated  credit  adjustments  for  financial  assets  and  liabilities  with  maturity  dates  less 
than one year is assumed to approximate their carrying value.   The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure 
purposes is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flows at the current market interest rate that is 
available to the Group for similar transactions.

Revenue recognition

d) 
Revenue represents the value of medical diagnostic services rendered in the year and is stated net of discounts. The 
Group has two types of customers: Walk-in patients and patients served under contracts. For patients under contracts, 
rates are agreed in advance on a per-test, client-by-client basis based on the pricelists agreed within these contracts.

The following steps are considered for all types of patients: 

1. 

Identification  of  the  Contracts:  written  contracts  are  agreed  between  IDH  and  customers.    The  contracts 
stipulate the duration, price per test and credit period.

2.  Determining performance obligations are the diagnostics tests within the pathology and radiology services. 
The performance obligation is achieved when the customer receives their test results, and so are recognised 
at point in time. 

3.  Transaction price: Services provided by the Group are distinct in the contract, as the contract stipulates the 

series of tests’ names/types to be conducted along with its distinct prices.   

4.  Allocation of price to performance obligations: Stand-alone selling price per test is stipulated in the contract.  

In case of discounts, it is allocated proportionally to all of tests prices in the contract.
5.  Revenue is being recorded after the satisfaction of the above mentioned conditions.

The group considers whether it is the principal or the agent in each of its contractual arrangements. In line with IFRS 15 
“Revenue from contracts” in assessing the appropriate treatment of each contract, factors that are considered include 
which party is controlling the service being performed for the customer and bears the inventory risk. Where the group 
is largely controlling the service and bearing the inventory risk it is deemed to be the principal and the full consideration 
received from the customer is recognised as revenue, with any amounts paid to third parties treated as cost of sales.

Customer loyalty program:
The group operates a loyalty program where customers accumulate points for purchases made which entitle them to a 
discount on future purchases. The points are valid for 12 months from the time they are awarded. The value of points to 
be provided is based on the expectation of what level will be redeemed in the future before their expiration date. This 
amount is netted against revenue earned and included as a contract liability and only recognised as revenue when the 
points are then redeemed or have expired.

Income Taxes

e) 
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax

i. 
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax

ii. 
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date.
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. 

However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred 
income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a 
business combination and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not 
reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, the carry forward of unused tax credits 
and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will 

140    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     141

Financial Statementsbe available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and 
unused tax losses can be utilised. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is 
realized, or the deferred income tax liability is settled. 

f) 

Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

i) 
Each of the Group’s entities is using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity oper-
ates (‘the functional currency’). The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Egyptian Pounds, 
being the reporting currency of the main Egyptian trading subsidiaries within the Group and the primary eco-
nomic environment in which the Group operates.

 Transactions and balances

ii) 
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of 
the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions, and from 
the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates, 
are generally recognised in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges 
and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within 
finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net 
basis within other gains/(losses).

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates 
at  the  date  when  the  fair  value  was  determined.  Translation  differences  on  assets  and  liabilities  carried  at  fair 
value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary 
assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as part 
of the fair value gain or loss, and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as at 
fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Hyperinflationary Economies 

g) 
The financial statements of “SAMA Medical Laboratories Co. and AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese Egyptian Co.”  report 
their financial statements in the currency of a hyperinflationary economy. In accordance with IAS 29 financial 
reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies, the financial statements of those subsidiaries were restated by apply-
ing the consumer price index at closing rates in December 2023 Nil (2022 December, 65,137) before they were 
included in the consolidated financial statements. 

Property, plant and equipment

h) 
All property and equipment are stated at historical cost or fair value at acquisition, less accumulated depreciation.  
Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are 
included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to 
the consolidated statement of income during the financial period in which they are incurred. Land is not depreciated.

Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost or to their residual value 
over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Buildings
Medical, electric and information systems equipment
Leasehold improvements
Fixtures, fittings & vehicles

            50 years
          4-10 years
            4-5 years
           4-16 years

The assets useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount 
is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing 
the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within ‘Other (losses)/gains – net’ in the consolidated 
statement of income.

Intangible assets

i) 
Intangible  assets  acquired  separately  are  measured  on  initial  recognition  at  cost.  The  cost  of  intangible  assets 
acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  their  fair  value  at  the  date  of  acquisition.  Following  initial  recognition, 
intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Internally  generated  intangibles,  excluding  capitalised  development  costs,  are  not  capitalised  and  the  related 
expenditure is reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment when-
ever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisa-
tion method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. 
Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embod-
ied in the asset are considered to modify the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as 
changes in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in 
the statement of income in the expense category that is consistent with the function of the intangible assets. The 
Group amortises intangible assets with finite lives using the straight-line method over the following periods:

•  IT development and software 4-5 years
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised, but are tested for impairment annually, either indi-
vidually or at the cash-generating unit level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine 
whether the indefinite life continues to be supportable. If not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is 
made on a prospective basis.

Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over 
interest in net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the 
fair value of the non-controlling interest in the acquire.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, good-
will acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the cash-generating units (CGUs), or groups of 
CGUs, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the 
goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal 
management purposes. the impairment assessment is done on an annual basis.

142    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     143

Financial StatementsBrand  
Brand names acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date and have an 
indefinite useful life. 

The Group brand names are considered to have indefinite useful life as the Egyptian brands have been established 
in the market for more than 40 years and the health care industry is very stable and continues to grow.  

The brands are not expected to become obsolete and can expand into different countries and adjacent businesses, 
in addition, there is a sufficient ongoing marketing efforts to support the brands and this level of marketing effort 
is economically reasonable and maintainable for the foreseeable future.

Impairment of intangible assets
The Group tests annually whether goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite lives have suffered any impair-
ment.  Impairment  exists  when  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset  or  cash  generating  unit  exceeds  its  recoverable 
amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. 

The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value in use or realisable value. 
The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model. Realisable value is based on the 
market value of the CGU or their underlying assets.

The cash flows are derived from the budget for the next five years and do not include restructuring activities that 
the Group is not yet committed to or significant future investments that will enhance the asset’s performance of 
the CGU being tested. 

We test for impairment at the smallest grouping of CGUs at which a material impairment could arise or at the 
lowest level at which goodwill is monitored. References to testing being performed at a CGU level throughout the 
rest of the financial statements is referring to the grouping of CGUs at which at the test is performed. The grouping 
of CGUs is shown in note 13 where the assumptions for the impairment assessment are disclosed.

I)   Financial instruments – initial recognition and subsequent measurement
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or 
equity instrument of another entity.

i) 

Financial assets

Classification
The group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

The group classifies its investments in debt Instruments in the following measurement categories:

•  those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through income statement), and
•  those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms 
of the cash flows.

For investment is equity instrument measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in income state-
ment or OCI. 

For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the group has made 
an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other 
comprehensive income (FVOCI).

Recognition and derecognition
According to the standard purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date, being the date 
on which the group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to 
receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the group has transferred 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement
At initial recognition, the group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not 
at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the 
financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash 
flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

Debt instruments
Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the group’s business model for managing the asset and 
the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the group classifies 
its debt instruments:

•  Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows, where those cash flows represent 
solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these finan-
cial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on 
derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign 
exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as a separate line item in the consolidated income 
statement. 

•  FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where 
the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements 
in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment losses, interest income 
and  foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses,  which  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.  When  the  financial  asset  is 
derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or 
loss and recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance 
income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/
(losses), and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the consolidated income statement.

•  FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss 
on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net 
within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises. Management has assessed the underlying nature of 
the investments and designated upon investment that this should be treated as an investment held at fair value 
with movements going through the income statement on the basis of the size of the investment and the reasons 
for making the investment.

144    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     145

Financial StatementsEquity instruments
The group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the group’s management has elected to 
present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value 
gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments 
continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when the group’s right to receive payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in other gains/(losses) in the statement of income 
as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are 
not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment 
The  group  assesses  on  a  forward-looking  basis  the  expected  credit  losses  associated  with  its  debt  instruments 
carried at amortised cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been 
a significant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables, the group applies the simplified approach permitted by 
IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

Further disclosures relating to impairment of financial assets are also provided in the following notes:

Disclosures for significant estimates and assumptions
Financial assets
Trade receivables

Note 4.2
Note 5
Note 16

The Group uses an allowance matrix to measure the ECLs of trade receivables from individual customers, which 
comprise a very large number of small balances. 

Loss rates are calculated using a ‘roll rate’ method based on the probability of a receivable progressing through 
successive stages of delinquency to write-off. Roll rates are calculated separately for exposures in different seg-
ments based on credit risk characteristics, age of customer relationship. 

Loss rates are based on actual credit loss experience over the past three years. These rates are multiplied by scalar 
factors to reflect differences between economic conditions during the period over which the historical data has been 
collected, current conditions and the Groups view of economic conditions over the expected lives of the receivables.

ii. 

Financial liabilities

Initial recognition and measurement
Financial  liabilities  are  classified  as  measured  at  amortised  cost  or  FVTPL.  A  financial  liability  is  classified  at 
FVTPL if it is classified as held for trading, financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and net gains 
and losses including any interest expenses are recognised in profit or loss.    

Put options included in put option liabilities are carried at the present value of the redemption amount in accor-
dance with IAS 32 in regard to the guidance on put option on an entity’s own equity shares. The group has written 
put options over the equity of its (Bio Lab,Echo Scan and Medical Health Development) subsidiaries. The option 
on exercise is initially recognised at the present value of the redemption amount with a corresponding charge 
directly to equity. The charge to equity is recognised separately within the put option reserve and this is in line 
with paragraph 23 of IFRS 10.

All  of  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  are  classified  as  financial  liabilities  carried  at  amortised  cost  using  the 
effective  interest  method.  The  Group  does  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  or  hedge  account  for  any 
transactions. Unless otherwise indicated, the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial liabilities are a reasonable 
approximation of their fair values.

The  Group’s  financial  liabilities  include  trade  and  other  payables,  put  option  liabilities,  borrowings,  and  other 
financial obligations.

Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. 
When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, 
or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the 
derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the respective carry-
ing amounts is recognised in the statement of income.

Offsetting of financial instruments

iii. 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement 
of financial position if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an 
intention to settle on a net basis, to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

j) 

Impairment of non-financial assets

Further disclosures relating to impairment of non-financial assets are also provided in the following notes:

Disclosures for significant assumptions and estimates
Goodwill and intangible assets

Note 4.2
Note 13

The Group assesses at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any 
indication  exists,  or  when  annual  impairment  testing  for  an  asset  is  required,  the  Group  estimates  the  asset’s 
recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s  or CGU’s fair value less costs of 
disposal and its value in use. The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does 
not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. When the 
carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is writ-
ten down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset.  In  determining  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal,  recent  market  transactions  are  taken  into  account.  If  no 
such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated 
by valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded companies or other available fair value indicators.

The Group bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared 
separately for each of the Group’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast 
calculations generally cover a period of five years. A long-term growth rate is calculated and applied to project 
future cash flows after the fifth year.

146    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     147

Financial StatementsImpairment losses of continuing operations are recognised in the statement of profit or loss in expense categories 
consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

For assets excluding goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets, an assessment is made at each reporting date to 
determine whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. 

If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised impair-
ment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount 
since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not 
exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, 
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the consolidated 
income statement.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 
Management takes into consideration any changes that occur and have impacts between the impairment report date of 
31 October and date of end year of 31 December.

Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU (or group of CGUs) to which 
the goodwill relates. When the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is 
recognised. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually as at 31 October at the CGU level, as 
appropriate, and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indi-
cate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the 
asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less 
costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are largely independent cash inflows (CGU). Prior impairments of non-financial assets (other than goodwill) 
are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date.

Inventories

k) 
Raw materials are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials, direct labour 
and an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed overhead expenditure, the latter being allocated on the basis 
of normal operating capacity. Costs are assigned to individual items of inventory on the basis of weighted average 
costs. Costs of purchased inventory are determined after deducting rebates and discounts. Net realisable value 
is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the 
estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 Cash and short-term deposits

l) 
Cash  and  short-term  deposits  in  the  statement  of  financial  position  comprise  cash  at  banks  and  on  hand  and 
short-term deposits with original maturities of three months or less, which are subject to an insignificant risk of 
changes in value.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-
term deposits, as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts as they are considered an integral part of the 
Group’s cash management.

Borrowings

m) 
Borrowings  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.  Borrowings  are  subsequently 
measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption 
amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid 
on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable 
that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the 
extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised 
as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings are removed from the statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is 
discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been 
extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred 
or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss as other income or finance costs.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the 
liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

Borrowing costs

n) 
General and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production 
of a qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for 
its intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready 
for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings, 
pending their expenditure on qualifying assets, is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. 
Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Provisions

o) 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past 
event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obli-
gation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. When the Group expects some or 
all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example, under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised 
as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is 
presented in the statement of profit or loss net of any reimbursement.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that 
reflects, when appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the provi-
sion due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation 
using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to 
the obligation. The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Pensions and other post-employment benefits

p) 
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate 
entity. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold 
sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. 
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an expense in the income 
statement in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

148    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     149

Financial StatementsSegmentation 

q) 
The Group has five operating segments based on geographical location rather than two operating segments based 
on service provided and considered as one reportable segment due to having similar characteristics.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount 
of the right-of-use asset, to the extent that the right-of-use asset is reduced to nil, with any further adjustment 
required from the remeasurement being recorded in profit or loss.

Leases as lessee (IFRS 16)

r) 
At  the  inception  of  a  contract,  the  Group  assesses  whether  a  contract  is,  or  contains,  a  lease.  A  contract  is,  or 
contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration. 

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for lease of low-value assets and 
short-term  leases.  The  Group  recognises  the  lease  payments  associated  with  these  leases  as  an  expense  on  a 
straight-line basis over the lease term. 

As a lessee 
At commencement or on modification of a contract that contains a lease component, along with one or more other 
lease  or  non-lease  components,  the  Group  accounts  for  each  lease  component  separately  from  the  non-lease 
components. However, for the non-leases element of the underlying asset, the Group has elected not to separate 
non-lease components and account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. The 
Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of its relative stand-alone 
price and the aggregate stand-alone price of the non-lease components.

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use 
asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease 
payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of 
costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is 
located, less any lease incentives received. 

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date 
to the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end 
of the lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that 
case the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined on 
the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by 
impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the com-
mencement date, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate for the IFRS 16 calculations. This is set based 
upon the interest rate attached to the groups financing and adjusted, where appropriate, for specific factors such 
as asset or company risk premiums.

 Key judgments and critical accounting estimates

4. 
4.1. Judgement
Useful economic lives of Brands
Management have assessed that the brands within the group which have a value have an indefinite life. This is 
based on their strong history and existence in the market over a large number of years, in addition to the fact that 
these brands continue to grow and become more profitable. As the brands have been assigned an indefinite life 
then they are not amortised and assessed for impairment on an annual basis.

Control over subsidiaries 
The group makes acquisitions that often see a non-controlling interest retained by the seller. The assessment of if the 
group has control of these acquisitions in order to consolidate is a critical judgement in these financial statements.

The group consolidate the subsidiaries assessed for the following reasons:

1.  The group holds the majority of the share capital
2.  The group has the majority on the board of subsidiaries 
3.  The group has full control of the operations and is involved in all decisions

The group is able to consolidate its subsidiaries, Echoscan in Nigeria and Medical Health Development in Saudi 
Arabia, despite owning only 39.4% and 42.51% indirect ownership, respectively. This is due to several reasons:

1.  The group exercises control over all intermediate entities that connect the parent company to Echoscan and 

Medical Health Development.

2.  The group has a technical service agreement in place, which grants them the authority to direct and oversee 

the operations of the subsidiaries in Nigeria.

3.  The appointment of Dr. Amid Abdelnour as CEO in Saudi Arabia further strengthens the group’s ability to 

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following: 

control the subsidiary.

•  fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments; 
•  variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the 

commencement date. 

•  amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, and 
•  the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, 
•  lease payments in an optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, 

and

•  penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there 
is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, there is a change in the Group’s 
estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assess-
ment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option or if there is a revised in-substance 
fixed lease payment. 

Despite not having majority ownership, the group’s control over the intermediate entities, technical service agree-
ment, and CEO appointment allows them to exercise control in their financial statements.

Estimates and assumptions

4.2. 
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, 
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within 
the next financial year, are described below. 

The Group based its assumptions and estimates on parameters available when the consolidated financial state-
ments were prepared. Existing circumstances and assumptions about future developments, however, may change 
due  to  market  changes  or  circumstances  arising  that  are  beyond  the  control  of  the  Group.  Such  changes  are 
reflected in the assumptions when they occur.

150    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     151

Financial StatementsImpairment of intangible assets
The Group tests annually whether goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite lives have suffered any impair-
ment.  Impairment  exists  when  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset  or  cash  generating  unit  exceeds  its  recoverable 
amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use.

The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value in use. The value in use 
calculation is based on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model. The exception to this was Echo Scan where the realis-
able value was greater than the value in use, therefore, the recoverable amount was based on the realisable value. 

The cash flows are derived from the budget for the next five years and do not include restructuring activities that the Group 
is not yet committed to or significant future investments that will enhance the asset’s performance of the CGU being tested. 
The recoverable amount is sensitive to the discount rate used for the DCF model as well as the expected future cash-inflows 
and the growth rate used for extrapolation purposes. For more detailed assumptions refer to (note 13).

Customer loyalty program 
The group operates a loyalty program where customers accumulate points for purchases made which entitle them to 
a discount on future purchases to be utilised within one year. A contract liability is recognised for the points awarded 
at the time of the sale based on the expected level of redemption.  At 31 December 2023 the level of points accumu-
lated by customers which had not expired was equivalent to 189MEGP. The estimate made by management is how 
much of this amount ought to be recognised as a liability based on future usage. The level of future redemption is 
estimated using historical data and adjustments for likely future trends in usage. Therefore, upon initial recognition 
of the sale to a customer, if management expects the group to be entitled to a breakage amount (i.e., not all points will 
be redeemed and so it is highly probable that there will be no significant reversal of revenue) this breakage amount 
is recognised within revenue. This assessment is reviewed periodically, to ensure that only revenue which is highly 
probable not to result in a significant reversal in future periods is recognised. Management has estimated that 60 
MEGP out of the total potential amount that could be redeemed is likely to be utilised by customers. If the points 
utilised during the year were 10% more than estimated, this would result in an additional charge of 6m EGP.

Impairment of financial assets 
The loss allowances for financial assets are based on assumptions about risk of default and expected loss rates. 
The group uses judgement in making these assumptions and selecting the inputs to the impairment calculation, 
based on the group’s history and existing market conditions, as well as forward-looking estimates at the end of 
each reporting period. Details of the key assumptions and inputs used are disclosed in note 16.

5. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents (Note 17)
Term deposits and treasury bills (Note 18)
Trade and other receivables (Note 16)

Total financial assets

Trade and other payables (Note 22)
Put option liability (Note 23)
Financial obligations (Note 25)
Loans and borrowings (Note 27)

Total other financial liabilities
Total financial instruments*

2023

EGP’000
674,253
161,098
685,050

2022

EGP’000
648,512
167,404
509,806

1,520,401

1,325,722

2023

EGP’000
556,563
356,582
1,068,054
125,439

2,106,638
(586,237)

2022

EGP’000
628,313
490,695
1,062,896
127,420

2,309,324
(983,602)

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities are considered to be equivalent to their book value.
The fair values measurements for all the financial assets and liabilities have been categorized as Level 3, it is fair 
value can’t be determined by using readily observable measures and Echo-Scan put option (note 23) has been 
categorized as Level 3 as the fair value of the option is based on un-observable inputs using the best information 
available in the current circumstances, including the company’s own projection and taking into account all the 
market assumptions that are reasonably available.

Financial instruments risk management objectives and policies
The Group’s principal financial liabilities are trade and other payables, put option liabilities, borrowings and other 
financial liabilities. The Group’s principal financial assets include trade and other receivables, financial assets at 
amortised cost, financial asset at fair value and cash and cash equivalents that derive directly from its operations.

The Group is exposed to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program 
focuses on the unpredictability of markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial 
performance. The Group’s senior management oversees the management of these risks. The Board of Directors 
reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks, which are summarised below. 

The board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific 
areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and 
non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

-Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of 
changes  in  market  prices.  Market  risk  comprises  three  types  of  risk:  interest  rate  risk,  currency  risk  and  other 
price risk, such as equity price risk and commodity risk. Financial instruments affected by market risk include 
borrowings and deposits. 

The sensitivity analysis in the following sections relate to the position as at 31 December 2023 and 2022. The sen-
sitivity analysis have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, the ratio of fixed to floating interest 
rates of the debt and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant.

The analysis excludes the impact of movements in market variables on provisions, and the non-financial assets and 
liabilities of foreign operations. The following assumptions have been made in calculating the sensitivity analysis:

•  The  sensitivity  of  the  relevant  consolidated  income  statement  item  is  the  effect  of  the  assumed  changes  in 
respective market risks. This is based on the financial assets and financial liabilities held at 31 December 2023 
and 31 December 2022.

-Interest rate risk
The  Group  is  trying  to  minimize  its  interest  rate  exposure,  especially  in  Egypt  region,  which  has  seen  several 
interest rate rises over the year. Minimising interest rate exposure has been achieved partially by entering into 
fixed-rate instruments. 

* The financial instruments exclude prepaid expenses, deferred revenue, and tax (current tax, payroll tax, withholding tax,…etc).          

152    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     153

Financial StatementsExposure to interest rate risk
The interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments as reported to the management of 
the group is as follows:

Fixed-rate instruments

Financial obligations (note 25)
Loans and borrowings (note 24)

Variable-rate instruments

Loans and borrowings (note 24)

2023

EGP’000

1,068,054
16,694

2022

EGP’000

1,062,896
-

94,451

116,426

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable-rate instruments
A  reasonable  possible  change  of  100  basis  points  in  interest  rates  at  the  reporting  date  would  have  increased 
(decreased) profit or loss by the amounts EGP 945k (2022: EGP 1,164K). This analysis assumes that all other vari-
ables, remain constant.

-Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of 
changes in foreign exchange rates. 

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency expo-
sures, primarily with respect to the US Dollar, Sudanese Pound, the Jordanian Dinar, Nigerian Naira and Saudi 
Riyal. Foreign exchange risk arises from the Group’s operating activities (when revenue or expense is denomi-
nated in a foreign currency), recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. However, 
management aims to minimize open positions in foreign currencies to the extent that is necessary to conduct its 
activities.

Management has set up a policy to require group companies to manage their foreign exchange risk against their 
functional currency. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or 
liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.

At year end, major financial assets / (liabilities) denominated in foreign currencies were as follows:

31-Dec-23

Cash 
and cash 
equivalents
22,698
-
-

Other 
assets
-
-
-

Assets

Total

assets Put option
-
22,698
(301,383)
-
(42,786)
-

US
JOD
SAR

Liabilities

Finance 
lease
(49,290)
-
-

Trade 
payables
(28,767)
-
-

Total
liability
(78,057)
(301,383)
(42,786)

Net 
exposure
(55,359)
(301,383)
(42,786)

Cash 
and cash 
equivalents
13,112
-

Other 
assets
-
-

US

JOD

The following is the exchange rates applied:

US Dollars
Euros 
GBP
JOD
SAR
SDG
NGN

US Dollars
Euros 
GBP
JOD
SAR
SDG
NGN

31-Dec-22

Liabilities

Assets

Total

assets Put option
-
13,112
(439,695)
-

Finance 
lease
(299,128)
-

Trade 
payables
(8,840)
-

Total
liability
(307,968)
(439,695)

Net 
exposure
(294,856)
(439,695)

Average rate for the year ended

31-Dec-23  

30.76
33.31
38.35
43.12
8.20
0.05
0.05

31-Dec-22
19.67
20.59
24.02
27.71
5.24
0.04
0.05

Spot rate for the year ended

31-Dec-23  

30.84
34.04
39.26
43.42
8.22
0.05
0.03

31-Dec-22
24.70
26.27
29.70
34.78
6.57
0.04
0.06

At 31 December 2023, if the Egyptian Pound had weakened/strengthened by 40% against the US Dollar with all 
other variables held constant, total equity for the year would have increased/decreased by EGP (22.14m) (2022: 
EGP 118m), mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses and translation reserve on the translation of US 
dollar-denominated financial assets and liabilities as at the financial position of 31 December 2023.

At 31 December 2023, if the Egyptian Pound had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Jordanian Dinar 
with all other variables held constant, total equity for the year would have increased/decreased by EGP (30m) 
(2022: EGP (44m)), mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses and translation reserve on translation of 
JOD -denominated financial assets and liabilities as at the financial position of 31 December 2023.

At 31 December 2023, if the Egyptian Pound had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Saudi Riyal with 
all other variables held constant, total equity for the year would have increased/decreased by EGP (4m), mainly 
as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses and translation reserve on translation of SAR -denominated financial 
assets and liabilities as at the financial position of 31 December 2023.

154    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     155

Financial Statements 
Price risk

- 
The group’s exposure to equity securities price risk arises from investments held by the group and classified in the 
balance sheet as at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL) (note 14).

Liquidity risk

- 
The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of 
finance leases and loans.

Credit risk

- 
Credit risk is the risk a financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to 
meet its contractual obligations and it arises principally from under the Groups receivables. The Group is exposed 
to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and financial assets at amortised cost, such 
as term deposits and treasury bills. 

Credit risk is managed on a group basis, except for credit risk relating to accounts receivable balances. Each local 
entity is responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk for each of their new clients before standard pay-
ment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative 
financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, 
including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. 

The cash balance and financial assets at amortized cost within the group is held within financial institutions, 76% 
with a rating of B- ,6% is rated at least A and 18% is rated at least Aa3.

Trade receivables
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. How-
ever, management also considers the factors that may influence the credit risk of its customer base, including the 
default risk associated with the industry and country or region in which customers operate. Details of concentra-
tion of revenue are included in the operating segment note (see Note 6). 

The  risk  management  committee  has  established  a  credit  policy  under  which  each  new  customer  is  analysed 
individually  for  creditworthiness  before  the  Group’s  standard  payment  and  delivery  terms  and  conditions  are 
offered and credit limit is set for each customer. The Group’s review includes external ratings, if available, financial 
statements, industry information and in some cases bank references. Receivable limits are established for each 
customer and reviewed quarterly. Any receivable balance exceeding the set limit requires approval from the risk 
management  committee.  Outstanding  customer  receivables  are  regularly  monitored  and  the  average  general 
credit terms given to contract customers are 45 - 60 days.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undis-
counted cashflows:

31 December 2023

Financial obligations
Put option liabilities
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables

31 December 2022

Financial obligations
Put option liabilities
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables

1 year or less
291,342
313,796
60,199
556,563

1,221,900

1 year or less
285,962
439,695
41,681
628,313

1,395,651

1 to 5 years
1,054,902
42,786
83,211
-

1,180,899

1 to 5 years
1,030,750
51,000
119,673
-

1,201,423

more than 5 
years
166,965
-
-
-

166,965

more than 5 
years
227,715
-
-
-

227,715

Total
1,513,209
356,582
143,410
556,563

2,569,764

Total
1,544,427
490,695
161,354
628,313

2,824,789

Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of the group and aggregated by group finance. Group 
finance monitors rolling forecasts of the group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet 
operational needs. Such forecasting takes into consideration the group’s compliance with internal financial posi-
tion ratio targets and, if applicable external regulatory or legal requirements – for example, currency restrictions.

The group’s management retain cash balances in order to allow repayment of obligations in due dates, without 
taking into account any unusual effects which it cannot be predicted such as natural disasters. All suppliers and 
creditors will be repaid over a period not less 30 days from the date of the invoice or the date of the commitment.

An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date on an individual basis for major clients. In addition, 
a large number of minor receivables are grouped into homogenous groups and assessed for impairment collec-
tively. The calculation is based on actual incurred historical data and expected future credit losses. The Group 
does not hold collateral as security. That maximum exposure to credit risk is disclosed in note 16.

Segment reporting

6. 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker.  The  chief  operating  decision-maker  who  is  responsible  for  allocating  resources  and  assessing 
performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the steering committee that makes strategic decisions.

Cash and cash equivalents
Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed by the Group’s treasury department 
in accordance with the Group’s policy. Investments of surplus funds are made only with approved counterparties 
and within credit limits assigned to each counterparty. Counterparty credit limits are reviewed by the Group’s 
Board of Directors on an annual basis and may be updated throughout the year subject to approval of the Group’s 
management. The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate financial loss through 
a counterparty’s potential failure to make payments.

The  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  at  the  reporting  date  is  the  carrying  value  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents 
disclosed in Note 17.

The  preparation  of  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  adopted  IFRSs  requires 
management  to  make  judgements,  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues, 
expenses, assets and liabilities. 

The Group has five operating segments based on geographical location, with the Group’s Chief Operating Deci-
sion Maker (CODM) reviewing the internal management reports and KPIs of each geography. The CODM does not 
separately review assets and liabilities of the group by reportable segment.

156    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     157

Financial Statements      
The Group operates in five geographic areas, Egypt, Sudan, Jordan, Nigeria and Saudi Arabia. As a provider of 
medical diagnostic services, IDH’s operations in Sudan are not subject to sanctions. The revenue split adjusted 
EBITDA split (being the key profit measure reviewed by CODM), impairment loss on trade receivables and net 
profit and loss between the five regions is set out below.

Revenue by geographic location

For the year ended

31-Dec-23
31-Dec-22

Egypt 
region
3,410,720
2,894,042

Sudan 
region
11,367
20,301

Jordan
 region
604,025
611,840

Nigeria 
region
96,394
78,864

Saudi 
Arabia

Total
- 4,122,506
- 3,605,047

Adjusted EBITDA by geographic location

For the year ended

31-Dec-23
31-Dec-22

Egypt 
region
1,058,254
1,052,881

Sudan 
region
1,107
(196)

Jordan 
region
157,306
136,195

Nigeria 
region
(24,623)
(17,087)

Saudi 
Arabia
-
-

Total
1,192,044
1,171,793

Impairment loss / (reversed of impairment) on trade receivables by geographic location

For the year ended

31-Dec-23

31-Dec-22

Egypt
region
45,268

27,734

Sudan
region
5,013

3

Jordan
region
-

(628)

Nigeria 
region
974

2,805

Saudi 
Arabia
-

-

Total
51,255

29,914

Net profit and loss by geographic location

For the year ended

31-Dec-23

31-Dec-22

Egypt 
region
530,207

514,353

Sudan
 region
(1,735)

16,978

Jordan 
region
33,813

53,065

Nigeria 
region
(72,536)

(57,813)

Saudi 
Arabia
(21,386)

-

Total
468,363

526,583

The operating segment profit measure reported to the CODM is adjusted EBITDA, as follows:

Profit from operations

Property, plant and equipment and right of use depreciation
Amortization of Intangible assets

EBITDA

Nonrecurring items*

Adjusted EBITDA 

* Nonrecurring items

IDH recorded several one-off expenses during the year, namely:

Transactions fees related to aborted Pakistan acquisition
The Egyptian government for vocational training
Pre-operating expenses in Saudi Arabia
Impairment expenses due to the ongoing conflict in Sudan
Impairment expenses in goodwill and assets for operations in Nigeria

2023

  EGP’000
737,762
393,488
7,750

1,139,000
53,044

1,192,044

2023

  EGP’000
-
11,865
18,196
5,013
17,970

53,044

2022

  EGP’000
832,191
310,092
7,251

1,149,534
22,259

1,171,793

2022

  EGP’000
22,259
-
-
-
-

22,259

The non-current assets reported to CODM is in accordance with IFRS are as follows:

Non-current assets by geographic location

For the year ended

31-Dec-23
31-Dec-22

Egypt
region
3,091,485
3,039,930

Sudan
region
3,848
14,993

Jordan 
region
609,699
494,244

Nigeria 
region
47,639
121,770

Saudi
Arabia
55,262
-

Total
3,807,933
3,670,937

Capital management

7. 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue in order to provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce 
the cost of capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to share-
holders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. 

The repatriation of a declared dividend from Egyptian group entities are subject to regulation by Egyptian authori-
ties. The outcome of an Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders declaring a dividend is first certified by the 
General Authority for Investment and Free Zones (GAFI). 

Approval is subsequently transmitted to Misr for Central Clearing, Depository and Registry (MCDR) to distribute 
dividends to all shareholders, regardless of their domicile, following notification of shareholders via publication 
in one national newspapers.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the net debt to equity ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided 
by total equity. Net debt is calculated as (short-term and long-term financial obligation plus short-term and long 
term borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents and financial assets at amortised cost. 

Financial obligations (note 25)
Borrowings (note 27)
Less: Financial assets at amortised cost (note 18)
Less: Cash and cash equivalents (Note 17)

Net debt
Total Equity
Net debt

2023

EGP’000
1,068,054
125,439
(161,098)
(674,253)

358,142
3,100,788
11.6%

2022

EGP’000
1,062,896
127,420
(167,404)
(648,512)

374,400
2,446,981
15.3%

No changes were made in the objectives, Policies, or processes for managing capital during the years ended 31 
December 2023 and 31 December 2022.

158    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     159

Financial StatementsExpense 

8. 
Included in consolidated income statement are the following:

8.1 

Cost of sales 

Raw material 
Cost of specialized analysis at other laboratories
Wages and salaries 
Property, plant and equipment, right of use depreciation and Amortisation
Other expenses

2023

EGP’000
875,296
38,765
773,565
362,230
548,303

2022

EGP’000
703,693
30,756
613,495
284,740
510,300

Total

2,598,159

2,142,984

8.2 

Marketing and advertising expenses

Advertisement expenses
Wages and salaries 
Property, plant and equipment depreciation
Other expenses

Total

8.3 

Administrative expenses

Wages and salaries  
Property, plant and equipment and right of use depreciation 
Transactions fees related to aborted Pakistan acquisition
Other expenses 

Total

2023

EGP’000
98,034
65,580
718
47,291

211,623

2023

  EGP’000
216,037
38,290
-
256,066

510,393

2022

EGP’000
123,442
54,750
739
34,220

213,151

2022

EGP’000
142,689
31,864
22,259
 201,721 

398,533

8.4 

Other expenses and income 

Other expenses

Impairment in assets
Impairment in goodwill
Provision for end Of Service
Provision for legal claims
Provision for Egyptian Government Training Fund for employees

Total

Other income

Other income

Total

2023

EGP’000
(6,705)
(11,265)
(331)
(3,496)
(11,865)

(33,662)

2023

EGP’000
20,348

20,348

2022

EGP’000
(1,830)
-
-
(3,950)
-

(5,780)

2022

EGP’000
17,506

17,506

Other expenses and income

      (13,314)

       11,726 

8.5 

Expenses by nature  

Raw material 
Wages and Salaries 
Property, plant and equipment, right of use depreciation and amortisation
Advertisement expenses
Cost of specialized analysis at other laboratories
Transportation and shipping
Cleaning expenses
Call Center
Hospital Contracts
Consulting Fees
Transactions fees related to aborted Pakistan acquisition
Utilities
License Expenses
Other expenses

2023

EGP’000
875,296
1,055,182
401,238
98,034
38,765
100,850
78,400
27,874
69,342
170,319
-
59,915 
46,583
298,377

2022

EGP’000
703,693
810,934
317,343
123,442
30,756
87,490
74,290
32,976
14,357
 142,012 
22,259
 49,453 
 30,492 
 315,171 

Total

3,320,175

2,754,668

160    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     161

Financial Statements 
Auditors’ remuneration 

8.6 
The group paid or accrued the following amounts to its auditor for the financial year ended 31 December 2023 and 
2022 and its associates in respect of the audit of the financial statements and for other services provided to the group.

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Group’s annual 
financial statements
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Assurance services*

2023

EGP’000

49,217

15,779
308 

65,304

*Assurance services relate to review of Corporate Governance report in Egypt that is required to be performed by the auditor.

8.7  

Net finance (costs) / income

Interest expense
Bank Charges

Total finance costs
Interest income
Gain on hyperinflationary net monetary position
Net foreign exchange Gain

Total finance income
Net finance (cost) / income

2023

EGP’000
(141,688)
(19,295)

(160,983)
72,779
-
87,798

160,577
(406)

2022

EGP’000

 28,919 

9,443
197   

38,559

2022

EGP’000
(122,677)
(12,909)

(135,586)
95,371
16,179
188,442

299,992
164,406

Employee numbers and costs

8.8 
The average number of persons employed by the Group (including directors) during the year and the aggregate 
payroll costs of these persons, analysed by category, were as follows:

2023

Medical

Administration 
and market

Total 

Medical

Administration 
and market

2022

Total 

5,435

1,257

6,692

5,428

1,290

6,718

Number of 
employees

Medical
710,515
49,786
13,264

Administration 
and market
253,729
24,386
3,502

2023 

EGP’000

Total
964,244
74,172
16,766

Medical
566,385
36,053
11,057

Administration 
and market
185,628
8,925
2,886

2022

EGP’000

Total
752,013
44,978
13,943

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Contributions to defined 
contribution plan 

Fair value losses on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

8.9 
During 2023 the group didn’t invest in Global Depositary Receipt (GDR) tradable in stock exchanges. In the third 
quarter of 2022 the ALmokhtabar and Alborg companies invested in Global Depositary Receipts (GDR) tradable 
in stock exchanges, where the companies purchased 27,304 million shares, EGP 1,011.4 M from the Egyptian Stock 
Exchange and sold them during the same period on the London Stock exchange at USD 45.8 M excluding the 
transaction cost.

listed equity securities

Shares bought 
Shares sale

27,304
27,304

Number of 
shares’000

9. 
a) 

Income tax 
Amounts recognised in profit or loss.

Current year tax
WHT suffered

Current tax

DT on undistributed reserves
DT on reversal of temporary differences

Total Deferred tax 
Tax expense recognized in profit or loss

2023

EGP’000
-
-

2022

EGP’000
(1,011,376)
868,426

-

(142,950)

2023

EGP’000
(216,425)
-

(216,425)
(50,004)
(2,564)

(52,568)
(268,993)

2022

EGP’000
(210,477)
(122,731)

(333,208)
46,554
(40,410)

6,144
(327,064)

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

b) 
The company is considered to be a UK tax resident, and subject to UK taxation. Dividend income into the com-
pany is exempt from taxation when received from a wholly controlled subsidiary, and costs incurred by the com-
pany are considered unlikely to be recoverable against future UK taxable profits and therefore form part of our 
unrecognised deferred tax assets. Our judgement on tax residency has been made based on where we hold board 
meetings,  our  listing  on  the  London  Stock  Exchange  and  interactions  with  investors,  and  where  our  company 
secretarial function is physically based. Our external company secretarial function manages a number of activities 
of our parent and its board. Board meetings are chaired in London and are now largely taking place physically in 
London with the expectation of one physical board meeting a year in Cairo.

Profit before tax

Profit before tax multiplied by rate of corporation tax in Egypt of 22.5% 
(2022: 22.5%)
Effect of tax rate in UK of 23.5% (2022: UK 19%)
Effect of tax rates in Jordan, Sudan, and Nigeria of 21%, 30% and 30% 
respectively (2022: 21%, 30% and 30%) ; and Saudi Arabia with a rate of 20%

2023

EGP’000
737,356

165,905

(2,335)

(4,188)

37,684
50,004
14,075
7,848

2022

EGP’000
853,647

 192,071 

 1,871 

 (3,317)

 19,960 
 76,177 
 16,653 
 23,649

Total

773,565

281,617

1,055,182

613,495

197,439

810,934

Tax effect of:

Details of key management remuneration are provided in note 26 and details of amounts paid to directors are 
included in the Remuneration Committee Report.

Deferred tax not recognised
Deferred tax arising on undistributed dividend
Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes - employee profit share
Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes - other 

162    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     163

Tax expense recognised in profit or loss

268,993

327,064

Financial StatementsDeferred tax
Deferred tax relates to the following:

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Undistributed reserves from group 
subsidiaries
Tax Losses

Total deferred tax assets – (liability)

Assets

EGP’000

2,731

2,731

          2023   

Liabilities

EGP’000
(39,552)
(111,033)

(226,875)

(377,460)
(374,729)

Assets

EGP’000
-
-

-

61

61

2022

Liabilities

EGP’000
(35,804)
(109,118)

(176,871)

-

(321,793)
(321,732)

All deferred tax amounts are expected to be recovered or settled more than twelve months after the reporting period.

The difference between net deferred tax balances recorded on the income statement is as follows: 

2023
Property, plant 
and equipment
Intangible assets
Undistributed 
dividend 
from group 
subsidiaries
Tax losses

2022
Property, plant 
and equipment
Intangible assets
Undistributed 
dividend 
from group 
subsidiaries
Tax losses

Net Balance 1 
January

 (35,804)

 (109,118)

Deferred tax 
recognized in 
profit or loss

 (3,319)

 (1,915)

Effect of 
translation to 
presentation 
currency

WHT tax paid

Net Balance 
31 December

(429)

-

 (39,552)

                 -   

                 -   

 (111,033)

 (176,871)

(50,004)

                 -   

                 -   

(226,875)

 61 

 (321,732)

 2,670 

(52,568)

                 -   

(429)

                 -   

 2,731 

-

  (374,729)

Net balance 
at 1 January

 (28,925)

 (105,358)

Deferred tax 
recognised in 
profit or loss

 (6,315)

 (3,760)

 (223,425)

 (76,177)

Effect of 
translation to 
presentation 
currency

(564)

 -   

 -   

WHT tax paid

-

-

Net balance 
31 December

 (35,804)

 (109,118)

122,731

 (176,871)

 25,559 

 (332,149)

 (30,335)

(116,587)

4,837

4,273

-

 61 

122,731

 (321,732)

All movements in the deferred tax asset/liability in the year have been recognised in the profit or loss account.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets have been calculated based on the enacted tax rate at 31 December 2023 for the 
country the liabilities and assets has arisen. The enacted tax rate in Egypt is 22.5% (2022: 22.5%), Jordan 21% (2022: 
21%), Sudan 30% (2022: 30%) and Nigeria 30% (2022: 30%).

* Undistributed reserves from group subsidiaries
The  Group’s  dividend  policy  is  to  distribute  any  excess  cash  after  taking  into  consideration  all  business  cash 
requirements and potential acquisition considerations. The expectation is to distribute profits held within sub-
sidiaries of the Group in the near foreseeable future. During 2015 the Egyptian Government imposed a tax on 
dividends at a rate of 5% of dividends distributed from Egyptian entities. On September 30, 2020, the Egyptian 
government issued a law to increase the tax rate to 10%. As a result, a deferred tax liability has been recorded for 
the  future  tax  expected  to  be  incurred  from  undistributed  reserves  held  within  the  Group  which  will  be  taxed 
under the new legislation imposed and were as follows:

Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs
Alborg Laboratory Company
Integrated Medical Analysis Company
Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Company

2023

EGP’000
 72,642 
  42,514
 86,917 
24,802

226,875

2022

EGP’000
 44,640 
 31,035 
 83,277 
17,919

176,871

Unrecognized deferred tax assets 
The following items make up unrecognised deferred tax assets. The local tax law does not permit deductions for 
provisions against income tax until the provision becomes realised. No deferred tax asset has been recognised on 
tax losses for both Echo-Scan Nigeria and Wayak Egypt due to the uncertainty of the available future taxable profit, 
which the Group can use the benefits therefrom.

Impairment of trade receivables 
(Note 16)
Impairment of other receivables 
(Note 16)
Provision for legal claims (Note 21)
Tax losses*

Unrecognized deferred tax asset

2023

2023

2022

Gross Amount

Tax Effect

Gross Amount

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

 183,070 

 41,191 

136,981

 8,509 

 5,561 
500,171

697,311

 1,915 

 1,251 
122,047

166,404
166,404

8,604

3,519
382,999

 532,103 

2022

Tax Effect

EGP’000

30,821

1,936

792
93,768

 127,317 
127,317

There is no expiry date for the Unrecognized deferred tax assets.

164    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     165

Financial Statements 
               
               
* The company has carried forward tax losses on which no deferred tax asset is recognised as follows:

Company
Integrated Diagnostics 
Holdings plc
Dynasty Group 
Holdings Limited
Eagle Eye-Echo Scan 
Limited
WAYAK Pharma
Medical Genetic 
Center
Golden care

Medical health care

2023

2023

2022

Gross Amount

Tax Effect

Gross Amount

Country

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

2022

Tax Effect

EGP’000

Jersey

418,561

104,639

325,155

81,289

England 
and Wales

Mauritius

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt
Saudi 
Arabia

11,445

278

24,767

15,264

8,470

21,386

2,175

42

5,573

3,435

1,906

4,277

 11,359 

 1,839 

 20,564 

 15,156 

 8,926 

-

 2,158 

 276 

 4,627 

 3,410 

 2,008 

-

500,171

122,047

382,999

93,768

Earnings per share (EPS) 

10. 
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. There are no dilutive effects from 
ordinary share and no adjustment required to weighted-average numbers of ordinary shares.

The following table reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted EPS computation:

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent for basic 
earnings EGP’000
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic and dilutive 
EPS’000

2023

2022

510,304

541,110

600,000

600,000

Basic and dilutive earnings per share EGP’000

0.85

0.90

Earnings per diluted share are calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares by the effects result-
ing from all the ordinary potential shares that causes this dilution. 

The Company has no potentially dilutive shares as of the 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, therefore; the 
earnings per diluted share are equivalent to basic earnings per share. 

l

a
t
o
T

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

-

2
6
8
,
8
7
3

8
7
3
,
9
5
6
,
1

8
2
6
,
6

)
7
1
0
,
6
1
(

7
1
8
,
9
8
1

,

8
6
6
8
1
2
2

,

-

8
3
5
,
3
5
3

)
8
9
0
,
3
1
(

)
6
2
6
,
7
(

4
1
5
,
3
1

,

6
9
9
4
6
5
2

,

0
7
5
,
7
9
5

3
9
9
,
6
0
2

)
5
0
6
,
5
(

8
4
4
,
3
9

,

6
0
4
2
9
8

5
5
4
,
9
5
2

)
4
9
9
,
5
(

)
1
0
3
,
2
(

5
0
7
,
6

,

1
7
2
0
5
1
1

,

,

5
2
7
4
1
4
1

,

,

2
6
2
6
2
3
1

,

1
6
7
,
6

3
5
8
,
3

t
n
u
o
c
c
a

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8
6
2

4
1
6
0
1

,

2
8
8
0
1

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2
8
8
0
1

,

4
1
6
0
1

,

7
2
2
8
3

,

9
8
5
8
2

,

-

-

7
3
9
,
5
1

8
5
2
,
7
1

6
4
2

)
2
5
8
,
4
(

9
8
5
8
2

,

1
9
0
,
8
2

-

-

)
0
7
(

7
2
2
8
3

,

)
3
8
3
,
8
1
(

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6
6
9
,
5
9

7
8
2
,
5
2

)
7
1
6
,
8
(

9
5
5
,
0
2

-

1
4
8
,
8
1

,

5
9
1
3
3
1

-

1
7
2
,
5

)
9
3
1
,
2
(

,

8
6
1
5
5
1

4
4
0
,
3
3

5
5
2
,
0
1

)
4
3
7
,
1
(

9
8
6
,
3
1

4
5
2
5
5

,

1
8
1
,
6
1

)
1
6
6
,
1
(

)
0
3
(

9
5
7
,
1

3
0
5
1
7

,

5
6
6
3
8

,

1
4
9
7
7

,

3
0
2
,
5
3
3

5
3
2
,
4
1
1

-

)
3
2
5
(

2
5
8
,
4

5
7
6
,
3
5

7
7
9
,
9
9

2
4
4
7
0
5

,

-

)
6
0
5
(

0
6
6
,
9
1

3
8
3
,
8
1

6
5
9
4
4
6

,

4
0
4
,
8
5

)
7
5
4
(

8
2
5
,
6
2

0
3
2
,
7
7
1

2
2
5
,
3
8

5
0
7
1
6
2

,

)
3
4
4
(

8
5
5
,
5

6
6
4
,
3

8
0
8
3
5
3

,

8
4
1
1
9
2

,

7
3
7
5
4
2

,

-

8
2
6
,
6

8
2
6
,
4
2
8

4
5
9
,
9
7
1

)
7
7
8
,
6
(

4
3
5
,
7
0
1

-

9
8
5
,
4
7
1

)
8
9
0
,
3
1
(

)
1
8
9
,
4
(

)
3
8
4
,
3
1
(

,

7
6
8
1
1
1
1

,

,

4
9
8
4
5
2
1

,

6
0
8
,
3
3
3

9
6
5
,
1
3
1

)
4
1
4
,
3
(

8
0
9
,
1
5

9
6
8
3
1
5

,

3
8
5
,
2
5
1

)
0
9
8
,
3
(

)
3
9
3
,
8
(

0
8
4
,
1

9
4
6
5
5
6

,

5
4
2
9
9
5

,

8
9
9
7
9
5

,

&
g
n
d

i

l
i

u
B

l

d
o
h
e
s
a
e
L

,
s
e
r
u
t
x
i
F

n
o
t
n
e
m
y
a
P

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
r
p
m

i

&
s
g
n
i
t
t
fi

l

d
o
h
e
s
a
e
L

,
l
a
c
i
d
e
M

c
i
r
t
c
e
e
&

l

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

n
o
i
t
c
u
r
t
s
n
o
c
n

i

s
e
l
c
i
h
e
v

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
r
p
m

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e

i

&
d
n
a
L

s
g
n
d

i

l
i

u
B

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

-

-

5
7
2
,
8
3

3
8
8
,
0
8
3

-

3
0
8
,
7

2
7
7
,
1
3

1
6
9
6
2
4

,

-

-

-

6
3
1
,
2

9
6
8
0
6
4

,

-

5
6
7
,
6

0
9
4
,
3
5

3
2
3
,
1

9
6
1
,
7

8
7
5
1
6

,

-

-

4
6
5

1
1
3
9
6

,

8
5
5
1
9
3

,

3
8
3
5
6
3

,

2
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t

A

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n
i

r
e
p
y
H

*
s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
i
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T

2
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
i
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n
i

r
e
p
y
H

s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

t
s
o
C

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f
e
g
r
a
h
c
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

3
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

2
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t

A

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
i
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

2
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f
e
g
r
a
h
c
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
i
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

*
t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

I

3
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

e
u
l
a
v
k
o
o
b
t
e
N

3
2
0
2
-
2
1
-
1
3
t
A

2
2
0
2
-
2
1
-
1
3
t
A

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
d
n
a
t
n
a
p

l

,
y
t
r
e
p
o
r
P

.

1
1

n
a
s
a
d
e
d
r
o
c
e
r

s
i

t
n
u
o
m
a
e
l
b
a
s
i
l
a
e
r

r
i
e
h
t

t
c
e
fl
e
r
o
t

s
t
e
s
s
a
e
h
t

f
o
e
u
l
a
v
g
n
i
y
r
r
a
c
e
h
t
n
i

s
s
o
l

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i

s
i

.

Th
E
P
P

f
o
e
u
l
a
v
d
e
s
a
e
r
c
e
d
e
h
t

f
o
t
l
u
s
e
r
a
s
a
d
e
d
r
o
c
e
r
n
e
e
b
s
a
h
M
7
.
6
P
G
E

f
o
s
s
o
l

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i
n
a
”
”
n
a
c
S
o
h
c
E
”
“
s

U
G
C
s
’
p
u
o
r
G
e
h
t

f
o
e
n
o
r
o
F
*

.
3
1
e
t
o
n
n
i
h
t
i

w
e
d
a
m
e
r
a
t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i
e
h
t
n
o
s
l
i
a
t
e
d
r
e
h
t
r
u
F

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
n
i
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i

166    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     167

Financial Statements     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. 

Intangible assets and goodwill

Cost
At 1 January 2022

Additions
Effect of movements in exchange 
rates

At 31 December 2022

Additions 
Effect of movements in exchange 
rates

Goodwill

EGP’000

Brand Name

EGP’000

Software

EGP’000

1,260,965
 -   
 30,858 

 1,291,823 
 -   
 13,144 

383,909
 -   
 11,642 

 395,551 
 -   
 7,910 

77,394
 9,076 
 6,366 

 92,836 
 2,490 
 4,032 

Total

EGP’000

1,722,268
 9,076 
 48,866 

 1,780,210 
 2,490 
 25,086 

At 31 December 2023

 1,304,967 

 403,461 

 99,358 

 1,807,786 

Amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2022

Impairment*

Amortisation

Effect of movements in exchange 
rates

At 31 December 2022

Impairment*

Amortisation

Effect of movements in exchange 
rates

At 31 December 2023

Net book value

At 31 December 2023

At 31 December 2022

4,552

1,755

-

66

 6,373 

11,265

-

80

372

-

-

9

58,477

-

7,251

4,092

 381 

 69,820 

-

-

11

-

7,750

1,923

63,401

1,755

7,251

4,167

 76,574 

11,265

7,750

2,014

17,718

392

79,493

97,603

1,287,249

1,285,450

403,069

395,170

19,865

23,016

1,710,183

1,703,636

* The Group has identified an impairment indicator on the goodwill associated with the Medical Genetics Center company in both 2022 and 2023, as well as the 

Echo Scan CGU in 2023. This is primarily due to the company’s negative free cash flow and EBITDA.

13.  Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives (note 3.2-i) 
Goodwill acquired through business combinations and intangible assets with indefinite lives are allocated to the 
Group’s CGUs as follows: 

Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group (“Biolab”)

Goodwill 
Brand name

Alborg Laboratory Company (“Al-Borg”)

Goodwill
Brand name

Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs (“Al-Mokhtabar”)

Goodwill
Brand name

Echo-Scan
Goodwill*

Balance at 31 December

 2023

EGP’000

90,872
39,684

130,556

497,275
142,066

639,341

699,102
221,319

920,421

2022

EGP’000

 72,783
 31,785 

104,568

497,275
142,066

639,341

699,102
221,319

920,421

- 

- 
1,690,318

16,290

16,290
 1,680,620 

* The Group has recorded an impairment in relation to Echo-Scan in Nigeria as a result of its history of recording losses at a cash flow and EBITDA level. The 
value in use was considered lower than the realisable value of the assets the Group had and therefore this was used as the recoverable amount, as the value in use 
could not be guaranteed to be positive given the history of making losses. The realisable value was largely based on the value of PPE and totalled EGP 43,283k 
compared to a carrying value of the CGU of EGP 61,253k. Therefore, goodwill of EGP 11,265k has been fully impaired with an additional impairment of EGP 
6,705k recorded on PPE.

Assumptions used in value in use calculations and sensitivity to changes in assumptions 
IDH  worked  with  Alpha  Capital,  management’s  expert,  to  prepare  an  impairment  assessment  of  the  Group’s 
CGUs. The assessment was carried out based on business plans provided by IDH.  

168    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     169

Financial StatementsThese plans have been prepared based on criteria set out below: 

2023

Bio Lab

Al-Mokhtabar

Al-Borg

Average annual patient growth rate from 
2024 -2028
Average annual price per test growth rate 
from 2024 -2028
Annual revenue growth rate from 2024 
-2028
Average gross margin from 2024 -2028
Terminal value growth rate from 1 
January 2028 
Discount rate

5%

5%

10%

41%

3%

17%

8%

11%

16%

44%

5%

25%

5%

11%

17%

37%

5%

25%

Bio Lab

Al-Mokhtabar

Al-Borg

Echo-Scan

2022

Average annual patient growth rate 
from 2023 -2027

Average annual price per test growth 
rate from 2023 -2027

Annual revenue growth rate from 
2023 -2027

Average gross margin from
 2023 -2027

Terminal value growth rate from 
1 January 2027 

Discount rate

5%

0%

3%

46%

3%

19%

8%

6%

13%

51%

5%

25%

8%

7%

13%

45%

5%

25%

21%

5%

33%

81%

4%

28%

Management have compared the recoverable amount of CGUs to the carrying value of CGUs. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of value in use and fair value less costs of disposal. In the exercise performed and the assump-
tions noted above the value in use was noted to be higher than the fair value less costs of disposal. The exception to 
this was Echo-Scan where the realisable value was greater than the value in use as noted above and therefore the 
recoverable amount was based on realisable value.

During 2023, excluding Echo-Scan, management has conducted a business plan projection with the support of 
a  management  expert  (Alpha  Capital),  with  the  assumptions  above  used  to  calculate  the  net  present  value  of 
future cashflows to determine recoverable amount. The projected cash flows from 2024- 2028 have been based 
on detailed forecasts prepared by management for each CGU and a terminal value thereafter. Management have 
used experience and historical trends achieved to determine the key growth rate and margin assumptions set out 
above. The terminal value growth rate applied is not considered to exceed the average growth rate for the industry 
and geographic locations of the CGUs that had a recoverable amount based on value in use. 

As a sensitivity analysis, Management considered a change in the discount rates of 2% increase to reflect addi-
tional risk that could reasonably be foreseen in the marketplaces in which the Group operates. This did not result 
in an impairment under any of the CGUs that had a recoverable amount based on value in use. 

Management has also considered a change in the terminal growth rate by 1% decrease to reflect additional risk, 
This did not result in an impairment under any of the CGUs that had a recoverable amount based on value in use.

This recoverable amount is then compared to the carrying value of the asset as recorded in the books and records 
of IDH plc.  The WACC has been used considering the risks of each CGU. These risks include country risk, currency 
risk as well as the beta factor relating to the CGU and how it performs relative to the market.

The headroom/(impairment) between carrying value and recoverable amount is as follows:

Almokhtabar
Alborg
Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab
Echo Scan

Company

Recoverable 
amount

CGU carrying 
value

Headroom/
(Impairment)

EGP’000
3,449,092
2,215,534
1,071,711
43,283

EGP’000
1,649,728
1,600,213
654,342
61,253

EGP’000
1,799,364
615,321
417,369
(17,970)

14. 

Financial asset at fair value through profit and loss

Non-current equity investments
Current equity investments

Balance at 31 December

2023

EGP’000
-
25,157

25,157 

2022

EGP’000
 18,064 
-

18,064

*On August 17, 2017, Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab (seller) has signed IT purchase Agreement with JSC Mega Lab (Buyer) to transfer and install the Laboratory 
Information Management System (LIMS) for a purchase price amounted to USD 400 000, which will be in the form of 10% equity stake in JSC Mega Lab. In case 
the valuation of the project is less or more than USD 4,000,000, the seller stake will be adjusted accordingly, in a way that the seller equity stake shall not fall below 
5% of JSC Mega Lab.

•  ownership percentage in JSC Mega Lab at the transaction date on April 8, 2019, and as of December 31, 2023, 

was 8.25%. 

•  On April 8, 2019, Al Mokhabariyoun Al Arab (Biolab) has signed a Shareholder Agreement with JSC Mega Lab 
and  JSC  Georgia  Healthcare  Group  (CHG),  whereas,  BioLab  Shall  have  a  put  option,  exercisable  within  12 
months immediately after the expiration of five (5) year period from the signing date, which allows BioLab stake 
to be bought out by CHG at a price of the equity value of BioLab Shares/total stake (being USD 400,000.00) plus 
15% annual IRR (including preceding 5 Financial years). After the expiration of above 12 months from the date 
of the put option period expiration, which allows CHG to purchase Biolab’s all shares at a price of equity value 
of Biolab’s stake (having value of USD 400,000) plus higher of 20% annual IRR or 6X EV/EBITDA (of the financial 
year immediately preceding the call option exercise date).  In case the Management Agreement or the Purchase 
Agreement and/or the SLA is terminated/cancelled within 6 months period from the date of such termination/
cancellation, CHG shall have a call option, which allows the CHG to purchase Biolab’s all Shares at a price of 
the equity value of BioLab’s stake in JSC Mega Lab (having value of USD 400,000.00) plus 205 annual IRR. If JCI 
accreditation is not obtained, immediately after the expiration of the additional 12 months period of the CHG 
shall have a call option (the Accreditation Call option), exercisable within 6 months period, which allows CHG 
to purchase BioLab’s all Shares at a price of the equity value of BioLab’s stake in JSC Mega Lab (having value of 
USD 400,000) plus 20% annual IRR.

170    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     171

Financial Statements 
15. 

Inventories

Chemicals and operating supplies

2023

EGP’000
374,650

374,650

2022

EGP’000
     265,459 

     265,459 

During 2023, EGP 875,296 K (2022: EGP 703,693K) was recognised as an expense for inventories, this was recognised 
in cost of sales. The major balance of the raw material is represented in the Kits, slow-moving items of those Kits are 
immaterial. It is noted that day’s inventory outstanding (based on the average of opening and closing inventory) 
stands as 133 days at 31 Dec 2023. 

The COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact on inventory, leading to impairment in 2023. Specifically, there 
was an impairment of kit materials related to COVID-19, resulting in an amount of EGP 17,372K. This is a notable 
increase compared to the previous year when no impairment was recorded. Additionally, there was an impairment 
of inventory in the Sudan region, totalling EGP 1,529K, also showing an increase from the previous year’s absence of 
impairment.  the specific challenges faced in the Sudan region.

16. 

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables – net
Prepayments
Due from related parties note (26)
Other receivables
Accrued revenue

2023

EGP’000
 569,738 
 42,185 
 5,037 
 108,521 
 1,754 

727,235

2022

EGP’000
395,220
34,081
5,930
106,363
2,293

543,887

As at 31 December 2023, the expected credit loss related to trade and other receivables was EGP 191,580K (2022: 
EGP 145,586K). Below show the movements in the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables: 

At 1 January 

Charge for the year
Exchange differences

At 31 December

2023

EGP’000
145,586
51,255
(5,261)

191,580

2022

EGP’000
109,768
 29,914 
 5,904 

 145,586 

The Group allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade based on data that is determined to be predictive of the risk 
of loss (historical customer’s collection, Customers’ contracts conditions) and applying experienced credit judge-
ment. Credit risk grades are defined using qualitative and quantitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default.

Expected credit loss assessment is based on the following:

1.  The customer list was divided into 9 sectors,
2.  Each sector was divided according to customers aging, 
3.  Each sector was studied according to the historical events of each sector. According to the study conducted, 

the expected default rate was derived from each of the aforementioned period,

4.  General economic conditions.

The results of the quarterly assessment will increase/decrease the percentage allocated to each period. Balances 
overdue by at least one year are fully provided for. On a quarterly basis, IDH revises its forward-looking estimates 
and the general economic conditions to assess the expected credit loss.

Impairment of trade and notes receivables
The requirement for impairment of trade receivables is made through monitoring the debts aging and reviewing 
customer’s credit position and their ability to make payment as they fall due. An impairment is recorded against 
receivables for the irrecoverable amount estimated by management. At the year end, the provision for impairment 
of trade receivables was EGP 183,070K (31 December 2022: EGP 136,981K). This is lower than the amount of EGP 
191,580k (31 December 2022: EGP 145,586k) as that amount also includes provision on other receivables.

A  reasonable  possible  change  of  100  basis  points  in  the  expected  credit  loss  at  the  reporting  date  would  have 
increased (decreased) profit or loss by the amount of EGP 7,528K. This analysis assumes that all other variables 
remain constant.

The following table provides information about the exposure to expected credit loss (ECL) for trade receivables 
from individual customers for the nine segments at:  

31-Dec-23

Current (not past due)

1–30 days past due

31–60 days past due

61–90 days past due

91–120 days past due

121–150 days past due

More than 150 days past due

31-Dec-22

Current (not past due)
1–30 days past due
31–60 days past due
61–90 days past due
91–120 days past due
121–150 days past due
More than 150 days past due

Weighted 
average loss 
rate

EGP’000
2.42%

6.41%

8.13%

13.53%

14.56%

16.47%

71.48%

Gross 
carrying 
amount

EGP’000
227,746

115,230

95,834

49,489

35,089

24,383

Loss 
allowance

EGP’000
(5,507)

(7,389)

(7,790)

(6,694)

(5,109)

(4,017)

205,037

(146,564)

Weighted 
average loss 
rate

EGP’000
1.11%
4.06%
4.55%
13.61%
18.12%
27.81%
88.00%

 Gross 
carrying 
amount

EGP’000
174,249
85,072
65,470
32,563
25,868
19,275
129,704

Loss 
allowance

EGP’000
(1,927)
(3,451)
(2,982)
(4,433)
(4,688)
(5,360)
(114,140)

As at 31 December, the ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

2023
2022

EGP’000

Total
569,738
395,220

EGP’000

< 30 days
 330,080 
253,943

EGP’000

30-60 days
 88,044 
62,488

EGP’000

61-90 days
 42,795 
28,130

EGP’000

> 90 days
108,819
50,659

172    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     173

Financial Statements 
 
 
17. 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at banks and on hand
Treasury bills (less than 3 months)
Term deposits (less than 3 months)

2023

EGP’000
 412,561 
 21,461 
 240,231 

 674,253 

2022

EGP’000
     399,957 
     185,513 
63,042

648,512

Cash  at  banks  earns  interest  at  floating  rates  based  on  daily  bank  deposit  rates.  Short-term  deposits  and  trea-
sury bills are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash 
requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective weighted average rate. Of the above Short-term 
deposits,  EGP  210,000k  (2022:  EGP  20,000k)  relates  to  amounts  held  in  Egypt  with  a  weighted  average  rate  of 
16.40% (2022: 11.93%), EGP 20,103k (2022: EGP 34,777k) relates to amounts held in Jordan with a weighted aver-
age rate of 5.00% (2022: 4.50%) and EGP 10,128k (2022: EGP: 8,265k) relates to amounts held in Nigeria with a 
weighted average rate of 5.6% (2022:7%). Treasury bills are denominated in EGP and earn interest at a weighted 
average rate of 24.95% (2022: 15.76%) per annum.        

18. 

 Financial assets at amortised cost  

Term deposits (more than 3 months)

Treasury bills (more than 3 months)

2023

EGP’000
 49,244 

 111,854 

 161,098 

2022

EGP’000
60,200

107,204

167,404

The maturity date of the fixed term deposit and treasury bills is between 3–12 months. Treasury bills are denominated 
in EGP and earn interest at an effective rate of 25.34% (2022: 14.09%) per annum.  Of the above Term deposits, EGP 
17,126k (2022: EGP 6,626k) relates to amounts held in Egypt with a weighted average rate of 5.17% (2022: 5.19%) and 
EGP 32,118k (2022: EGP 53,574k) relates to amounts held in Jordan with a weighted average rate of 5.38% (2022: 4.24%) 

Share capital and reserves

19. 
The Company’s ordinary share capital is $150,000,000 equivalent to EGP 1,072,500,000.
All shares are authorised and fully paid and have a par value $0.25.

Capital reserve
The capital reserve was created when the Group’s previous parent company, Integrated Diagnostics Holdings LLC – 
IDH (Caymans) arranged its own acquisition by Integrated Diagnostics Holdings PLC, a new legal parent. The balances 
arising represent the difference between the value of the equity structure of the previous and new parent companies..

Legal reserves
Legal reserve was formed based on the legal requirements of the Egyptian law governing the Egyptian subsidiar-
ies. According to the Egyptian subsidiaries’ article of association 5% (at least) of the annual net profit is set aside to 
from a legal reserve. The transfer to legal reserve ceases once this reserve reaches 50% of the entity’s issued capital. 
If the reserve falls below the defined level, then the entity is required to resume forming it by setting aside 5% of 
the annual net profits until it reaches 50% of the issued share capital.

Put option reserve 
Through acquisitions made within the Group, put option arrangements have been entered into to purchase the 
remaining equity interests in subsidiaries from the vendors at a subsequent date. At acquisition date an initial 
put option liability is recognised and a corresponding entry recognised within the put option reserve. After initial 
recognition the accounting policy for put options is to recognise all changes in the carrying value of the liability 
within put option reserve. When the put option is exercised by the vendors the amount recognised within the 
reserve will be reversed.

Translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the 
financial statements of foreign subsidiaries.

20.  Distributions made and proposed

Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid:
Nil per qualifying ordinary share (2022: US$ 0.116)

After the balance sheet date, the following dividends were proposed by 
the directors (the dividends have not been provided for):

2023

EGP’000

-

-

-

-

2022

EGP’000

1,304,805

1,304,805

-

-

In issue at beginning of the year

In issue at the end of the year

31-Dec-23
600,000,000

31-Dec-22
600,000,000

600,000,000

600,000 ,000

21. 

Provisions

The table below shows the number of shares held by Hena Holdings Limited and Actis IDH BV as well as how 
many shares are then held which are floating and not held by companies that do not have individuals on the board 
of the Group.

Ordinary share capital Name
Hena Holdings Limited
Actis IDH B V 
Free floating 

Number of 
shares
162,445,383
126,000,000
311,554,617

600,000,000

Ordinary 
shares

% of 
contribution
27.07%
21.00%
51.93%

Ordinary 
shares

Par
 value
40,611,346
31,500,000
77,888,654

100%

150,000,000

At 1 January 2023

Provision made during the year
Provision used during the year
Provision reversed during the year
Effect of translation currency

At 31 December 2023

Current
Non- Current

Provision 
for Egyptian 
Government 
Training Fund 
for employees

Provision for 
end Of Service 

EGP’000
 -   
 331 
 -   
 -   
 1 

 332 
-
 332 

EGP’000
 -   
 11,865 
 -   
 -   
 -   

 11,865 
-
 11,865 

Provision for 
legal claims

EGP’000
 3,519 
 3,496 
 (771)
 (683)
 -   

 5,561 
-
 5,561 

Total

EGP’000
 3,519 
 15,692 
 (771)
 (683)
 1 

 17,758 
-
17,758

174    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     175

Financial StatementsProvision 
for Egyptian 
Government 
Training Fund 
for employees

Provision for 
end Of Service 

EGP’000
-
-
-
-

-
-
-

EGP’000
-
-
-
-

-
-
-

Provision for 
legal claims

EGP’000
 4,088 
 3,950 
 (3,997)
 (522)

3,519
-
3,519

Total

EGP’000
 4,088 
 3,950 
 (3,997)
 (522)

3,519
-
3,519

At 1 January 2022

Provision made during the year
Provision used during the year
Provision reversed during the year

At 31 December 2022

Current
Non- Current

Egyptian Government Training Fund for employees
According to Article 134 of the Labor Law for Vocational Guidance and Training issued by the Egyptian govern-
ment in 2003, Al-Borg, Almokhtabar and Integrated Medical Analysis Company shall comply with the require-
ments stipulated in this law to provide 1% of net profits each year in the training fund.

End Of Service
As per Article 88 of the Labor Law in Saudi Arabia, in the event of the termination of an employee’s service, the 
company is required to settle the wages owed within one week. Conversely, if the employee terminates the con-
tract, the company is obligated to fulfil their rights within two weeks.

Legal claims provision
The amount comprises the gross provision in respect of legal claims brought against the Group. Management’s 
opinion, after taking appropriate legal advice, is that the outcome of these legal claims will not give rise to any 
significant loss beyond the amounts provided as at 31 December 2023.

22. 

Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Accrued expenses 
Due to related parties note (26)
Other payables
Deferred revenue
Accrued finance cost

23. 

Put option liability

Current put option - Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab
Current put option - Eagle Eye-Echo scan

Non-current put option - Eagle Eye-Echo scan
Non-current put option - Medical Health Development

2023

EGP’000
 271,741 
 178,499 
5,962
112,750
 59,918 
 8,891 

 637,761 

2023

EGP’000
301,383
12,413

313,796

2023

EGP’000
-
42,786

42,786

2022

EGP’000
269,782
241,060
25,058
98,204
60,948
6,043

701,095

2022

EGP’000
439,695
-

439,695

2022

EGP’000
51,000
-

51,000

Put option - Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group
The accounting policy for put options after initial recognition is to recognise all changes in the carrying value of 
the put liability within equity. 

Through  the  historical  acquisitions  of  Al  Makhbariyoun  Al  Arab  the  Group  entered  into  separate  put  option 
arrangements to purchase the remaining equity interests from the vendors at a subsequent date. At acquisition a 
put option liability has been recognised for the net present value for the exercise price of the option. 

The options is calculated at seven times EBITDA of the last 12 months – Net Debt and exercisable in whole from 
the fifth anniversary of completion of the original purchase agreement, which fell due in June 2016. The vendor 
has not exercised this right at 31 December 2023. It is important to note that the put option liability is treated as 
current  as  it  could  be  exercised  at  any  time  by  the  NCI.  However,  based  on  discussions  and  ongoing  business 
relationship, there is no expectation that this will happen in next 21 months. The option has no expiry date.

Put option - Eagle Eye-Echo scan
IFC has the option to put its shares according to definitive agreements signed on 15 January 2018 between Dynasty 
Group Holdings Limited and International Finance Corporation (IFC) related to the Eagle Eye-Echo Scan Limited 
transaction, IFC has the option to put it is shares to Dynasty Group Holdings Limited in year 2024. The put option 
price will be calculated on the basis of the fair market value determined by an independent valuer.

According to the International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines, there are multiple ways 
to calculate the put option including Discounted Cash Flow, Multiples, Net assets.  Multiple valuation was applied 
and EGP 12 million was calculated as the valuation as at 31 December 2023 (2022; EGP 51m). In line with appli-
cable accounting standards with IAS 32 the entity has recognised a liability for the present value of the exercise 
price of the option price.

Put option - Medical Health Development
Based on the agreement made on October 27th, 2022, between Business Flower Holding LLC, Integrated Diag-
nostics Holdings plc and Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab there is a clause that in cases of bankruptcy and defaulting, a 
non-defaulting party is entitled to implement any of the following options for a defaulting party’s share without 
reference to it:
A.  sell to the Non-Defaulting Party its Shares at the Fair Price of such Shares. 
B.  buy the Non-Defaulting Party’s Shares at the Fair Price of such Shares. 
C. 
It’s important to note that the put option, which grants these rights to the non-defaulting party, does not have a 
specified expiration date.

requesting the dissolution and liquidation of the Company.

The company has not yet commenced its operations, the group has recognized a put option as a liability in the 
non-current assets. This put option represents a 49% share of non-controlling interest in the total equity, amount-
ing to EGP 43 million. The valuation was determined as of December 31, 2023. Following the IAS 32 accounting 
standard, the entity has recorded a liability for the present value of the exercise price of the option.

176    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     177

Financial Statements    
24.  Borrowings
The terms and conditions of outstanding loans are as follows:

Nominal interest rate

Maturity 
CBE corridor rate*+1% 26 January 2027
3 March 2024
26-May 2024

Secured 5%
Secured 19%

AUB – BANK 
AUB – BANK
Bank:  Sterling BANK

Currency
EGP
EGP
NGN

Amount held as:
Current liability
Non- current liability 

31 Dec 23
94,451
13,121
3,573

31 Dec 22
116,426
-
-

111,145

116,426

 43,680 
 67,465 

       22,675 
       93,751 

 111,145 

     116,426 

A) 
In July 2018, AL-Borg lab, one of IDH subsidiaries, was granted a medium term loan amounting to EGP 
130.5m from Ahli United Bank “AUB Egypt” to finance the investment cost related to the expansion into the radiol-
ogy segment. As at 31 December 2023 only EGP 124.9M had been drawn down from the total facility available with 
EGP 30.4M had been repaid. Loan withdrawal availability period was extended till July 2023 and the loan will be 
fully repaid by January 2027.

The loan contains the following financial covenants which if breached will mean the loan is repayable on demand:

1.  The financial leverage shall not exceed 0.7 throughout the period of the loan

“Financial leverage”: total bank debt divided by net equity

2.  The debt service ratios (DSR) shall not be less than 1.35 starting 2020 

“Debt  service  ratio”:  cash  operating  profit  after  tax  plus  depreciation  for  the  financial  year  less  annual 
maintenance on machinery and equipment adding cash balance (cash and cash equivalents) divided by total 
financial payments.

“Cash operating profit”: Operating profit after tax, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, is calcu-
lated as follows: Net income after tax and unusual items adding Interest expense, Depreciation, Amortisation 
and provisions excluding tax related provisions less interest income and Investment income and gains from 
extraordinary items.
“Financial payments”: current portion of long-term debt including interest expense and fees and dividends 
distributions. 

3.  The current ratios shall not be less than 1.

“Current ratios”: Current assets divided current liabilities.

*As at 31 December 2023 corridor rate 20.25% (2022: 17.25%)  

AL- Borg company didn’t breach any covenants for MTL agreements. 

IDH  opted  to  reduce  its  exposure  to  foreign  currency  risk  by  agreeing  with  General  Electric  (GE)  for  the  early 
repayment of its dollar obligation. The Group agreed to settle this balance early for USD 3.55 million, payable in 
EGP, equivalent to EGP 110 million and made this repayment in March 2023.

To  finance  the  settlement,  IDH  utilized  a  bridge  loan  facility,  with  half  of  the  amount  (EGP  55  million)  being 
funded internally and the other half (EGP 55 million) provided by a loan from Ahly United Bank – Egypt, this credit 
facility was fully repaid in two instalments of EGP 28.5M in May and a final instalment of EGP 26.5M in June 2023.

Financial obligations

25. 
The Group leases property and equipment. Property leases include branches, warehouse, parking and adminis-
tration buildings. The leases typically run for average period from 5-10 years, with an option to renew the lease 
after that date. Lease payments are renegotiated with renovation after the end of the lease term to reflect market 
rentals. For certain leases, the Group is restricted from entering into any sub-lease arrangements. The property 
leases were entered into as combined leases of land and buildings.

Adding to remaining agreement signed in 2015, to service the Group’s state-of-the-art Mega Lab. The agreement 
periods  are  5  and  8  years  which  is  deemed  to  reflect  the  useful  life  of  the  equipment.  If  the  minimum  annual 
commitment  payments  are  met  over  the  agreement  period  ownership  of  the  equipment  supplied  will  legally 
transfer to the IDH. The finance asset and liability has been recognised at an amount equal to the fair value of 
the  underlying  equipment.  This  is  based  on  the  current  cost  price  of  the  equipment  supplied  provided  by  the 
suppliers  of  the  agreement.  The  averaged  implicit  interest  rate  of  finance  obligation  has  been  estimated  to  be 
10.3%. The equipment is being depreciated based on units of production method as this most closely reflects the 
consumption of the benefits from the equipment.

Information about the agreements for which the Group is lessee is presented below.

a) 

Right-of-use assets

Balance at 1 January
Addition for the year
Depreciation charge for the year
Terminated Contracts
Exchange differences

Balance at 31 December

Buildings

2023

EGP’000
 622,975 
 157,482 
 (134,033)
 (5,170)
 41,771 

683,025

Buildings

2022

EGP’000
462,432
214,846
(103,099)
(13,564)
62,360

622,975

Other Financial obligations

b) 
Future minimum financial obligation payments under leases and sales purchase contracts, together with the pres-
ent value of the net minimum lease payments are, as follows:

*Financial liability– laboratory equipment

*Lease liabilities building

2023

EGP’000
 240,015 

 828,039 

2022

EGP’000
 335,470 

 727,426 

1,068,054

1,062,896

178    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     179

Financial Statements  
 
 
 
 
The financial obligation liabilities for the laboratory equipment and building are payable as follows:

At 31 December 2023

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than 5 years

At 31 December 2022

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than 5 years

Minimum 
payments

2023

EGP’000
291,342
1,054,902
166,965

1,513,209

Minimum 
payments

2022

EGP’000
285,962
1,030,750
227,715

1,544,427

Interest

2023

EGP’000
114,638
295,586
34,931

445,155

Interest

2022

EGP’000
137,257
314,656
29,618

481,531

Principal

2023

EGP’000
176,704
759,316
132,034

1,068,054

Principal

2022

EGP’000
148,705
716,094
198,097

1,062,896

c) 

Amounts other financial obligations recognised in consolidated income statement 

Interest on lease liabilities
Expenses related to short-term lease 

2023

EGP’000
93,298
10,540

2022

EGP’000
73,393
87,962

Related party transactions disclosures

26. 
The significant transactions with related parties, their nature volumes and balance during the period 31 December 
2023 and 2022 are as follows:

Related Party

Nature of transaction

ALborg Scan (S.A.E)*

International Fertility (IVF)**

Expenses paid on 
behalf
Expenses paid on 
behalf

H.C Security

Provide service

Life Health Care

Provided service

Dr. Amid  Abd Elnour

Put option liability

International Finance corporation 
(IFC)
International Finance corporation 
(IFC)
Integrated Treatment for Kidney 
Diseases (S.A.E)

HENA HOLDINGS LTD

ACTIS IDH LIMITED

Business Flowers Holding

Current account

Put option liability

Current account

Rental income

Medical Test analysis
shareholders' 
dividends deferral 
agreement
shareholders’ 
dividends deferral 
agreement
Put option liability

Nature of 
relationship

Affiliate**

Affiliate***

Entity owned by 
Company’s board 
member
Entity owned by 
Company’s CEO

Bio. Lab C.E.O and 
shareholder
Bio. Lab C.E.O and 
shareholder
Echo-Scan 
shareholder

Echo-Scan 
shareholder

Entity owned by 
Company’s CEO

2023

Transaction 
amount of 
the year

Amount due 
from / (to)

EGP’000

EGP’000

(351)

(1,771)

-

-

6

(93)

855

3,373

138,312

(301,383)

19,542

(466)

38,587

(12,413)

-

1,664

623

217

591

shareholder

(590)

(2,963)

shareholder

(485)

(2,440)

shareholder

-

(42,786)

(357,507)

180    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     181

Financial StatementsRelated Party

Nature of transaction

Nature of 
relationship

ALborg Scan (S.A.E)*

International Fertility (IVF)**

Expenses paid on 
behalf   
Expenses paid on 
behalf

Affiliate

Affiliate

H.C Security

Provide service

Life Health Care

Provide service

Dr. Amid  Abd Elnour

Put option liability

International Finance corporation 
(IFC) 
International Finance corporation 
(IFC) 
Integrated Treatment for Kidney 
Diseases (S.A.E)

Current account

Put option liability 

Current Account

Rental income

Entity owned by 
Company’s board 
member
Entity owned by 
Company’s CEO
Bio. Lab C.E.O and 
shareholder
Bio. Lab C.E.O and 
shareholder
Echo-Scan 
Shareholder

Echo-Scan 
Shareholder

Medical Test analysis

Entity owned by 
Company’s CEO

2022

Transaction 
amount of 
the year

Amount due 
from /to

EGP’000

EGP’000

-

4

220

424

351

1,771

(99)

2,518

481,665

(439,695)

(20,008)

(20,008)

(15,963)

(51,000)

12,292

(623)

1,290

116

381

Dr. Hend El Sherbini***

HENA HOLDINGS LTD

ACTIS IDH LIMITED

Total

Loan
arrangement
shareholders’ 
dividends deferral 
agreement
shareholders’ 
dividends deferral 
agreement

CEO**

17,025

-

shareholder

(2,373)

(2,373)

shareholder

(1,955)

(1,955)

(509,823)

* ALborg Scan is a company whose shareholders include Dr. Moamena Kamel (founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs).
** International Fertility (IVF) is a company whose shareholders include Dr. Moamena Kamel (founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs).
*** During the year 2022, Dr. Hend (C.E.O) granted a loan to IDH Cayman amounting to USD 750K. and the loan was settled by Al Mokhtabar on behalf of IDH 
Cayman for EGP 17m at the prevailing exchange rate of US$/EGP 22.70 . The loan was not interest bearing.

During 2022 Chief Executive Officer Dr. Hend El-Sherbini and her mother, Dr. Moamena Kamel jointly hold the 
25.5% of shares held by Hena Holdings Limited, Hena Holdings Limited is a related party and received dividends 
of USD 17,745,953 in year 2022.

During the year payments relating to lease obligations of Biolab were made to entities considered to be related 
parties due to the interest in them held by Dr Amid Abd Elnour. Payments made during 2023 were JOD 240,991 
(EGP  10,392,148) and during 2022 were JOD 241,038 (EGP 6,679,163).

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties
Outstanding balances at the year-end are unsecured and interest free and settlement occurs in cash. There have 
been  no  guarantees  provided  or  received  for  any  related  party  receivables  or  payables.  For  the  year  ended  31 
December 2023, the Group has not recorded any impairment of receivables relating to amounts owed by related 
parties (2022: nil). This assessment is undertaken each financial year through examining the financial position of 
the related party and the market in which the related party operates.

IDH opts to pay approximately 1% of the net after-tax profit of the subsidiaries Al Borg and Al Mokhtabar to the 
Moamena Kamel Foundation for Training and Skill Development. Established in 2006 by Dr. Moamena Kamel, a 
Professor of Pathology at Cairo University and founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs and mother to the 
CEO Dr. Hend El Sherbini. The Foundation allocates this sum to organisations and groups in need of assistance. 
The foundation deploys an integrated program and vision for the communities it helps that include economic, 
social, and healthcare development initiatives. In 2023 EGP 6,631 K (2022: EGP 8,934 K) was paid to the founda-
tion by the IDH Group in relation to profits earned for companies Al Borg and Al Mokhtabar in the prior year.

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
Key management people can be defined as the people who have the authority and responsibility for planning, 
directing, and controlling some of the activities of the Company, directly or indirectly.
The amounts disclosed in the table are the amounts recognised as an expense during the reporting period related 
to key management personnel.

Short-term employee benefits

Total compensation paid to key management personnel

2023

EGP’000
68,621

68,621

2022

EGP’000
48,078

48,078

Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from 

27. 
financing activities  

EGP’000 
 Balance at 1 January 2023

 Proceeds from loans and borrowings 
 Repayment of borrowings 
 Payment of liabilities 
 Interest paid 
Exchange differences

 Total changes from financing cash flows 
 New agreements signed in the period
Terminated contracts during the year
 Interest expense 

 Total liability-related other changes 
 Balance at 31 December 2023

EGP’000 
 Balance at 1 January 2022

 Proceeds from loans and borrowings 
 Repayment of borrowings 
 Payment of liabilities 
 Interest paid 
Exchange differences

 Total changes from financing cash flows 
 New agreements signed in the period
Terminated contracts during the year
 Interest expense 

 Total liability-related other changes 
 Balance at 31 December 2022

Other loans, 
borrowings and 
accrued interest
127,420
71,630
(76,911)
-
(19,612)
-

(24,893)
-
-
22,912

22,912
125,439

Other loans, 
borrowings and 
accrued interest
105,694
40,081
(21,721)
-
(24,513)
-

(6,153)
-
-
27,879

27,879
127,420

Other 
financial 
obligation
1,062,896
-
-
(239,132)
 (118,777)
62,391

(295,518)
 187,581 
 (5,682)
 118,777 

300,676
1,068,054

Other 
financial 
obligation
760,674
-
-
(100,841)
(94,795)
122,376

(73,260)
293,946
(13,259)
94,795

375,482
1,062,896

182    IDH    2023 Annual Report

2023 Annual Report    IDH     183

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28. 

Current tax liabilities

Debit withholding Tax (Deduct by customers from sales invoices)
Income Tax
Credit withholding Tax (Deduct from vendors invoices)
Other

2023

EGP’000
 (10,412)
87,835
 8,762 
 17,324 

103,509

2022

EGP’000
(26,166)
162,773
7,719
8,529

152,855

29. 

Post Balance Sheet Events

•  In January 2024 Al Borg repaid EGP 13.4m of due borrowings.
•  On 1 February 2024, interest rates were hiked a further 200 basis points to 21.75%. Significant improvements 
in the country’s economic situation and outlook were recorded starting in late February and early March 2024, 
following the signing of a historic USD 35 billion agreement between the Egyptian government and Abu Dhabi’s 
sovereign wealth fund, ADQ, granting the latter development rights to Ras El Hekma on Egypt’s North Coast. 
Following  the  announcement,  the  black-market  rate  decreased  significantly  settling  in  the  low  50  to  the  US 
Dollar range. This is expected to be just the first in a series of announcements and initiatives aimed at attracting 
FX and investments back into the country. 

•  On 6 March 2024, the Central Bank devalued the Egyptian Pound, settling at nearly EGP 49.5 to the US Dollar at 
official bank rates, compared to the EGP 30.85 which had remained nearly unchanged for the past year. Follow-
ing the decision, the Central Bank increased interest rates by another 600 basis points, reaching 27.75%.

•  On  the  heels  of  the  devaluation,  Egypt  and  the  International  Monetary  Fund  (IMF)  finalized  an  agreement, 
securing  an  expanded  loan  package  of  USD  8  billion.  At  the  same  time,  in  2024  the  Egyptian  government  is 
looking  to  raise  over  USD  6  billion  from  its  privatization  program  through  the  sale  of  stakes  in  government 
and military-owned businesses to private local and foreign investors. Combined, these are set to cover Egypt’s 
short-term financing needs for the coming three to four years.

184    IDH    2023 Annual Report

Financial Statements